478
2011 GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual M In Brief ........................ 1-1 Instrument Panel .............. 1-2 Initial Drive Information ........ 1-4 Vehicle Features ............. 1-16 Performance and Maintenance ................ 1-20 Keys, Doors and Windows ... 2-1 Keys and Locks ............... 2-2 Doors ........................ 2-10 Vehicle Security .............. 2-13 Exterior Mirrors ............... 2-16 Interior Mirrors ................ 2-19 Windows ..................... 2-20 Roof .......................... 2-22 Seats and Restraints ......... 3-1 Head Restraints ............... 3-2 Front Seats .................... 3-3 Rear Seats ................... 3-10 Safety Belts .................. 3-16 Airbag System ................ 3-33 Child Restraints .............. 3-48 Storage ....................... 4-1 Storage Compartments ........ 4-1 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Roof Rack System ............. 4-5 Instruments and Controls .... 5-1 Controls ....................... 5-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ................... 5-11 Information Displays .......... 5-25 Vehicle Messages ............ 5-37 Vehicle Personalization ....... 5-47 Universal Remote System .... 5-55 Lighting ....................... 6-1 Exterior Lighting ............... 6-1 Interior Lighting ................ 6-5 Lighting Features .............. 6-6 Infotainment System ......... 7-1 Introduction .................... 7-1 Radio .......................... 7-7 Audio Players ................ 7-14 Rear Seat Infotainment ....... 7-39 Phone ........................ 7-50 Climate Controls ............. 8-1 Climate Control Systems .... . . 8-1 Air Vents ..................... 8-12 Maintenance ................. 8-13 Driving and Operating ........ 9-1 Driving Information ............. 9-2 Starting and Operating ....... 9-17 Engine Exhaust .............. 9-24 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-25 Drive Systems ................ 9-28 Brakes ....................... 9-29 Ride Control Systems ........ 9-31 Cruise Control ................ 9-33 Object Detection Systems .... 9-35 Fuel .......................... 9-42 Towing ....................... 9-46 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-56 Vehicle Care ................. 10-1 General Information .......... 10-2 Vehicle Checks ............... 10-4 Headlamp Aiming ........... 10-30 Bulb Replacement .......... 10-30 Electrical System ............ 10-31

2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Embed Size (px)

DESCRIPTION

2011 GMC Acadia owners manual fromToledo GMc dealer Balls Buick GMC www.ballasbuickgmc.com

Citation preview

Page 1: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2011 GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual M

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Performance andMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-47Universal Remote System . . . . 5-55

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14Rear Seat Infotainment . . . . . . . 7-39Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-17Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 9-25Drive Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-31Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-35Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-56

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Page 2: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2011 GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual M

Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-7

Maintenance Records . . . . . . . 11-10

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-16Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1

Page 3: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Introduction iii

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names,and vehicle body designs appearingin this manual including, but notlimited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC,the GMC Truck Emblem, ACADIA,and DENALI are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

This manual describes featuresthat may or may not be on yourspecific vehicle either becausethey are options that you didnot purchase or due to changessubsequent to the printing of thisowner manual. Please refer to thepurchase documentation relatingto your specific vehicle to confirmeach of the features found on yourvehicle. For vehicles first sold inCanada, substitute the name“General Motors of Canada Limited”for GMC wherever it appears in thismanual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners

Propriétaires Canadiens

A French language copy of thismanual can be obtained from yourdealer or from:

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

1-800-551-4123Numéro de poste 6438 de languefrançaisewww.helminc.com

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 20759681 B Second Printing ©2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Page 4: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

iv Introduction

Using this ManualTo quickly locate informationabout the vehicle, use the Indexin the back of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page numberwhere it can be found.

Danger, Warnings, andCautionsWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will result inserious injury or death.

Warning or Caution indicates ahazard that could result in injury ordeath.

{ WARNING

These mean there is somethingthat could hurt you or otherpeople.

Notice: This means there issomething that could result inproperty or vehicle damage.This would not be covered bythe vehicle's warranty.

A circle with a slash through itis a safety symbol which means“Do Not,” “Do not do this,” or“Do not let this happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operationor information relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see your owner manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

* : This symbol is shown whenyou need to see a service manualfor additional instructions orinformation.

Page 5: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, referto the Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

% : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar®

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

j : LATCH System ChildRestraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

g : Outside Power FoldawayMirrors

} : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

_ : Tow/Haul Mode

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Page 6: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

vi Introduction

2 NOTES

Page 7: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-1

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Heated and VentilatedSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Sensing System forPassenger Airbag . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Steering WheelAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15

Vehicle FeaturesRadio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . 1-18Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-18

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19Storage Compartments . . . . . . 1-19Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Performance and MaintenanceStabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 1-20Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-21Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-21Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23

Page 8: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Page 9: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑12.

B. Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑5.

C. Instrument Cluster onpage 5‑12.

D. Head-Up Display (HUD) onpage 5‑33 (If Equipped).

E. Instrument Panel Storage onpage 4‑1.

USB Port (Inside IP Storage).See Auxiliary Devices onpage 7‑37.

F. Infotainment on page 7‑1.

Navigation/Radio System(If Equipped). See NavigationSystem manual.

G. Exterior Lamp Controls onpage 6‑1.

H. Hood Release. See Hood onpage 10‑5.

I. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl on page 6‑5.

J. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp on page 5‑18.

K. Cruise Control on page 9‑33.

L. Steering Wheel Adjustment onpage 5‑2.

M. Horn on page 5‑4.

N. Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑2.

O. Driver Information Center(DIC) Buttons (If Equipped).See Driver Information Center(DIC) (With DIC Buttons) onpage 5‑25 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Without DICButtons) on page 5‑30.

P. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑4.

Q. Console Shift Lever(If Equipped). See “ConsoleShift Lever” under ShiftingInto Park on page 9‑21.

R. Hazard Warning Flashers onpage 6‑3.

S. Cupholders on page 4‑1.

T. Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

U. Rear Window Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑6.

Traction Control System(TCS) Disable Button.See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑31.

Tow/Haul Button (If Equipped).See Tow/Haul Mode onpage 9‑28.

Power Liftgate Button(If Equipped). See Liftgate onpage 2‑10.

V. Heated and VentilatedFront Seats on page 3‑9(If Equipped).

W. Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑16(If Equipped).

X. Glove Box on page 4‑1.

Page 10: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-4 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that mayor may not be on your specificvehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter is used toremotely lock and unlock the doorsfrom up to 60 m (195 feet) awayfrom the vehicle.

Press K to unlock the driver door.

Press K again within five secondsto unlock all remaining doors.

Press Q to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized.

To open or close the liftgate, pressand hold& until the liftgatebegins to move.

PressL and release to locate thevehicle.

PressL and hold for more thantwo seconds to sound the panicalarm.

PressL again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

Page 11: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start

Starting the Vehicle

With this feature the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

1. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press Q.3. Immediately after completing

Step 2, press and hold/ untilthe parking lamps flash.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain onas long as the engine is running.The doors will be locked and theclimate control system maycome on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a10-minute time extension. Remotestart can be extended only once.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start:. Aim the RKE transmitter at

the vehicle and press andhold/ until the parkinglamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the ignition switch on andthen off.

See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2‑5.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock a door manually:. From the inside use the door

lock knob on the window sill.. From the outside turn the key

toward the front or rear of thevehicle, or press the Q or Kbutton on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

Power Door Locks

On vehicles with power door locks,the controls are located on thefront doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

See Power Door Locks on page 2‑8.

LiftgateTo open the liftgate the vehicle mustbe in P (Park). Press the touchpadunder the liftgate handle. To closethe liftgate, use the pull cup or pullstrap as an aid.

Page 12: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-6 In Brief

Power Liftgate

On vehicles with a power liftgate,the vehicle must be in P (Park) tooperate it.. Press and hold the liftgate

button& on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

. Press the liftgate button on thecenter console.

. Press the touchpad switch onthe outside liftgate handle.

For more information see Liftgate onpage 2‑10.

Windows

On vehicles with power windows,the switches are on the doors.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up toraise it.

For more information, see PowerWindows on page 2‑20.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

A. Seat Adjustment Handle

B. Driver Seat Height AdjustmentLever

C. Seatback Lever

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Lift the handle (A) under the seatto unlock it.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition, and then release thehandle.

Page 13: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-7

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Move the lever (B) up or down toraise or lower the seat.

Use the lever (C) to adjust theseatback.

See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3and Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑7 for more information.

Power Seats

A. Seat Adjustment Control

B. Seatback Control

C. Lumbar Control

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding thecontrol (A) forward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the entire seatby moving the control (A) upor down.

. Adjust the seatback by tilting thetop of the control (B) forward orrearward.

See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑7.

. Increase or decrease lumbarsupport by pressing the frontor rear of the control (C).

See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3‑6.

See Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3‑4 for more information.

Memory Features

On vehicles with the memoryfeature, the controls on the driverdoor are used to program and recallmemory settings for the driver seatand outside mirrors.

Page 14: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-8 In Brief

Storing Memory Positions

To save into memory:

1. Adjust the driver seat, seatbackrecliner, and both outsidemirrors.

See Power Mirrors on page 2‑17for more information.

Not all vehicles will have theability to save and recall themirror positions.

2. Press and hold “1” untiltwo beeps sound.

3. Repeat for a second driverposition using “2.”

To recall, press and release “1”or “2.” The vehicle must be inP (Park). A single beep will sound.The seat and outside mirrors willmove to the position previouslystored for the identified driver.

See “Memory Seat andMirrors” under Power SeatAdjustment on page 3‑4 andVehicle Personalization (With DICButtons) on page 5‑47 for moreinformation.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature can move the seatrearward to allow extra room toexit the vehicle.

S : Press to recall the easy exitseat position. The vehicle must bein P (Park).

See “Memory Seat andMirrors” under Power SeatAdjustment on page 3‑4 andVehicle Personalization (With DICButtons) on page 5‑47 for moreinformation.

Second Row Seats

The second row seat can be foldedto access the third row. Pull thesliding seat lever forward, the seatcushion folds, and the seat slidesforward.

See Rear Seats on page 3‑10.

Page 15: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-9

Third Row SeatsThe third row seatbacks can befolded forward, and the seats canbe removed.

Pull up on the release lever onthe back of the seat and push theseatback forward to fold.

See Third Row Seats on page 3‑13for more information.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Heated and VentilatedSeat Buttons Shown,

Heated Seat Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are on thecenter console. To operate, theengine must be running.

I: If available, press to heat theseatback only.

H : If available, press to ventilatethe entire seat.

J : Press to heat the seat andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The lights indicatethree for the highest setting andone for the lowest.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats on page 3‑9 for moreinformation.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and thehead restraint height in the properposition.

For more information see HeadRestraints on page 3‑2 and SeatAdjustment on page 3‑3.

Page 16: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-10 In Brief

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly.. Safety Belts on page 3‑16.. How to Wear Safety Belts

Properly on page 3‑19.. Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑25.. Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑57.

Sensing System forPassenger Airbag

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system willturn off the right front passengerfrontal airbag under certainconditions. The driver airbag,seat‐mounted side impact airbags,and roof‐rail airbags are not affectedby the passenger sensing system.

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theinstrument panel when the vehicleis started. See Passenger SensingSystem on page 3‑41 for moreinformation.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

Page 17: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-11

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (A) or (B) to select themirror.

2. Press on the control pad toadjust the mirror.

3. Press (A) or (B) again todeselect the mirror.

Folding Mirrors

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors outto the driving position.

2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in tothe folded position.

For vehicles with manual foldingmirrors, push the mirror toward thevehicle. Pull the mirror out to returnto its original position.

Interior Mirror

The automatic dimming rearviewmirror reduces the glare from othervehicles headlamps. Each time thevehicle is started, the dimmingfeature comes on.

See Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror on page 2‑19.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever (A) down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

Page 18: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-12 In Brief

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Push the lever (A) up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamps are located in theoverhead console and above therear seat passengers.

The dome lamps come on when adoor is opened, unless the domelamp override button is pressed in.

To manually turn them on, turn theinstrument panel brightness controlclockwise to the farthest position.

Dome Lamp Override

The dome lamp override button isnext to the exterior lamps control.

E DOME OFF: Press the top ofthe button in and the dome lampsremain off when a door is opened.

An indicator light on the buttoncomes on to show that the domelamps are off. Press near the bottomof the button so the dome lampscome on when a door is opened.

Reading Lamps

Press the button near each lamp toturn them on or off.

For more information, see:. Dome Lamps on page 6‑5.. Instrument Panel Illumination

Control on page 6‑5.

Page 19: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-13

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamps control is locatedon the instrument panel, to the leftof the steering wheel.

O : Turns the automatic lightcontrol on or off.

AUTO : Automatic operation of theheadlamps at normal brightness andother exterior lamps.

; : Manual operation of theparking lamps and other exteriorlamps.

5 : Manual operation of theheadlamps and other exteriorlamps.

# : Use to turn on or off the foglamps (if equipped).

For more information, see:. Exterior Lamp Controls on

page 6‑1.. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)/

Automatic Headlamp System onpage 6‑3.

. Fog Lamps on page 6‑4.

Windshield Wiper/WasherThe windshield wiper/washer leveris located on the left side of thesteering column.

Turn the band with the wiper symbolto control the windshield wipers.

8 : Use for a single wiping cycle.

9 : Turns the wipers off.

6 : Delays wiping cycle. Turn theband up for more frequent wipes ordown for less frequent wipes.

1 : Slow wipes.

2 : Fast wipes.

Page 20: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-14 In Brief

Windshield Washer

J : Press the button at the endof the turn signal/lane changelever to spray washer fluid onthe windshield.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The rear wiper and rear wash buttonis located on the instrument panelbelow the climate control system.

Z (Rear Wiper): Press to turn therear wiper on and off. The wiperspeed cannot be changed.

Y (Wash): Press to spraywasher fluid on the rear window.The window wiper will alsocome on.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer onpage 5‑5 and Rear Window Wiper/Washer on page 5‑6.

Climate Controls

A. Fan Control

B. Temperature Control

C. Air Delivery Mode Control

D. Air Conditioning

E. REAR (Rear Climate Control)

F. Air Recirculation

G. Rear Window Defogger

Page 21: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-15

Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem

A. Fan Control

B. AUTO (Auto Operation)

C. Defrost

D. Air Recirculation

E. REAR (Rear Climate Control)

F. Air Delivery Mode Control

G. Driver Side Temperature Control

H. Display

I. Power (On/Off)

J. Rear Window Defogger

K. Air Conditioning

L. PASS (Passenger)

M. Passenger Side TemperatureControl

See Climate Control Systems onpage 8‑1 or Dual AutomaticClimate Control System on page 8‑4(If Equipped). For more informationabout the rear climate control, seeRear Climate Control System (RearClimate Control Only) on page 8‑10

or Rear Climate Control System(Rear Climate with Rear Seat Audio)on page 8‑11.

Transmission

Electronic Range Select(ERS) Mode

ERS mode allows you to choose thetop-gear limit of the transmissionand the vehicle's speed whiledriving down hill or towing a trailer.The vehicle has an electronicshift position indicator within theinstrument panel cluster. Whenusing the ERS Mode a number willdisplay next to the L, indicating thecurrent gear that has been selected.

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).

2. Press the plus/minus buttonlocated on the shift lever, toincrease or decrease the gearrange available.

See Manual Mode on page 9‑27.

Page 22: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-16 In Brief

Vehicle Features

Radio(s)

Radio with CD, DVD, and USB Port

O : Press to turn the systemon and off. Turn to increase ordecrease the volume.

BAND: Press to choose betweenFM, AM, or XM™, if equipped.

f : Select radio stations.

© ¨ : Seek or scan stations.

4 : Change the display betweenthe radio station frequency and thetime, if equipped. While the ignitionis off, press 4 to display the time.

For more information about theseand other radio features, seeOperation on page 7‑2.

For vehicles with a Rear SeatEntertainment System (RSE) andRear Seat Audio System (RSA),see Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)System on page 7‑39 and RearSeat Audio (RSA) System onpage 7‑48 for more information.

Page 23: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-17

Storing a Favorite Station

A maximum of 36 stations can bestored as favorites using the sixsoftkeys located below the radiostation frequency tabs and by usingthe radio FAV button. Press FAVto go through up to six pages offavorites, each having six favoritestations available per page. Eachpage of favorites can contain anycombination of AM, FM, or XMstations.

See AM-FM Radio on page 7‑7.

Setting the Clock

To set the time and date for theradio with CD, DVD, and USB Port:

1. Turn the ignition key toACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,then press O, to turn theradio on.

2. Press G to display HR, MIN,MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute,month, day, and year).

3. Press the pushbutton locatedunder any one of the labels tobe changed.

4. To increase or decrease the timeor date, turn f clockwise orcounter‐clockwise.

For detailed instructions on settingthe clock for the vehicles specificaudio system, see Clock onpage 5‑8.

Satellite RadioVehicles with an XM™ SatelliteRadio tuner and a valid XM SatelliteRadio subscription can receive XMprogramming.

XM Satellite Radio Service

XM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguousUnited States and 10 Canadianprovinces. XM Satellite Radio hasa wide variety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive the XMservice.

For more information refer to:. www.xmradio.com or call

1-800-929-2100 (U.S.).. www.xmradio.ca or call

1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

For more information, see SatelliteRadio on page 7‑8.

Page 24: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-18 In Brief

Portable Audio DevicesThis vehicle may have an auxiliaryinput located on the radio faceplateand a USB port located in the centerconsole. External devices suchas iPod®, laptop computers, MP3players, CD changers, USB storagedevice, etc. can be connected tothe auxiliary port using a 3.5 mm(1/8 in) input jack or the USB portdepending on the audio system.

See Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑37.

Bluetooth®

The Bluetooth® system allows userswith a Bluetooth-enabled cell phoneto make and receive hands-freecalls using the vehicle audiosystem, microphone, and controls.

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phonemust be paired with the in-vehicleBluetooth system before it can beused in the vehicle. Not all phoneswill support all functions.

See Bluetooth on page 7‑50.

Steering Wheel Controls

w /cx : Press to changefavorite radio stations, select trackson a CD/DVD, or to navigate tracksor folders on an iPod® or USBdevice.

b g : Press to silence the vehiclespeakers only. Press again to turnthe sound on. Press and hold longerthan two seconds to interact withOnStar® or Bluetooth systems.

+ e − e : Increases or decreasesvolume.

cx : Press to reject anincoming call, or to end a call.

SRCE : Press to switch betweenthe radio, CD, and for vehicles with,DVD, front auxiliary, and rearauxiliary.

¨ : Press to seek the next radiostation, the next track or chapterwhile sourced to the CD or DVDslot, or to select tracks and folderson an iPod® or USB device.

For more information, see SteeringWheel Controls on page 5‑2.

Page 25: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-19

Cruise Control

T : Press to turn cruise controlon and off. The indicator comes onwhen cruise control is on.

+ RES: Press briefly to make thevehicle resume to a previouslyset speed, or press and hold toaccelerate.

SET– : Press to set the speed andactivate cruise control or to makethe vehicle decelerate.

[ : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control on page 9‑33.

Navigation SystemIf the vehicle has a navigationsystem, there is a separateNavigation System Manual thatincludes information on the radio,audio players, and navigationsystem.

The navigation system providesdetailed maps of most majorfreeways and roads. After adestination has been set, thesystem provides turn-by-turninstructions for reaching thedestination. In addition, the systemcan help locate a variety of pointsof interest (POIs), such as banks,airports, restaurants, and more.

See the Navigation System Manualfor more information.

Storage Compartments

For vehicles with a secondrow center console, press thebuttons (B) or (C) to accessstorage areas.

Lift up on (A) for additionalstorage area.

See Floor Console Storage onpage 4‑2.

Page 26: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-20 In Brief

Power OutletsThe vehicle has three 12‐voltaccessory power outlets whichcan be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phoneor MP3 player.

The power outlets are located:. On the instrument panel below

the climate controls.. At the rear of the center floor

console.. In the rear cargo area.

To use the outlets, remove thecover.

See Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

SunroofThe ignition must be in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY to operate thesunroof and power sunshade. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)on page 9‑21.

The switch to operate the frontsunroof is on the headliner abovethe rearview mirror.

Vent: Press the front or rear of theswitch to vent or close the sunroof.

Express-open/Express-close:From the closed position, pressand release the rear or front ofthe switch to express-open orexpress-close the sunroof.

For more information see Sunroofon page 2‑22.

Performance andMaintenance

StabiliTrak® SystemThe traction control system limitswheel spin and the StabiliTraksystem assists with directionalcontrol of the vehicle in difficultdriving conditions. Both systemsturn on automatically every timethe vehicle is started.. To turn off the traction control

part of StabiliTrak, press andrelease 5 located on theinstrument panel and theappropriate DIC messageis displayed. See VehicleMessages on page 5‑37.

. The StabiliTrak systemremains on.

For more information, seeStabiliTrak® System on page 9‑31.

Page 27: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-21

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The TPMS warning light alerts youto a significant loss in pressure ofone of the vehicle's tires. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑12. The warninglight will remain on until the tirepressure is corrected.

During cooler conditions, the low tirepressure warning light may appearwhen the vehicle is first started andthen turn off. This may be an early

indicator that the tire pressures aregetting low and the tires need to beinflated to the proper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. It is thedriver’s responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Systemon page 10‑47.

Tire Sealant andCompressor KitThis vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealant andcompressor kit. The kit can be usedto temporarily seal small puncturesin the tread area of the tire.

See Tire Sealant and CompressorKit on page 10‑63 for completeoperating information.

If the vehicle came with a jack andspare tire, see If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑61.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message when it is timeto change the engine oil and filter.The oil life system should be resetto 100% only following an oilchange.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,with the engine off.

2. If the vehicle has DriverInformation Center (DIC)buttons: Press the vehicleinformation button untilOIL LIFE REMAINING displays.

If the vehicle does not haveDriver Information Center (DIC)buttons: The vehicle must be inP (Park) to access this display.Press the trip odometer resetstem until OIL LIFE REMAININGdisplays.

Page 28: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-22 In Brief

3. If the vehicle has DriverInformation Center (DIC)buttons: Press and hold theset/reset button until “100%” isdisplayed. Three chimes soundand the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message goes off.

If the vehicle does not haveDriver Information Center (DIC)buttons: Press and hold thetrip odometer reset stem untilOIL LIFE REMAINING shows“100%.” Three chimes soundand the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message goes off.

4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.

See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑11.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some drivingtips to get the best fuel economypossible.. Avoid fast starts and accelerate

smoothly.. Brake gradually and avoid

abrupt stops.. Avoid idling the engine for long

periods of time.. When road and weather

conditions are appropriate,use cruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-GMC-8782(1‐800‐462-8782)

TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

Mexico: 01-800-466-0801

As the owner of a new GMC, youare automatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance program.

See Roadside Assistance Program(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Assistance Program(Mexico) on page 13‑10 for moreinformation.

Page 29: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-23

Roadside Assistance and OnStar(U.S. and Canada)

If you have an active OnStarsubscription, press theQ buttonand the current GPS location willbe sent to an OnStar advisor whowill assess your problem, contactRoadside Assistance, and relayyour exact location to get the helpyou need.

Online Owner Center(U.S. and Canada)

The Online Owner Center is acomplimentary service that includesonline service reminders, vehiclemaintenance tips, online ownermanual, special privileges,and more.

Sign up today at:www.gmcownercenter.com (U.S.)or www.gm.ca (Canada).

OnStar®

For vehicles with an active OnStarsubscription, OnStar uses severalinnovative technologies and liveAdvisors to provide a wide rangeof safety, security, navigation,diagnostics, and calling services.

Automatic Crash Response

In a crash, built‐in sensors canautomatically alert an OnStarAdvisor who is immediatelyconnected to the vehicle tosee if you need help.

How OnStar Service Works

Q : Push this blue button toconnect to a specially trainedOnStar Advisor to verify youraccount information and toanswer questions.

] : Push this red emergencybutton to get priority help fromspecially trained OnStar EmergencyAdvisors.

X : Push this button for hands‐free,voice‐activated calling and to givevoice commands for Hands‐FreeCalling and Turn‐by‐TurnNavigation.

Page 30: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-24 In Brief

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, VehicleDiagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐TurnNavigation, and Hands‐Free Callingare available on most vehicles.Not all OnStar services areavailable on all vehicles. For moreinformation, see the OnStar Owner'sGuide; visit www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada);contact OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY1‐877‐248‐2080; or push theQbutton to speak with an OnStarAdvisor 24 hours a day, 7 daysa week.

For a full description of OnStarservices and system limitations,see the OnStar Owner's Guide inthe glove box.

OnStar service is subject to theOnStar Terms and Conditionsincluded in the OnStar GloveBox Kit.

OnStar service requires wirelesscommunication networks and theGlobal Positioning System (GPS)satellite network. Not all OnStarservices are available everywhereor on all vehicles at all times.

OnStar service can’t work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement witha wireless service provider forservice in that area, and thewireless service provider hascoverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar service.Service involving locationinformation about the vehiclecan’t work unless GPS signalsare available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. The vehicle has to havea working electrical system andadequate battery power for theOnStar equipment to operate.

OnStar service may not work if theOnStar equipment isn’t properlyinstalled or you haven’t maintainedit and the vehicle is in good workingorder and in compliance with allgovernment regulations. If youtry to add, connect, or modifyany equipment or software in thevehicle, OnStar service may notwork. Other problems OnStar can’tcontrol may prevent service to you,such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels,weather, electrical system designand architecture of the vehicle,damage to important parts of thevehicle in a crash, or wireless phonenetwork congestion or jamming.

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑20 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-210/220/310.

Page 31: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (25,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

In Brief 1-25

OnStar Steering WheelControls

This vehicle may have a Talk/Mutebutton that can be used to interactwith OnStar Hands-Free calling.See Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑2 for more information.

On some vehicles, the Talk buttoncan be used to dial numbers intovoice mail systems, or to dial phoneextensions. See the OnStar Owner'sGuide for more information.

Your Responsibility

Increase the volume of the radioif the OnStar Advisor cannot beheard.

If the light next to the OnStarbuttons is red, the system maynot be functioning properly.Push theQ button and request avehicle diagnostic check. If the lightappears clear (no light appears),your OnStar subscription hasexpired and all services have beendeactivated. Push theQ button toconfirm that the OnStar equipmentis active.

Page 32: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (26,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

1-26 In Brief

2 NOTES

Page 33: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1

Keys, Doors andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 2-5Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 2-9Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . 2-13Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . 2-15

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-18Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-19Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22

Page 34: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe ignition key is dangerous formany reasons. Children or otherscould be badly injured or evenkilled. They could operate thepower windows or other controlsor even make the vehicle move.The windows will function with thekeys in the ignition and childrencould be seriously injured or killedif caught in the path of a closingwindow. Do not leave the keys ina vehicle with children.

The key is used for the ignition andall door locks.

The key has a bar-coded key tagthat the dealer or qualified locksmithcan use to make new keys. Storethis information in a safe place,not in the vehicle.

See your dealer if a replacementkey or additional key is needed.

Notice: If the keys get lockedin the vehicle, it may have to bedamaged to get them out. Alwayscarry a spare key.

If locked out of the vehicle, callRoadside Assistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑8 or RoadsideAssistance Program (Mexico) onpage 13‑10.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑20 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-210/220/310.

Page 35: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:. Check the distance.

The transmitter may betoo far from the vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement”later in this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter functions work up to60 m (195 feet) away from thevehicle.

There are other conditions whichcan affect the performance of thetransmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System on page 2‑2.

With Remote Start and PowerLiftgate Shown, Without Similar

/ (Remote Vehicle Start):For vehicles with this feature, seeRemote Vehicle Start on page 2‑5for additional information.

Q (Lock): Press to lock all thedoors.

If enabled through the DriverInformation Center (DIC), theparking lamps flash once toindicate locking has occurred.If enabled through the DIC,the horn sounds when Q ispressed again within five seconds.See Vehicle Personalization(With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑47for additional information.

Pressing Q may arm thecontent theft‐deterrent system.See Anti-Theft Alarm System onpage 2‑13.

Page 36: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows

K (Unlock): Press once tounlock only the driver door. If K ispressed again within five seconds,all remaining doors unlock. Theinterior lamps come on and stay onfor 20 seconds or until the ignitionis turned on.

If enabled through the DIC, theparking lamps flash twice to indicateunlocking has occurred. See VehiclePersonalization (With DIC Buttons)on page 5‑47.

Pressing K on the RKE transmitterdisarms the content theft‐deterrentsystem. See Anti-Theft AlarmSystem on page 2‑13.

& (Power Liftgate): Press andhold until the liftgate begins tomove to open or close the liftgate.The taillamps flash and a chimesounds to indicate when the liftgateis opening or closing.

L (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm): Press and release tolocate the vehicle. The parkinglamps flash and the horn soundsthree times.

Press and holdL for more thantwo seconds to activate the panicalarm. The parking lamps flashand the horn sounds repeatedlyfor 30 seconds. The alarm turnsoff when the ignition is moved toON/RUN orL is pressed again.The ignition must be in LOCK/OFFfor the panic alarm to work.

The vehicle comes with twotransmitters. Each transmitter willhave a number on it, "1" or "2".These numbers correspondto the driver of the vehicle.For example, the memoryseat position for driver 1 will be

recalled when using the transmitterlabeled "1", if enabled throughthe vehicle personalization.See “Memory Seat and Mirrors”under Power Seat Adjustment onpage 3‑4 and “Memory Seat Recall”under Vehicle Personalization (WithDIC Buttons) on page 5‑47 for moreinformation.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmittersprogrammed to this vehiclewill work. If a transmitter is lostor stolen, a replacement can bepurchased and programmed throughyour dealer. When the replacementtransmitter is programmed to thisvehicle, all remaining transmittersmust also be reprogrammed.

Page 37: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5

Any lost or stolen transmitterswill no longer work once thenew transmitter is programmed.Each vehicle can have up to eighttransmitters programmed to it.See your dealer to programtransmitters to this vehicle.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

Notice: When replacing thebattery, do not touch any of thecircuitry on the transmitter. Staticfrom your body could damage thetransmitter.

1. Separate the transmitter with aflat, thin object, such as a flathead screwdriver.. Carefully insert the tool

into the notch locatedalong the parting line of thetransmitter. Do not insertthe tool too far. Stop assoon as resistance is felt.

. Twist the tool until thetransmitter is separated.

2. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

3. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

4. Snap the transmitter backtogether.

Remote Vehicle StartThis vehicle may have a remotestarting feature that starts theengine from outside of the vehicle.

/ (Remote Start): This button islocated on the RKE transmitter ifthe vehicle has remote start.

Laws in some communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using theremote start to have the vehicle inview when doing so. Check localregulations for any requirementson remote starting of vehicles.

Do not use the remote startfeature if the vehicle is low on fuel.The vehicle could run out of fuel.

Page 38: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows

If the vehicle has the remotestart feature, the RKE transmitterfunctions have an increased rangeof operation. However, the rangemay be less while the vehicle isrunning.

There are other conditions whichcan affect the performance of thetransmitter, see Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System on page 2‑2for additional information.

Starting the Engine UsingRemote Start

To start the vehicle:

1. Aim the RKE transmitter at thevehicle.

2. Press Q on the RKE transmitter.

3. Immediately after completingStep 2, press and hold/ untilthe parking lamps flash. If thevehicle's lights can not be seen,press and hold/ for at leastfour seconds.

When the vehicle starts the parkinglamps will turn on and remain onas long as the engine is running.The doors will be locked and theclimate control system will operateautomatically if the vehicle has theautomatic system, or at the samesetting as when the vehicle waslast turned off.

If the vehicle has an automaticclimate control system and heatedseats, the heated seats turn onduring colder outside temperaturesand shut off when the key is turnedto ON/RUN. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats on page 3‑9for more information.

The rear window defogger andheated mirrors, if the vehicle hasthem, turn on during colder outsidetemperatures and turn off when thekey is turned to ON/RUN.

After entering the vehicle during aremote start, insert and turn the keyto the ON/RUN position to drive thevehicle.

If the vehicle is left running itautomatically shuts off after10 minutes unless a timeextension has been done.

Page 39: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7

Extending Engine Run Time

To extend the engine run time by10 minutes, repeat Steps 1 though 3while the engine is still running.The engine run time can only beextended if it is the first remote startsince the vehicle has been driven.Remote start can be extendedone time.

If the remote start procedure is usedagain before the first 10 minutetime frame has ended, the first10 minutes will immediately expireand the second 10 minute timeframe will start.

For example, if the lock button andthen the remote start buttons arepressed again after the vehiclehas been running for five minutes,10 minutes are added, allowingthe engine to run for a total of15 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts orremote start attempts are allowedbetween ignition cycles.

After the vehicle's engine has beenstarted two times using the remotestart button, the ignition must beturned on and then back off beforethe remote start procedure can beused again.

Shutting the Engine Off After aRemote Start

To manually shut off a remote start:. Aim the RKE transmitter at the

vehicle and press/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the ignition switch on andthen off.

Conditions in Which theRemote Start Will Not Work

The vehicle cannot be started usingthe remote start feature if the key isin the ignition, the hood is open, or ifthere is an emission control systemmalfunction.

The engine turns off during a remotestart if the coolant temperature getstoo high or if the oil pressuregets low.

Page 40: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows

Door Locks

{ WARNING

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. When a dooris locked, the handle will notopen it. The chance of beingthrown out of the vehicle ina crash is increased if thedoors are not locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly andthe doors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A child canbe overcome by extreme heatand can suffer permanentinjuries or even death fromheat stroke. Always lock thevehicle whenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking the doorscan help prevent this fromhappening.

To lock or unlock a door, use thekey from the outside or the doorlock from the inside.

Power Door LocksThe power door lock switches arelocated on the front doors.

K (Unlock): Press to unlock thedoors.

Q (Lock): Remove the key fromthe ignition and press to lock thedoors.

Delayed LockingWhen locking the doors with thepower lock switch and a door or theliftgate is open, the doors will lockfive seconds after the last door isclosed. You will hear three chimesto signal that the delayed lockingfeature is in use.

Pressing the power lock switchtwice or the lock button on theRKE transmitter twice will overridethe delayed locking feature andimmediately lock all the doors.

Page 41: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9

This feature will not operate if thekey is in the ignition.

This feature can be programmed byusing the Driver Information Center(DIC). See “DELAY DOOR LOCK”under Vehicle Personalization (WithDIC Buttons) on page 5‑47.

Automatic Door LocksVehicles with an automaticlock/unlock feature enable youto program the vehicle's powerdoor locks. This feature canbe programmed through theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Vehicle Personalization(With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑47for more information.

Lockout ProtectionThis feature protects you fromlocking the key in the vehicle whenthe key is in the ignition and a frontdoor is open.

If the driver side power door lockswitch is pressed when the driver'sdoor is open and the key is in theignition, all of the doors will lock andthen the driver door will unlock.

If the passenger side power doorlock switch is pressed when thefront passenger door is open andthe key is in the ignition, all of thedoors will lock and then the frontpassenger door will unlock.

Safety LocksThe vehicle has rear door securitylocks to prevent passengers fromopening the rear doors from theinside.

Open the rear doors to access thesecurity locks on the inside edge ofeach door.

To set the locks, insert a key intothe slot and turn it to the horizontalposition. The door can only beopened from the outside with thedoor unlocked. To return the door tonormal operation, turn the slot to thevertical position.

Page 42: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows

Doors

Liftgate

Manual Liftgate Operation

{ WARNING

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, trunk/hatch open, orwith any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the trunk/hatch orliftgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate, or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outletson or under the instrumentpanel.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Adjust the Climate Controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See ClimateControl System in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equipped witha power liftgate, disable thepower liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑24.

To unlock the liftgate, use thepower door lock switch or pressthe door unlock button on theRKE transmitter twice. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3.

To open the liftgate, press thetouchpad under the liftgate handle.The vehicle must be in P (Park)to open the liftgate. To close theliftgate, use the pull cup or pullstrap as an aid.

The liftgate will not open if thebattery is disconnected or has lowvoltage. The liftgate will resumeoperation when the battery isreconnected and charged.

If the battery is properly connectedand has adequate voltage, and theliftgate still will not function, thevehicle should be taken to a dealerfor service.

Page 43: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11

Power Liftgate Operation

The vehicle may have a powerliftgate. The vehicle must be inP (Park) to use this feature.

The taillamps will flash and a chimewill sound when the power liftgateis used.

{ WARNING

You or others could be injured ifcaught in the path of the powerliftgate. Make sure there is no onein the way of the liftgate as it isopening and closing.

Notice: If you open the liftgatewithout checking for overheadobstructions such as a garagedoor, you could damage theliftgate or the liftgate glass.Always check to make surethe area above and behind theliftgate is clear before opening it.

The power liftgate can bepower opened and closedin the following ways:. Press and hold the power liftgate

button on the RKE transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3 for more information.

. Press the liftgate button on thecenter console.

. Press the touchpad on theoutside liftgate handle.

Pressing the buttons or touchpada second time while the liftgate ismoving reverses the direction.

Power Liftgate Button nearLiftgate Latch

The liftgate can also be closed bypressing the power liftgate buttonnext to the liftgate latch. Press thebutton a second time during liftgateoperation to reverse that operation.

Page 44: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows

The power liftgate may betemporarily disabled under extremetemperatures or under low batteryconditions. If this occurs, the liftgatecan still be operated manually.

If the transmission is shifted out ofP (Park) while the power functionis in progress, the liftgate powerfunction will continue to completion.If the transmission is shifted out ofP (Park) and the vehicle acceleratesbefore the power liftgate latchesclosed, the liftgate may reverse tothe open position. Cargo could fallout of the vehicle. Always makesure the power liftgate is closedand latched before you drive away.

If you power open the liftgate andthe liftgate support struts have lostpressure, the lights will flash and achime will sound. The liftgate willstay open temporarily, then slowlyclose. See your dealer for servicebefore using the liftgate if thisoccurs.

Obstacle Detection Features

A warning chime will sound and theliftgate will automatically reversedirection to the full closed or openposition if the liftgate encountersan obstacle during a power openor close cycle. After removing theobstruction, the power liftgateoperation can be used again.

If the liftgate comes across moreobstacles on the same power cycle,the power function deactivates,and you must manually open orclose the liftgate. A messagedisplays, LIFTGATE OPEN, toindicate that the liftgate is open.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑25or Driver Information Center (DIC)

(Without DIC Buttons) on page 5‑30for more information. After removingthe obstructions, manually open theliftgate to the full open position orclose the liftgate to the fully closedand latched position. The liftgateresumes normal power operation.

The vehicle has pinch sensorslocated on the side edges of theliftgate. If an object is caughtbetween the liftgate and the bodyand presses against this sensor,the liftgate will reverse direction andopen fully. The liftgate will remainopen until it is activated again orclosed manually. Do not force theliftgate open or closed during apower cycle.

Page 45: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13

Manual Operation of PowerLiftgate

To change the liftgate to manualoperation, press the switch on thecenter console to the OFF position.A message displays, POWERLIFTGATE OFF, to indicate that theliftgate is manual operation mode.See Driver Information Center (DIC)(With DIC Buttons) on page 5‑25or Driver Information Center (DIC)(Without DIC Buttons) on page 5‑30for more information.

With the power liftgate disabled andall of the doors unlocked, the liftgatecan be manually opened andclosed.

To open the liftgate, press thetouchpad on the handle on theoutside of the liftgate and lift thegate open. To close the liftgate,use the pull cup to lower the liftgateand close. The liftgate latch willpower close. Always close theliftgate before driving.

If the RKE button or the power closebutton on the liftgate is pressedwhile power operation is disabled,the lights will flash three times,but the liftgate will not move.

It is not recommended thatyou drive with the liftgate open.However, if you must drive withthe liftgate open, the liftgate shouldbe set to manual operation bypressing the OFF switch on thecenter console.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makeit impossible to steal.

Anti-Theft Alarm SystemOn vehicles with an anti-theft alarmsystem, to activate the system:

. Press Q on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter or thepower door lock switch whenany door is open.

The security light flashes.

Page 46: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows

When the door is closed, thesecurity light stops flashing andstays on solid for approximately30 seconds. The content theftdeterrent alarm is not armeduntil the security light goes off.

If the delayed locking feature isactive, the alarm is not activateduntil all doors are closed and thesecurity light goes off.

. Press Q when the driver dooris closed. The security lightcomes on solid for approximately30 seconds and then goes off.The content theft deterrent alarmis not armed until the securitylight goes off.

The theft-deterrent system will notactivate if the doors are locked withthe vehicle's key or the manualdoor lock.

If a locked door is opened withoutusing the RKE transmitter, aten second pre-alarm occurs.The horn chirps and the lights flash.

If the key is not placed in theignition and turned to START or thedoor is not unlocked by pressing Qduring the ten second pre-alarm,the alarm goes off. The headlampsflash and the horn sounds forabout 30 seconds, then turnsoff to save the battery power.

The vehicle can be started with thecorrect ignition key if the alarm hasbeen set off.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:. Lock the vehicle with the door

key after the doors are closed.. Unlock the door with the RKE

transmitter. Unlocking a doorany other way sets off the alarmif the system has been armed.

Press K or place the key in theignition and turn it to START toturn off the alarm.

Testing the Alarm

To test the alarm:

1. From inside the vehicle, lowerthe driver side window and openthe driver door.

2. Press Q.3. Get out of the vehicle, close the

door and wait for the securitylight to go out.

4. Then reach in through thewindow, unlock the door withthe manual door lock and openthe door. This should set offthe alarm.

If the alarm does not sound when itshould, but the vehicle's headlampsflash, check to see if the hornworks. The horn fuse may be blown.To replace the fuse, see Fuses andCircuit Breakers on page 10‑32.

If the alarm does not sound or thevehicle's headlamps do not flash,see your dealer for service.

Page 47: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑20 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-210/220/310.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has PASS-Key® III+(Personalized Automotive SecuritySystem) theft-deterrent system.PASS-Key® III+ is a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system is automatically armedwhen the key is removed from theignition.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the key is turnedto ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORYor START from the LOCK/OFFposition.

You do not have to manually arm ordisarm the system.

The security light comes on ifthere is a problem with armingor disarming the theft-deterrentsystem.

When the PASS-Key® III+ systemsenses an incorrect key, the vehicledoes not start. Anyone using atrial-and-error method to start thevehicle will be discouraged becauseof the high number of electrical keycodes.

If the engine does not start andthe security light on the instrumentpanel comes on when trying to startthe vehicle, there may be a problemwith your theft-deterrent system.Turn the ignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start,and the key appears to beundamaged, try another ignitionkey and check the fuses. See Fusesand Circuit Breakers on page 10‑32for additional information. If theengine still does not start with theother key, the vehicle needs service.If the vehicle does start, the first keymay be faulty. See your dealer who

can service the PASS-Key® III+to have a new key made. In anemergency, contact RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑8 or RoadsideAssistance Program (Mexico) onpage 13‑10.

It is possible for the PASS-Key® III+decoder to learn the transpondervalue of a new or replacement key.Up to 10 keys may be programmedto the vehicle. The followingprocedure is for programmingadditional keys only. If all thecurrently programmed keys arelost or do not operate, you mustsee your dealer or a locksmith whocan service PASS-Key® III+ to havekeys made and programmed to thesystem.

See your dealer or a locksmith whocan service PASS-Key® III+ to get anew key blank that is cut exactly asthe ignition key that operates thesystem.

Page 48: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows

To program the new additional key:

1. Verify that the new key hasa 1 stamped on it.

2. Insert the already programmedkey in the ignition and start theengine. If the engine does notstart, see your dealer for service.

3. After the engine has started,turn the key to LOCK/OFF,and remove the key.

4. Insert the key to be programmedand turn it to the ON/RUNposition within five seconds ofthe original key being turned tothe LOCK/OFF position.

The security light turns off oncethe key has been programmed.

5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 ifadditional keys are to beprogrammed.

If the PASS-Key® III+ key is lostor damaged, see your dealer or alocksmith to have a new key made.

The SERVICE THEFTDETERRENT SYSTEM messagedisplays on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) when there is aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See Anti-Theft AlarmSystem Messages on page 5‑43for additional information.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates the theftdeterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ WARNING

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Page 49: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17

Power Mirrors

Controls for the outside powermirrors are located on thedriver door.

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press (A) or (B) to select themirror.

2. Press on the control pad toadjust the mirror.

3. Press (A) or (B) again todeselect the mirror.

Folding MirrorsFor vehicles with manual foldingmirrors, push the mirror toward thevehicle. Pull the mirror out to returnto its original position.

For vehicles with outside powerfoldaway mirrors:

The controls for power foldawaymirrors are located on thedriver door.

1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors outto the driving position.

2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors in tothe folded position.

Page 50: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows

Resetting the Power FoldawayMirrors

Reset the power foldaway mirrors if:. The mirrors are accidentally

obstructed while folding.. They are accidentally manually

folded/unfolded.. The mirrors vibrate at normal

driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one timeusing the mirror controls to resetthem to their normal position.A popping noise may be heardduring the resetting of the powerfoldaway mirrors. This sound isnormal after a manual foldingoperation.

Heated MirrorsFor vehicles with heated mirrors:

< (Rear Window Defogger):Press to heat the mirrors.

See “Rear Window Defogger” underDual Automatic Climate ControlSystem on page 8‑4 for moreinformation.

Automatic DimmingMirrorIf the vehicle has the automaticdimming mirror, the driver outsidemirror automatically adjusts for theglare of headlamps behind you.This feature is controlled by theon and off setting on the insiderearview mirror. See AutomaticDimming Rearview Mirror onpage 2‑19 for more information.

Park Tilt MirrorsIf the vehicle has the memorypackage, the outside mirrors havea park tilt feature. This feature tiltsthe outside mirrors to a preselectedposition when the vehicle is inR (Reverse). This allows the driverto view the curb for parallel parking.

The passenger and/or driver mirrorreturns to its original positionwhen the vehicle is shifted outof R (Reverse), or the ignition isturned off or to OFF/LOCK.

This feature can be turned on oroff through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See VehiclePersonalization (With DIC Buttons)on page 5‑47 for more information.

Page 51: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-19

Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorAdjust the inside rearview mirrorfor a clear view of the area behindyour vehicle. To avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind, move thelever to the right for nighttime useand to the center for daytime use.

Vehicles with OnStar® have threeadditional control buttons located atthe bottom of the mirror. See yourdealer for more information aboutOnStar and how to subscribe to it.See the OnStar Owner's Guide formore information about the servicesOnStar provides.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe vehicle may have an automaticdimming inside rearview mirror.

Automatic dimming reduces theglare from the headlamps of thevehicle behind you. The dimmingfeature comes on and the indicatorlight illuminates each time theignition is turned to start.

O (On/Off): Press to turn thedimming feature on or off.

The vehicle may also have a RearVision Camera (RVC). See RearVision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑37for more information.

If the vehicle has RVC, the O buttonfor turning the dimming feature on oroff will not be available.

Vehicles with OnStar have threeadditional control buttons for theOnStar system. See your dealerfor more information about OnStarand how to subscribe to it. Seethe OnStar Owner Guide for moreinformation about the servicesOnStar provides.

Cleaning the Mirror

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Page 52: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-20 Keys, Doors and Windows

Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children, helpless adults,or pets in a vehicle with thewindows closed is dangerous.They can be overcome bythe extreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke. Never leave achild, a helpless adult, or a petalone in a vehicle, especially withthe windows closed in warm orhot weather.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof (if equipped).

Power Windows

{ WARNING

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe keys is dangerous for manyreasons. Children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls oreven make the vehicle move.The windows will function andthey could be seriously injured orkilled if caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leavekeys in a vehicle with children.

When there are children in therear seat use the window lockoutbutton to prevent unintentionaloperation of the windows.

Page 53: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-21

Uplevel shown, base similar

The power window controls arelocated on each of the side doors.

The driver door also has switchesthat control the passengerand rear windows. The powerwindows work with the ignition inACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN orwhen Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑21.

Press the switch to lower thewindow. Pull up on the front edgeof the switch to raise the window.

Express-Up/Express-DownWindows

A window with the express‐up/downfeature allows it to be raised orlowered without holding the switch.Press or pull the window switchfully and release it to activate theexpress feature. The express modecan be canceled by pressing orpulling the switch.

Programming the PowerWindows

If the battery on the vehicle hasbeen recharged, disconnected,or replaced, windows with theexpress-up feature need to bereprogrammed for this feature towork. To program the window:

1. Close all doors with the ignitionin the ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN position, orwhen Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active.See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 9‑21.

2. Press and continue to hold thewindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull up and hold the windowswitch to close the window.Continue to hold it briefly afterthe window is fully closed.

4. Repeat for each window that hasthe express-up feature.

Anti-Pinch Feature

The anti-pinch feature is onwindows with the express-upfeature. If an object is in the way ofthe window as it is express-closing,or in certain weather conditionslike severe icing, the window willstop and open to a factory presetposition. The window functionsnormally once the obstruction isremoved.

Page 54: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-22 Keys, Doors and Windows

Window Lockout

o (Window Lockout): The windowlockout switch is located with thepower window switches on thedriver door armrest. This featureprevents the rear windows frombeing operated, except from thedriver position. Press the switch toturn the lockout feature on or off.An indicator light will come on toshow the lockout feature is on.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor fromthe center mount to pivot to the sidewindow, or to extend along the rod,if available.

Roof

SunroofThe ignition must be in ON/RUNor ACC/ACCESSORY to operatethe sunroof and power sunshade.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) on page 9‑21.

The vehicle may have a sunroofover the front seats and a rearsunroof over the second row seats.The rear sunroof does not open.The switch to operate the frontsunroof is on the headliner abovethe rearview mirror.

Page 55: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Keys, Doors and Windows 2-23

Do not keep the sunroof openfor long periods of time while thevehicle is not in use. Dirt and debrismay collect on the sunroof seal orin the tracks that could cause anissue with sunroof operation, noiseor plug the water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof sealand roof sealing area using aclean cloth, mild soap, and water.Do not remove grease from sunroof.

Vent: From the closed position,press and hold the front of theswitch to vent the sunroof. Pressand hold the rear of the switch toclose the sunroof.

Express-open/Express-close:From the closed position, pressand release the rear of the switchto express-open the sunroof. Pressand release the front of the switchto express-close the sunroof.

The front sunshade must be openedand closed manually. Push up onthe sunshade handle to open thesunshade.

Manual Sunshades

On a vehicle with only manualsunshades, press the button on thesunshade handle to release it andguide it back. Pull the sunshadeforward until it latches to close it.

Rear Power SunshadeOn vehicles with a rear powersunshade, the switch is on theheadliner above the rearview mirror.

Notice: The rear sunshade couldbe damaged if you attempt toopen or close it manually. Do notmanually open or close the rearsunshade.

To open the rear sunshade, locatedover the second row seats, pressand release the rear of the switch.Press and release the front of theswitch to close the sunshade.

Page 56: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

2-24 Keys, Doors and Windows

2 NOTES

Page 57: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . 3-4Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . 3-31Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-31Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-35When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

What Will You See After anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-46

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-47Replacing Airbag SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-48

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48Infants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51

Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-53Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-55Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children(LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-64

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65

Securing Child Restraints(Right FrontPassenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67

Page 58: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that arenot installed and adjustedproperly, there is a greaterchance that occupants will suffera neck/spinal injury in a crash.Do not drive until the headrestraints for all occupants areinstalled and adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

1. Pull the head restraint up toraise it. To lower the headrestraint, press the releasebutton, located on the headrestraint post on the top of theseatback, while you push thehead restraint down.

Page 59: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-3

2. Push down on the head restraintafter the button is released tomake sure that it is locked inplace.

The vehicle's second‐row seatshave head restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted.

The vehicle's third‐row seats haveheadrests in the outboard seatingpositions that cannot be adjusted.

The vehicle's head restraints andheadrests are not designed to beremoved.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust amanual driver seat while thevehicle is moving. The suddenmovement could startle andconfuse you, or make you pusha pedal when you do not want to.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

A. Seat Adjustment Handle

B. Driver Seat Height AdjustmentLever

C. Seatback Lever

Page 60: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-4 Seats and Restraints

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Lift the handle (A) under the seatto unlock it.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition, and then release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Move the lever (B) up or down toraise or lower the seat.

Use the lever (C) to adjust theseatback. See Reclining Seatbackson page 3‑7.

Power Seat Adjustment

A. Seat Adjustment Control

B. Seatback Control

C. Lumbar Control

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Move the seat forward or

rearward by sliding thecontrol (A) forward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the entire seatby moving the control (A) upor down.

. Adjust the seatback by tilting thetop of the control (B) forward orrearward.

See Reclining Seatbacks onpage 3‑7.

. Increase or decrease lumbarsupport by pressing the frontor rear of the control (C).

See Lumbar Adjustment onpage 3‑6.

Page 61: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Memory Seat and Mirrors

On vehicles with the memoryfeature, the controls on the driverdoor are used to program and recallmemory settings for the driver seatand outside mirrors.

Storing Memory Positions

To save into memory:

1. Adjust the driver seat, seatbackrecliner, and both outsidemirrors.

See Power Mirrors on page 2‑17for more information.

Not all vehicles will have theability to save and recall themirror positions.

2. Press and hold “1” untiltwo beeps sound.

3. Repeat for a second driverposition using “2.”

To recall, press and release “1”or “2.” The vehicle must be inP (Park). A single beep will sound.The seat and outside mirrors willmove to the position previouslystored for the identified driver.

Memory Remote Recall

The memory feature can recall thedriver seat and outside mirrors tostored positions when entering thevehicle.

To activate, unlock the driverdoor with the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. The driverseat and outside mirrors will moveto the memory position associatedwith the transmitter used to unlockthe vehicle.

This feature is turned on or off usingthe vehicle personalization menu.See “Memory Seat Recall” underVehicle Personalization (With DICButtons) on page 5‑47 for moreinformation.

To stop recall movement, press oneof the power seat controls, memorybuttons, or the power mirror buttons.

Page 62: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-6 Seats and Restraints

If something has blocked thedriver seat while recalling amemory position, the recall maystop. Remove the obstruction; thenpress and hold the appropriatemanual control for the memory itemthat is not recalling for two seconds.Try recalling the memory positionagain by pressing the appropriatememory button. If the memoryposition is still not recalling,see your dealer for service.

Easy Exit Driver Seat

This feature can move the seatrearward to allow extra room toexit the vehicle.

S (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Pressto recall the easy exit seat position.The vehicle must be in P (Park).

If the easy exit seat feature isprogrammed on in the vehiclepersonalization menu, automaticseat movement occurs when theignition key is removed.

A single beep sounds. The driverseat moves back approximately8 cm (3 in). To move the seat backfarther, press the easy exit seatbutton again until the seat is allthe way back.

If something has blocked the driverseat while recalling the exit position,the recall may stop. Remove theobstruction; then press and holdthe power seat control rearward fortwo seconds. Try recalling the exitposition again. If the exit position isstill not recalling, see your dealerfor service.

See “Easy Exit Seat” under VehiclePersonalization (With DIC Buttons)on page 5‑47 for more information.

Lumbar Adjustment

Manual Lumbar

If available, move the handleforward or rearward to increaseor decrease lumbar support.

Page 63: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Power Lumbar

If available, press and hold thefront or rear of control to increaseor decrease lumbar support.Release the control when theseatback reaches the desiredlevel of lumbar support.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job when reclined like this.

The shoulder belt cannot do itsjob because it will not be againstyour body. Instead, it will be infront of you. In a crash, you couldgo into it, receiving neck or otherinjuries.

The lap belt cannot do its jobeither. In a crash, the belt couldgo up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be there,not at your pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Page 64: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust amanual driver seat while thevehicle is moving. The suddenmovement could startle andconfuse you, or make you pusha pedal when you do not want to.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Page 65: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-9

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackwill return to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback,if equipped:. Tilt the top of the control

rearward to recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward

to raise.

Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ WARNING

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burnseven at low temperatures.To reduce the risk of burns,people with such a conditionshould use care when usingthe seat heater, especially forlong periods of time. Do notplace anything on the seat thatinsulates against heat, suchas a blanket, cushion, cover,or similar item. This may causethe seat heater to overheat.An overheated seat heater maycause a burn or may damagethe seat.

Heated and VentilatedSeat Buttons Shown,

Heated Seat Buttons Similar

If available, the buttons are on thecenter console. To operate, theengine must be running.

I (Heated Seatback): If available,press to heat the seatback only.

H (Ventilated Seat): If available,press to ventilate the entire seat.

Page 66: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-10 Seats and Restraints

J (Heated Seat and Seatback):Press to heat the seat andseatback.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The lights indicatethree for the highest setting andone for the lowest.

The passenger heated seat maytake longer to heat up.

The heated and/or ventilated seatsare canceled after the ignition isturned off.

Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats may turn on automaticallyduring a remote vehicle start.The heated seats will be canceledwhen the ignition is turned on.Press the desired heated seatbutton to use the heated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated seat button lights willnot turn on during a remote start.

The temperature of an unoccupiedseat may be reduced.

See Remote Vehicle Start onpage 2‑5 for more information.

Rear Seats

A. Seat Adjustment Handle

B. Reclining Seatback Strap

C. Sliding Seat Lever

Page 67: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Entering and Exiting theThird Row

{ WARNING

Using the third row seatingposition while the second row isfolded, or folded and tumbled,could cause injury in a suddenstop or crash. Be sure to returnthe seat to the passenger seatingposition. Push and pull on theseat to make sure it is locked intoplace.

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.

To access the third row:

1. Remove objects on the floor infront of or on the second rowseat, or in the seat tracks onthe floor.

2. Move the front center consolearmrest completely forward.See Center Console Storage onpage 4‑2.

3. Place the folding armrests in theupright position.

4. Make sure that the safety belt isunfastened and in the stowedposition.

5. Pull the sliding seat lever (C)forward and move the seatbackforward. The seat cushion willfold, and the entire seat will slideforward. The head restraints willfold out of the way automatically.

Page 68: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Returning the Seat to theSeating Position

To return the second row seat to itsnormal seating position:

1. Remove objects on the floorbehind the second row seat orin the seat tracks on the floor.

2. Pull the seatback rearward untilit is locked in place.

3. Slide the seat rearward bypushing on the seatback untilit is locked into place.

4. Return the head restraint tothe upright position by reachingbehind the seat and pulling thehead restraint forward until itlocks into place.

Push and pull on the headrestraint to make sure that itis locked.

5. Push down on the rear of theseat cushion until it is lockedin place.

6. Push and pull on the seatbackand seat cushion to make surethey are locked in place.

7. Check that the safety belt is notunder the seat cushion.

Reclining the Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Leaning forward in the seat, pullthe reclining seatback strap (B).

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the strap to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked.

Folding the Seatback

To fold the second row seatbacks:

1. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

2. Place the armrest in the uprightposition, and unfasten thesafety belt.

Page 69: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-13

3. Pull forward on the recliningseatback strap (B) and pushdown on the seatback.

The head restraint will fold downautomatically.

To return the seatback to theseating position, lift the uppercorner of the seatback and pushit rearward until it locks into place.Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked. Pull up onthe head restraint to return it to theupright, locked position.

Adjusting the Seats

To adjust the second row seats,pull outward on the seat adjustmenthandle (A). Slide the seat forwardor rearward to the desired position.Release the handle, and push andpull on the seat to make sure it islocked.

Third Row Seats

{ WARNING

Using the third row seatingposition while the second rowis folded, or pushed forward inthe entry position, could causeinjury in a sudden stop or crash.Be sure to return the seat to thepassenger seating position. Pushand pull on the seat to make sureit is locked into place.

Folding the Seatback

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.

To fold the third row seatback:

1. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

2. Disconnect the rear safety beltmini-latch using a key in theslot on the mini-buckle, and letthe belt retract into the headliner.Stow the mini-latch in the holderin the headliner.

Page 70: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-14 Seats and Restraints

3. Pull up on the release lever onthe back of the seat.

4. Push the seatback forward tolay flat.

Returning the Seat to theSeating Position

To return the seatback to theseating position:

1. From the rear of the vehicle,raise the seatback to the uprightposition using the pullstrap onthe back of the third row seat,or lift the seatback and pushit into place from inside thevehicle.

{ WARNING

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

2. Push and pull on the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash.The person wearing the belt couldbe seriously injured. After raisingthe rear seatback, always checkto be sure that the safety beltsare properly routed and attached,and are not twisted.

3. Reconnect the center safety beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle.Do not let it twist.

4. Pull on the safety belt to be surethe mini-latch is secure.

Page 71: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-15

Removing the Third Row Seats

To remove a third row seat:

1. Remove the cargomanagement system,if available and installed.See Cargo ManagementSystem on page 4‑3.

2. Remove anything on or underthe seat.

Notice: Folding a rear seat withthe safety belts still fastened maycause damage to the seat or thesafety belts. Always unbuckle thesafety belts and return them totheir normal stowed positionbefore folding a rear seat.

3. Fold the seatback down.See “Folding the Seatback”earlier in this section.

4. Remove the rear bolts on thefloor on each side of the seat.

5. Remove the seat by tilting itslightly upward, and then pullingit out of the rear of the vehicle inone motion.

6. Replace the bolts in the floorholes for storage.

Installing the Third Row Seats

To reinstall a third row seat:

1. Before installing the seatthe seatback must be foldedforward. See “Folding theSeatback” earlier in this section.

The seats must be placed inthe proper locations to attachcorrectly. The wider seat mustbe installed on the driver sideand the narrower seat on thepassenger side. Remove thebolts from the holes in the floorbefore installing the seats.

2. Place the seat on the vehiclefloor so that the front seat hooksare on the vehicle bars.

3. Reinstall the bolts, and torque to55Y (41 lb ft). Pull up on theseat to make sure it is locked inplace.

4. Raise the seatback to theupright position. Push and pullon the seatback to make sure itis locked into place.

5. Reconnect the center safety beltmini-latch to the mini-buckle.Do not let it twist.

Page 72: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ WARNING

Do not let anyone ride wherea safety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you oryour passenger(s) are notwearing safety belts, the injuriescan be much worse. You can hitthings inside the vehicle harderor be ejected from the vehicle.You and your passenger(s) canbe seriously injured or killed.In the same crash, you mightnot be, if you are buckled up.Always fasten your safety belt,and check that your passenger(s)are restrained properly too.

{ WARNING

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled. Do not allow people to ridein any area of your vehicle thatis not equipped with seats andsafety belts. Be sure everyone inthe vehicle is in a seat and usinga safety belt properly.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders onpage 5‑15 for additional information.

In most states and in all Canadianprovinces, the law requires wearingsafety belts. Here is why:

You never know if you will be ina crash. If you do have a crash,you do not know if it will be aserious one.

A few crashes are mild, and somecrashes can be so serious that evenbuckled up, a person would notsurvive. But most crashes are inbetween. In many of them, peoplewho buckle up can survive andsometimes walk away. Withoutsafety belts they could have beenbadly hurt or killed.

After more than 40 years of safetybelts in vehicles, the facts are clear.In most crashes buckling up doesmatter ... a lot!

Page 73: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-17

Why Safety Belts Work

When you ride in or on anything,you go as fast as it goes.

Take the simplest vehicle. Supposeit is just a seat on wheels.

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop thevehicle. The rider does not stop.

Page 74: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-18 Seats and Restraints

The person keeps going untilstopped by something. In a realvehicle, it could be the windshield...

or the instrument panel... or the safety belts!

With safety belts, you slow downas the vehicle does. You get moretime to stop. You stop over moredistance, and your strongest bonestake the forces. That is why safetybelts make such good sense.

Page 75: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be — whether youare wearing a safety belt ornot. But your chance of beingconscious during and after anaccident, so you can unbuckleand get out, is much greater ifyou are belted. And you canunbuckle a safety belt, even ifyou are upside down.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they workwith safety belts — not insteadof them. Whether or not anairbag is provided, all occupantsstill have to buckle up to get themost protection. That is true notonly in frontal collisions, butespecially in side and othercollisions.

Q: If I am a good driver, and Inever drive far from home,why should I wear safetybelts?

A: You may be an excellent driver,but if you are in a crash — evenone that is not your fault — youand your passenger(s) can behurt. Being a good driver doesnot protect you from thingsbeyond your control, suchas bad drivers.

Most accidents occur within40 km (25mi) of home.And the greatest number ofserious injuries and deathsoccur at speeds of less than65 km/h (40 mph).

Safety belts are for everyone.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

Be aware that there are specialthings to know about safety beltsand children. And there are differentrules for smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding inthe vehicle, see Older Children onpage 3‑48 or Infants and YoungChildren on page 3‑51. Followthose rules for everyone'sprotection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

Page 76: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-20 Seats and Restraints

Occupants who are not buckled upcan be thrown out of the vehicle in acrash. And they can strike others inthe vehicle who are wearing safetybelts.

First, before you or yourpassenger(s) wear a safety belt,there is important information youshould know.

Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front of you.The lap part of the belt should be

worn low and snug on the hips,just touching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on your abdomen.This could cause serious or evenfatal injuries. The shoulder beltshould go over the shoulder andacross the chest. These parts ofthe body are best able to take beltrestraining forces.

The shoulder belt locks if there is asudden stop or crash.

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The shoulder belt is tooloose. It will not give asmuch protection this way.

Page 77: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-21

{ WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if theshoulder belt is too loose. In acrash, you would move forwardtoo much, which could increaseinjury. The shoulder belt should fitsnugly against your body.

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The lap belt is too loose.It will not give nearly as muchprotection this way.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously hurt if thelap belt is too loose. In a crash,you could slide under the lapbelt and apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.The lap belt should be wornlow and snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs.

Page 78: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is buckled in the wrongbuckle.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured ifthe belt is buckled in the wrongplace like this. In a crash, the beltwould go up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be there,not on the pelvic bones. Thiscould cause serious internalinjuries. Always buckle the beltinto the buckle nearest you.

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is over an armrest.

Page 79: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-23

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured ifthe belt goes over an armrest likethis. The belt would be much toohigh. In a crash, you can slideunder the belt. The belt forcewould then be applied on theabdomen, not on the pelvicbones, and that could causeserious or fatal injuries. Be surethe belt goes under the armrests.

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The shoulder belt is worn underthe arm. It should be worn overthe shoulder at all times.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injuredif you wear the shoulder beltunder your arm. In a crash,your body would move too farforward, which would increase thechance of head and neck injury.Also, the belt would apply toomuch force to the ribs, which arenot as strong as shoulder bones.You could also severely injureinternal organs like your liver orspleen. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Page 80: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-24 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is behind the body.

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured bynot wearing the lap-shoulderbelt properly. In a crash, youwould not be restrained by theshoulder belt. Your body couldmove too far forward increasingthe chance of head and neckinjury. You might also slideunder the lap belt. The beltforce would then be applied righton the abdomen. That couldcause serious or fatal injuries.The shoulder belt should goover the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is twisted acrossthe body.

Page 81: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (25,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-25

{ WARNING

You can be seriously injured by atwisted belt. In a crash, you wouldnot have the full width of the beltto spread impact forces. If a beltis twisted, make it straight so itcan work properly, or ask yourdealer to fix it.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable safetybelt and the safety belt is notattached, see “Returning theSeat to the Seating Position” underThird Row Seats on page 3‑13for instruction on reconnectingthe safety belt to the mini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see “Seats”in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not let itget twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock ifyou pull the belt across you veryquickly. If this happens, let thebelt go back slightly to unlock it.Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

Page 82: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (26,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-26 Seats and Restraints

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled outall the way, the child restraintlocking feature may be engaged.If this happens, let the belt goback all the way and start again.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

4. Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If the beltis not long enough, see SafetyBelt Extender on page 3‑31.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you.See “Shoulder Belt HeightAdjuster” later in this sectionfor instructions on use andimportant safety information.

6. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to pullthe stitching on the safety beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.

Page 83: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (27,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-27

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position. Slidethe latch plate up the safety beltwebbing when the safety belt is notin use. The latch plate should reston the stitching on the safety belt,near the guide loop on the side wall.

Before a door is closed, be surethe safety belt is out of the way.If a door is slammed against asafety belt, damage can occur toboth the safety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on theshoulder but not falling off of it.The belt should be close to butnot contacting the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly onpage 3‑19.

To move it down, push down onthe release button (A) and movethe height adjuster to the desiredposition. You can move the heightadjuster up by pushing up on theshoulder belt guide.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Page 84: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (28,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-28 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the safetybelt pretensioners cannot be seen,they are part of the safety beltassembly. They can help tightenthe safety belts during the earlystages of a moderate to severefrontal, near frontal, or rear crashif the threshold conditions forpretensioner activation are met.And, for vehicles with side impactairbags, safety belt pretensionerscan help tighten the safety belts ina side crash or a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once.If the pretensioners activate in acrash, they will need to be replaced,and probably other new parts forthe vehicle's safety belt system.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts After a Crash on page 3‑32.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

This vehicle may have rear shoulderbelt comfort guides. If not, theyare available through your dealer.The guides may provide addedsafety belt comfort for older childrenwho have outgrown booster seatsand for some adults. When installedand properly adjusted, the comfortguide positions the shoulder beltaway from the neck and head.

Here is how to install a comfortguide to the safety belt:

Outboard Positions

1. For the outboard positions,remove the guide from itsstorage clip on the interior body.

For the third row center position,locate the comfort guide whichis located in a storage pocket,at the top of the seat, underthe headrest on the driver'sside of the vehicle.

Page 85: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (29,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-29

To access the comfort guide,you will first need to move theheadrest forward by pulling onthe handle behind the seatback.The comfort guide will now beaccessible.

Third Row Center Position

Pull the comfort guide out ofits storage location and thenreturn the headrest to its uprightposition.

2. Place the guide over the beltand insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

3. Be sure that the belt isnot twisted and it lies flat.The elastic cord must be underthe belt and the guide on top.

Page 86: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (30,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-30 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properlyworn may not provide theprotection needed in a crash.The person wearing the belt couldbe seriously injured. The shoulderbelt should go over the shoulderand across the chest. These partsof the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

4. Buckle, position, and releasethe safety belt as describedpreviously in this section. Makesure the shoulder portion of thebelt is on the shoulder and notfalling off of it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting,the neck.

To remove and store the comfortguide, squeeze the belt edgestogether so that the safety beltcan be removed from the guide.Slide the guide into its storagelocation or on its storage clip.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.

Page 87: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (31,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-31

A pregnant woman should weara lap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as lowas possible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults.Never use it for securing child seats.To wear it, attach it to the regularsafety belt. For more information,see the instruction sheet thatcomes with the extender.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors,and anchorages are workingproperly. Look for any other looseor damaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you ina crash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders on page 5‑15 for moreinformation.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑32.

Page 88: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (32,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them.In a crash, they might not be ableto provide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts After aCrash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death ina crash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15.

Page 89: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (33,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-33

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver.. A frontal airbag for the right front

passenger.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the driver.. A seat-mounted side impact

airbag for the right frontpassenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driver,passenger seated directlybehind the driver, and thethird row outboard passengerposition.

. A roof-rail airbag for the rightfront passenger, passengerseated directly behind theright front passenger, and thethird row outboard passengerposition.

All of the airbags in the vehicle willhave the word AIRBAG embossedin the trim or on an attached labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG will appear on the middlepart of the steering wheel for thedriver and on the instrument panelfor the right front passenger.

With seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG willappear on the side of the seatbackclosest to the door.

With roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG will appear along theheadliner or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ WARNING

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing a safety belt— even ifthe vehicle has airbags. Airbagsare designed to work with safetybelts, but do not replace them.Also, airbags are not designed todeploy in every crash. In somecrashes safety belts are the onlyrestraint. See When Should anAirbag Inflate? on page 3‑36.

Wearing a safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly—whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

Page 90: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (34,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-34 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

Airbags inflate with great force,faster than the blink of an eye.Anyone who is up against, orvery close to, any airbag when itinflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Do not sit unnecessarilyclose to any airbag, as you wouldbe if you were sitting on the edgeof the seat or leaning forward.Safety belts help keep you inposition before and during acrash. Always wear a safety belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ WARNING

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbagwhen it inflates can be seriouslyinjured or killed. Airbags pluslap-shoulder belts offer protectionfor adults and older children, butnot for young children and infants.Neither the vehicle's safety beltsystem nor its airbag systemis designed for them. Youngchildren and infants need theprotection that a child restraintsystem can provide. Alwayssecure children properly inthe vehicle. To read how, seeOlder Children on page 3‑48 orInfants and Young Children onpage 3‑51.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel cluster,which shows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is anelectrical problem. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15for more information.

Page 91: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (35,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in themiddle of the steering wheel.

The right front passenger frontalairbag is in the instrument panel onthe passenger side.

Driver Side shown,Passenger Side similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and right frontpassenger are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

Page 92: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (36,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Driver Side shown,Passenger Side similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,right front passenger, passengersbehind the driver and right frontpassenger, and the third rowoutboard passengers are in theceiling above the side windows.

{ WARNING

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the objectinto that person causing severeinjury or even death. The pathof an inflating airbag must bekept clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessoriesthat block the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to theroof of a vehicle with roof-railairbags by routing a rope or tiedown through any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?Frontal airbags are designedto inflate in moderate to severefrontal or near frontal crashes tohelp reduce the potential for severeinjuries mainly to the driver's or rightfront passenger's head and chest.However, they are only designedto inflate if the impact exceedsa predetermined deploymentthreshold. Deployment thresholdsare used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for theairbags to inflate and help restrainthe occupants.

Whether the frontal airbags willor should deploy is not based onhow fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends largely on what you hit,the direction of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Page 93: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (37,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-37

Frontal airbags may inflateat different crash speeds.For example:. If the vehicle hits a stationary

object, the airbags could inflateat a different crash speed than ifthe vehicle hits a moving object.

. If the vehicle hits an objectthat deforms, the airbags couldinflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle hits an objectthat does not deform.

. If the vehicle hits a narrow object(like a pole), the airbags couldinflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle hits a wideobject (like a wall).

. If the vehicle goes into an objectat an angle, the airbags couldinflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle goes straightinto the object.

Thresholds can also vary withspecific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasdual-stage frontal airbags.Dual-stage airbags adjust therestraint according to crashseverity. The vehicle has electronicfrontal sensors, which helpthe sensing system distinguishbetween a moderate frontal impactand a more severe frontal impact.For moderate frontal impacts,dual-stage airbags inflate at alevel less than full deployment.For more severe frontal impacts,full deployment occurs.

The vehicle has seat-mountedside impact and roof-rail airbags.See Airbag System on page 3‑33.Seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags are intended to

inflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes. In addition, these roof-railairbags are intended to inflateduring a rollover or in a severefrontal impact. Seat-mounted sideimpact and roof-rail airbags willinflate if the crash severity is abovethe system's designed thresholdlevel. The threshold level can varywith specific vehicle design.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not intended to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-railairbags are not intended to inflate inrear impacts. A seat-mounted sideimpact airbag is intended to deployon the side of the vehicle that isstruck. Both roof-rail airbags willdeploy when either side of thevehicle is struck, or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over, or in a severefrontal impact.

Page 94: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (38,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-38 Seats and Restraints

In any particular crash, no onecan say whether an airbag shouldhave inflated simply because of thedamage to a vehicle or becauseof what the repair costs were.For frontal airbags, inflation isdetermined by what the vehiclehits, the angle of the impact, andhow quickly the vehicle slows down.For seat-mounted side impact androof-rail airbags, deployment isdetermined by the location andseverity of the side impact. In arollover event, roof-rail airbagdeployment is determined bythe direction of the roll.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover and deploy. The inflator,the airbag, and related hardware areall part of the airbag module.

Frontal airbag modules are locatedinside the steering wheel andinstrument panel. For vehicles withseat-mounted side impact airbags,there are airbag modules in the sideof the front seatbacks closest tothe door. For vehicles with roof-railairbags, there are airbag modules inthe ceiling of the vehicle, near theside windows that have occupantseating positions.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel.In moderate to severe sidecollisions, even belted occupantscan contact the inside of thevehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts. Frontalairbags distribute the force ofthe impact more evenly over theoccupant's upper body, stoppingthe occupant more gradually.Seat‐mounted side impact androof-rail airbags distribute the forceof the impact more evenly overthe occupant's upper body.

Page 95: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (39,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants inthe outboard seating positionsin the first and second rows.The rollover capable roof-railairbags are designed to help reducethe risk of full or partial ejection inrollover events, although no systemcan prevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help inmany types of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motionis not toward those airbags.See When Should an AirbagInflate? on page 3‑36 for moreinformation.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See Afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey deploy. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbag modules, see What Makesan Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑38.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing outof the windshield or being able tosteer the vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ WARNING

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soonas it is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.

Page 96: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (40,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-40 Seats and Restraints

You can lock the doors, turn off theinterior lamps and hazard warningflashers by using the controls forthose features.

{ WARNING

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functionsin the vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enoughto inflate the airbag, windshieldsare broken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakagemay also occur from the right frontpassenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate

only once. After an airbaginflates, you will need somenew parts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor your vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy onpage 13‑18 and Event DataRecorders on page 13‑18.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Page 97: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (41,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the right frontpassenger position. The passengerairbag status indicator will be visibleon the instrument panel when thevehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbol for on and off, are visibleduring the system check. If youare using remote start, if equipped,to start the vehicle from a distance,you may not see the systemcheck. When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator on page 5‑16.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the right front passengerfrontal airbag under certainconditions. The driver airbag,seat‐mounted side impact airbagsand the roof-rail airbags are notaffected by the passenger sensingsystem.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are partof the right front passenger seat.

The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly-seatedoccupant and determine if theright front passenger frontal airbagshould be enabled (may inflate)or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

We recommend that childrenbe secured in a rear seat, including:an infant or a child riding in arear-facing child restraint; a childriding in a forward-facing child seat;an older child riding in a boosterseat; and children, who are largeenough, using safety belts.

Page 98: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (42,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-42 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front.” This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the rightfront passenger airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag,no system is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will not

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

deploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag is turned off.

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the right frontpassenger frontal airbag if:. The right front passenger seat is

unoccupied.. The system determines that

an infant is present in a childrestraint.

. A right front passenger takeshis/her weight off of the seat fora period of time.

. Or, if there is a critical problemwith the airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the right frontpassenger frontal airbag, the offindicator will light and stay lit toremind you that the airbag is off.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑16.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on (may inflate) theright front passenger frontal airbaganytime the system senses thata person of adult size is sittingproperly in the right frontpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbag tobe enabled, the on indicator willlight and stay lit to remind youthat the airbag is active.

Page 99: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (43,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-43

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may notturn off the right front passengerfrontal airbag, depending uponthe person’s seating postureand body build. Everyone in thevehicle who has outgrown childrestraints should wear a safetybelt properly — whether or notthere is an airbag for that person.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

If the On Indicator is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (RearSeat) on page 3‑65 or SecuringChild Restraints (Right FrontPassenger Seat) on page 3‑67.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator isstill lit, turn the vehicle off.Then slightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the child restraintinto the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraintson page 3‑2.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbag for a child in a childrestraint depending upon thechild’s seating posture and bodybuild. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

Page 100: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (44,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-44 Seats and Restraints

If the Off Indicator is Lit for anAdult-Size Occupant

If a person of adult-size is sitting inthe right front passenger seat, butthe off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. If this happens,

use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the right front passengerfrontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and have theperson remain in this position fortwo to three minutes after the onindicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on theseat during vehicle maneuversand braking, which helps thepassenger sensing system maintainthe passenger airbag status.See “Safety Belts” and “ChildRestraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment suchas seat covers, seat heaters, andseat massagers can affect howwell the passenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend thatyou not use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑46 for more informationabout modifications that canaffect how the system operates.

Page 101: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (45,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-45

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:. The passenger sensing system

may turn off the passengerairbag when liquid is soakedinto the seat. If this happens,the off indicator will be lit, andthe airbag readiness light on theinstrument panel will also be lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will enable (turnon) the passenger airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passengerairbag is turned on, the onindicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not installa child restraint or allow anyoneto occupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15for important safety information.

The on indicator may be lit ifan object, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop orother electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired remove the object fromthe seat.

{ WARNING

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There areparts of the airbag system inseveral places around the vehicle.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about servicingthe vehicle and the airbag system.To purchase a service manual,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑15.

{ WARNING

For up to 10 seconds after theignition is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Page 102: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (46,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleQ: Is there anything I might add

to or change about the vehiclethat could keep the airbagsfrom working properly?

A: Yes. If you add things thatchange the vehicle's frame,bumper system, height, front endor side sheet metal, they maykeep the airbag system fromworking properly. Changing ormoving any parts of the frontseats, safety belts, the airbagsensing and diagnostic module,steering wheel, instrumentpanel, roof-rail airbag modules,ceiling headliner or pillar garnishtrim, overhead console, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring can affect theoperation of the airbag system.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing systemfor the right front passengerposition, which includessensors that are part of thepassenger seat. The passengersensing system may not operateproperly if the original seat trimis replaced with non-GM covers,upholstery or trim, or withGM covers, upholstery ortrim designed for a differentvehicle. Any object, such asan aftermarket seat heater ora comfort enhancing pad ordevice, installed under or ontop of the seat fabric, couldalso interfere with the operationof the passenger sensingsystem. This could eitherprevent proper deploymentof the passenger airbag(s) orprevent the passenger sensingsystem from properly turningoff the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem on page 3‑41.

If you have questions,call Customer Assistance.The phone numbers andaddresses for CustomerAssistance are in Step Twoof the Customer SatisfactionProcedure in this manual.See Customer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑1 or CustomerSatisfaction Procedure (Mexico)on page 13‑3.

If the vehicle has rolloverroof-rail airbags, see DifferentSize Tires and Wheels onpage 10‑56 for additionalimportant information.

Page 103: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (47,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Q: Because I have a disability,I have to get my vehiclemodified. How can I find outwhether this will affect myairbag system?

A: If you have questions,call Customer Assistance.The phone numbers andaddresses for CustomerAssistance are in Step Twoof the Customer SatisfactionProcedure in this manual.See Customer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑1 or CustomerSatisfaction Procedure (Mexico)on page 13‑3.

In addition, the dealer and theservice manual have informationabout the location of the airbagsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule and airbag wiring.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenanceor replacement. Make sure theairbag readiness light is working.See Airbag Readiness Light onpage 5‑15 for more information.

Notice: If an airbag covering isdamaged, opened, or broken,the airbag may not work properly.Do not open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbag covers,have the airbag covering and/orairbag module replaced. For thelocation of the airbag modules,see What Makes an AirbagInflate? on page 3‑38.See your dealer for service.

Page 104: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (48,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Airbag SystemParts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage theairbag systems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag systemmay not work properly andmay not protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death.To help make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soonas possible.

If an airbag inflates, you will needto replace airbag system parts.See your dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly.Have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness Lighton page 5‑15 for more information.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.

Page 105: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (49,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-49

The manufacturer's instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat.

Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide. See “RearSafety Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑25 for more information.If the shoulder belt still does notrest on the shoulder, then returnto the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the faceor neck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt onpage 3‑25.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are saferwhen properly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

Page 106: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (50,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-50 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

Never do this.

Never allow two children to wearthe same safety belt. The safetybelt can not properly spread theimpact forces. In a crash, the twochildren can be crushed togetherand seriously injured. A safetybelt must be used by only oneperson at a time.

{ WARNING

Never do this.

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly.In a crash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too far

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

forward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would thenbe applied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Page 107: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (51,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-51

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infantsand all other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder beltis wrapped around their neckand the safety belt continuesto tighten. Never leave childrenunattended in a vehicle and neverallow children to play with thesafety belts.

Airbags plus lap‐shoulder beltsoffer protection for adults and olderchildren, but not for young childrenand infants. Neither the vehicle'ssafety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them. Everytime infants and young children ridein vehicles, they should have theprotection provided by appropriatechild restraints.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ WARNING

Never do this.

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.

Page 108: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (52,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-52 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

Never do this.

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat. Secure a rear-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. It is alsobetter to secure a forward-facingchild restraint in a rear seat. If youmust secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right frontseat, always move the frontpassenger seat as far backas it will go.

Q: What are the different types ofadd-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, whichare purchased by the vehicleowner, are available in fourbasic types. Selection of aparticular restraint should takeinto consideration not only thechild's weight, height, and agebut also whether or not therestraint will be compatiblewith the motor vehicle inwhich it will be used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are manydifferent models available.When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designedto be used in a motor vehicle.If it is, the restraint will have alabel saying that it meets federalmotor vehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight andheight limitations for a particularchild restraint. In addition, thereare many kinds of restraintsavailable for children withspecial needs.

Page 109: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (53,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-53

{ WARNING

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury during a crash,infants need complete support.This is because an infant's neckis not fully developed and its headweighs so much compared withthe rest of its body. In a crash,an infant in a rear-facing childrestraint settles into the restraint,so the crash forces can bedistributed across the strongestpart of an infant's body, the backand shoulders. Infants shouldalways be secured in rear-facingchild restraints.

{ WARNING

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain lowon the hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat (A)provides restraint with the seatingsurface against the back of theinfant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Page 110: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (54,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-54 Seats and Restraints

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat (B)provides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.

(C) Booster Seats

A booster seat (C) is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit ofthe vehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help achild to see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly securedin the vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured invehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap-shoulderbelt, or by the LATCH system.

Page 111: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (55,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-55

See Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑57 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructionsare important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints.In the U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) websiteto locate the nearest child safetyseat inspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child within theChild Restraint

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childis not properly secured in thechild restraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are saferwhen properly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

We recommend that children andchild restraints be secured in a rearseat, including: an infant or a childriding in a rear-facing child restraint;a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat; an older child riding in abooster seat; and children, who arelarge enough, using safety belts.

Page 112: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (56,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-56 Seats and Restraints

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front.” This isbecause the risk to the rear-facingchild is so great if the airbagdeploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the rightfront passenger airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one can

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

guarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even thoughit is turned off.

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑41 for additionalinformation.

When securing a child restraint ina rear seating position, study theinstructions that came with thechild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others. Always makesure the child restraint is properlysecured.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or LATCH anchorsfor additional passengers orchild restraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access toor interferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure thechild restraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Page 113: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (57,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-57

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system holds a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.This system is designed to makeinstallation of a child restraint easier.The LATCH system uses anchors inthe vehicle and attachments on thechild restraint that are made for usewith the LATCH system.

Make sure that a LATCH-compatiblechild restraint is properly installedusing the anchors, or use thevehicle's safety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructionsthat came with that restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.When installing a child restraint

with a top tether, you must alsouse either the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether and anchor.

In order to use the LATCH systemin your vehicle, you need achild restraint that has LATCHattachments. The child restraintmanufacturer will provide youwith instructions on how to use thechild restraint and its attachments.The following explains how toattach a child restraint with theseattachments in your vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (A) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There aretwo lower anchors for eachLATCH seating position that willaccommodate a child restraintwith lower attachments (B).

Page 114: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (58,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-58 Seats and Restraints

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (A, C) anchors thetop of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment (B) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchorin the vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving orin a crash.

Your child restraint may havea single tether (A) or a dualtether (C). Either will have asingle attachment (B) to securethe top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with toptethers are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached.In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tetherbe attached. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Second Row — Bucket

i (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

j (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

Page 115: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (59,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-59

Second Row — 60/40 Bench

i (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

j (Lower Anchor): Seatingpositions with two lower anchors.

Third Row

i (Top Tether Anchor): Seatingpositions with top tether anchors.

To assist you in locating the loweranchors, each second row anchorposition has a label, near the creasebetween the seatback and the seatcushion.

Page 116: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (60,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-60 Seats and Restraints

To assist you in locating the toptether anchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is located on the cover,if equipped, or near the anchor.

The top tether anchors are locatedat the bottom rear of the seatbackfor each seating position in thesecond row.

Second Row — Bucket Shown,Bench Similar

Some vehicles have top tetheranchors with a cover. Open thecover to access the anchors.

Second Row — Bucket Shown,Bench Similar

Some vehicles have exposed toptether anchors.

Be sure to use an anchor located onthe same side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Page 117: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (61,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-61

Third Row

The third row has one top tetheranchor located at the bottom rear ofthe center seatback. This anchorshould be used for the centerseating position only. Never installtwo top tethers using the same toptether anchor.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are saferwhen properly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint on page 3‑55 foradditional information.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ WARNING

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injuredor killed. Install a LATCH-typechild restraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle safetybelts to secure the restraint,following the instructions thatcame with the child restraint andthe instructions in this manual.

Page 118: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (62,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-62 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

Do not attach more than onechild restraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured. To reduce therisk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, attach only onechild restraint per anchor.

{ WARNING

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder beltis wrapped around their neckand the safety belt continues totighten. Buckle any unused safetybelts behind the child restraintso children cannot reach them.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set the lock,if the vehicle has one, after thechild restraint has been installed.

Notice: Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the empty rearseat with a safety belt buckled.This could damage the safetybelt or the seat. Unbuckle andreturn the safety belt to itsstowed position, before foldingthe seat.

1. Attach and tighten thelower attachments to thelower anchors. If the childrestraint does not have lower

attachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and the instructionsin this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Recline the seatback to thefull reclined position.

Make sure the secondrow bench seatbacks arealigned at the same anglebefore placing the childrestraint on the seat. Makesure the third row benchseatbacks are both uprightbefore placing the childrestraint on the seat.

Page 119: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (63,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-63

1.3. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

1.4. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the childrestraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tetherbe attached, attach and tightenthe top tether to the top tetheranchor, if the vehicle has one.Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

2.2. If the anchor is covered, flipopen the cover to exposethe anchor.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a single tether,route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you are usingdoes not have a headrestor head restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether over theseatback.

Page 120: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (64,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-64 Seats and Restraints

If the position you are usinghas a fixed headrest orhead restraint and youare using a dual tether,route the tether around theheadrest or head restraint.

If the position you are usinghas a fixed headrest orhead restraint and you areusing a single tether, routethe tether over the headrestor head restraint.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure itis securely held in place.To check, grasp the childrestraint at the LATCH pathand attempt to move it sideto side and back and forth.There should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement,for proper installation.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ WARNING

A crash can damage theLATCH system in the vehicle.A damaged LATCH system maynot properly secure the childrestraint, resulting in seriousinjury or even death in a crash.To help make sure the LATCHsystem is working properly aftera crash, see your dealer to havethe system inspected and anynecessary replacements madeas soon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used atthe time of the crash.

Page 121: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (65,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-65

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint ina rear seating position, study theinstructions that came with thechild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑57 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraintis secured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) onpage 3‑57 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint does not havethe LATCH system, you will beusing the safety belt to securethe child restraint in this position.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.Secure the child in the child restraintwhen and as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where toPut the Restraint on page 3‑55.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

Page 122: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (66,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-66 Seats and Restraints

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the shoulder belt can betightened but not pulled outof the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint,it may be helpful to use yourknee to push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked,repeat Steps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑57 for moreinformation.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Page 123: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (67,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-67

Securing Child Restraints(Right FrontPassenger Seat)The vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to securea forward-facing child restraint.See Where to Put the Restraint onpage 3‑55.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the right frontpassenger frontal airbag undercertain conditions. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑41 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicatoron page 5‑16 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

A label on the sun visor says,“Never put a rear-facing child seatin the front.” This is because the riskto the rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ WARNING

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the rightfront passenger airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the right frontpassenger airbag inflates and thepassenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the rightfront passenger frontal airbag,no system is fail-safe. No onecan guarantee that an airbag willnot deploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Secure rear-facing childrestraints in a rear seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing Systemon page 3‑41 for additionalinformation.

If the child restraint has theLATCH system, see Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) on page 3‑57 for how andwhere to install the child restraintusing LATCH. If a child restraintis secured using a safety belt andit uses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) on page 3‑57for top tether anchor locations.

Page 124: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (68,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-68 Seats and Restraints

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored,or if the instructions that come withthe child restraint say that the topstrap must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

You will be using the lap-shoulderbelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

1. Move the seat as far back asit will go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off theright front passenger frontalairbag, the off indicator onthe passenger airbag statusindicator should light and staylit when the vehicle is started.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator on page 5‑16.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portions ofthe vehicle's safety belt throughor around the restraint. The childrestraint instructions will showyou how.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safety beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set thelock. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened butnot pulled out of the retractor.

Page 125: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (69,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Seats and Restraints 3-69

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of the belt,and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installinga forward-facing child restraint,it may be helpful to use yourknee to push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out ofthe retractor to make surethe retractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. To check,grasp the child restraint at thesafety belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. When the childrestraint is properly installed,there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has beeninstalled and the on indicator is lit,see “If the On Indicator is Lit for aChild Restraint” under PassengerSensing System on page 3‑41 formore information.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

Page 126: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (70,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

3-70 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES

Page 127: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Storage 4-1

Storage

Storage CompartmentsInstrument Panel Storage . . . . 4-1Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Center Console Storage . . . . . . 4-2Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo Tie Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo ManagementSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

StorageCompartments

Instrument Panel StorageThis vehicle has an instrumentpanel storage area located abovethe radio. To open the cover, pressthe button.

This vehicle has an auxiliary inputjack. See Auxiliary Devices onpage 7‑37 for more information.

Glove BoxLift the glove box handle to open it.Use the key to lock and unlock theglove box.

CupholdersThere are two cupholders, withremovable liners, located in frontof the center console. There may becupholders located in the secondrow seat armrest. To access,pull the armrest down. There areadditional cupholders located oneach side of the third row seatand in each door. There may becupholders located at the rear ofthe center console. To access,pull the handle down.

Armrest StorageVehicles with a rear seatarmrest, have two cupholders.Pull the armrest down from therear seatback to access thecupholders.

Page 128: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

4-2 Storage

Center Console Storage

Pull up on the lever, located on thefront of the center console armrest,to slide it forward and backward.To open the armrest storage area,press the button located on the frontof the armrest. There is additionalstorage under the armrest. Movethe armrest all the way to the rearposition, slide the cover back andremove the tray.

Floor Console Storage

For vehicles with a second rowcenter console, open each area toaccess the storage compartmentinside.

To access the upper storage area,press the upper button (B) and liftup. To access the lower storagearea, press the lower button (C)and lift up. The top of the consolecan be folded forward for increasedstorage area. Lift up on handle onthe rear of the console (A) and pullforward.

Page 129: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Storage 4-3

{ WARNING

Never open more than one of thethree latches at a time to helpavoid personal injury and damageto the console.

Notice: Slide the front consoleas far forward as it will go beforefolding the second row consoleforward to help prevent damageto the consoles.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo CoverFor vehicles with a cargo cover, itcan be used to cover items in therear of the vehicle. To install thecover, place the loops on eachcorner of the cover on the fourhooks in the rear of the vehicle.The cover should be storedsecurely when not in use.

Cargo Tie DownsFour cargo tie‐downs are located inthe rear compartment of the vehicle.The tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads.

Cargo ManagementSystemThis vehicle has a cargomanagement system locatedin the rear.

Page 130: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

4-4 Storage

To remove the cargo managementcover:

1. Open the cover. It remains openwhen lifted.

2. Pull the cover up making sure tounhook the hinges at the rear ofthe cover.

{ WARNING

An improperly latched and closedcargo cover, or cargo cover leftin the open position, could bethrown about the vehicle duringa crash or sudden maneuver.Someone could be injured.Be sure to return the cover tothe closed position and latchbefore driving. If the cover isremoved, always store it outsideof the vehicle. When it isreplaced, always be sure thatit is securely reattached.

3. Remove the cover from thevehicle and store outside ofthe vehicle.

Convenience NetFor vehicles with a conveniencenet in the rear, use it to store smallloads as far forward as possible.The net should not be used to storeheavy loads.

Page 131: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Storage 4-5

Roof Rack System

{ WARNING

If something is carried on top ofthe vehicle that is longer or widerthan the roof rack— like paneling,plywood, or a mattress— the windcan catch it while the vehicle isbeing driven. The item beingcarried could be violently torn off,and this could cause a collision,and damage the vehicle. Nevercarry something longer or widerthan the roof rack on top of thevehicle unless using a GMcertified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, therack can be used to load items.For roof racks that do not havecrossrails included, GM Certifiedcrossrails can be purchased as anaccessory. See your dealer foradditional information.

Notice: Loading cargo on theroof rack that weighs more than91 kg (200 lbs) or hangs over therear or sides of the vehicle maydamage the vehicle. Load cargoso that it rests evenly betweenthe crossrails, making sure tofasten cargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargowhen driving, check to make surecrossrails and cargo are securely

fastened. Loading cargo on the roofrack will make the vehicle’s centerof gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,sudden starts, sharp turns, suddenbraking or abrupt maneuvers,otherwise it may result in loss ofcontrol. If driving for a long distance,on rough roads, or at high speeds,occasionally stop the vehicle tomake sure the cargo remains in itsplace. Do not exceed the maximumvehicle capacity when loading thevehicle.

For more information on vehiclecapacity and loading, see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑12.

Page 132: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

4-6 Storage

2 NOTES

Page 133: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-5Rear WindowWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-15Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-15Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-17MalfunctionIndicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . 5-22StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . 5-22Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-23Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-24Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . 5-24Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-24

Information DisplaysDriver Information Center(DIC) (With DIC Buttons) . . . 5-25

Driver Information Center(DIC) (Without DICButtons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . 5-33

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Brake System Messages . . . . 5-38Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-38Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-38Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . 5-40Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-41Fuel System Messages . . . . . . 5-41Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-41Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Page 134: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-43Anti-Theft Alarm SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43

Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-43Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-45Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-46Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-46

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization(With DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . 5-47

Universal Remote SystemUniversal Remote System . . . 5-55Universal Remote SystemProgramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

Universal Remote SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59

ControlsSteering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:1. Pull the lever (A) down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Push the lever (A) up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

Vehicles with audio steering wheelcontrols could differ depending onthe vehicle's options. Some audiocontrols can be adjusted at thesteering wheel.

w /cx (Next / Previous):Press to select preset or favoriteradio stations, select tracks on aCD/DVD, or to select tracks andnavigate folders on an iPod® orUSB device.

Page 135: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-3

To select preset or favorite radiostations:

. Press and releasew orcxto go to the next or previousradio station stored as a presetor favorite.

To select tracks on a CD/DVD:

Press and releasew orcx togo to the next or previous track.

To select tracks on an iPod orUSB device for vehicles withouta navigation system:

1. Press and holdw orcxwhile listening to a song untilthe contents of the current folderdisplay on the radio display.

2. Press and releasew orcxto scroll up or down the list, thenpress and holdw, or press ¨ toplay the highlighted track.

To select tracks on an iPod or USBdevice for vehicles with a navigationsystem:

1. Press and holdw orcxwhile listening to a song listedin the main audio page, toquickly move forward or inreverse through the tracks.See the separate NavigationSystem manual for moreinformation.

Track information is displayedon the screen. Releasew orcx when the desired trackis reached.

2. Press and releasecx tobegin playing the track shownin the display.

To navigate folders on an iPod orUSB device for vehicles without anavigation system:

1. Press and holdw orcxwhile listening to a song untilthe contents of the current folderdisplay on the radio display.

2. Press and holdcx to goback to the previous folder list.

3. Press and releasew orcxto scroll up or down the list.. To select a folder, press

and holdw, or press¨ when the folder ishighlighted.

. To go back further inthe folder list, pressand holdcx.

Page 136: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-4 Instruments and Controls

To navigate folders on an iPod orUSB device for vehicles with anavigation system:

1. Go to the Music Navigator byfirst touching the center touchscreen folder button in the mainaudio page.

2. While in Music Navigator, selectthe folder/artist/genre/category,etc. using the touch screen.

3. Press and releasecx toscroll through the selected musiclist. Touch the track label on thetouch screen to highlight andbegin playing the track fromthat list.

4. Press and holdcx to quicklyscroll through the selectedmusic list

b g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press tosilence the vehicle speakers only.Press again to turn the sound on.

For vehicles with Bluetooth orOnStar® systems, press and holdfor longer than two seconds to

interact with those systems.See Bluetooth on page 7‑50 andthe OnStar Owner's Guide formore information.

cx (End): Press to reject anincoming call, or end a current call.

SRCE (Source/VoiceRecognition): Press to switchbetween the radio, CD, and forvehicles with, DVD, front auxiliary,and rear auxiliary.

For vehicles with the navigationsystem, press and hold thisbutton for longer than one secondto initiate voice recognition.See “Voice Recognition” in theNavigation System manual formore information.

¨ (Seek): Press to go to thenext radio station while in AM,FM, or XM™.

For vehicles with or without anavigation system:

Press ¨ to go to the next track orchapter while sourced to the CDor DVD slot.

Press ¨ to select a track or a folderwhen navigating folders on an iPodor USB device.

For vehicles with a navigationsystem:

1. Press and hold ¨ until a beepis heard, to place the radio intoSCAN mode, a station will playfor five seconds before movingto the next station.

2. To stop the SCAN function,press ¨ again.

3. In CD/DVD, iPod, or AUX USB,press and hold to quickly moveforward through the tracks.Release to stop on the desiredtrack.

+ e − e (Volume): Press toincrease or to decrease the volume.

HornPress near the horn symbols orpress on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Page 137: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Windshield Wiper/WasherThe windshield wiper/washer leveris located on the left side of thesteering column.

Turn the band with the wiper symbolto control the windshield wipers.

8 (Mist): Single wipe, turn theband to8 and then release.Several wipes, hold the bandon8 longer.

9 (Off): Turns the wipers off.

6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes):Turn the band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

1 : Slow wipes.

2 : Fast wipes.

Clear ice and snow from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged wiper bladesshould be replaced. See WiperBlade Replacement on page 10‑29.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewipers. A circuit breaker stops themuntil the motor cools.

Windshield Washer

J (Washer Fluid): Press thebutton at the end of the turn signal/lane change lever, to spray washerfluid on the windshield. The wipersclear the windshield and eitherstop or return to the preset speed.The ignition key must be inACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNfor this to work. See WasherFluid on page 10‑23.

{ WARNING

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshieldis warmed. Otherwise thewasher fluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID is displayed on the DriverInformation Center (DIC) when thewasher fluid is low. See WasherFluid Messages on page 5‑46.

Page 138: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Rear WindowWiper/WasherThe rear wiper and rear wash buttonis located on the instrument panelbelow the climate control system.

Z (Rear Wiper): Press to turn therear wiper on and off. The wiperspeed cannot be changed.

Y (Wash): Press to spraywasher fluid on the rear window.The window wiper will also comeon. Release the button whenenough fluid has been sprayedon the window. The rear wiperwill run a few more cycles afterit is released. If the rear wiperfunction was already on, priorto pressing the wash button,it stays on until the wiper buttonis pressed again.

The rear window washer uses thesame fluid that is in the windshieldwasher reservoir. See Washer Fluidon page 10‑23.

CompassYour vehicle may have a compassin the Driver Information Center(DIC). See Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (With DIC Buttons) onpage 5‑25 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)on page 5‑30 for more informationabout the DIC.

Compass Zone

The zone is set to zone eight uponleaving the factory. Your dealerwill set the correct zone for yourlocation.

Under certain circumstances,such as during a long distancecross-country trip or moving toa new state or province, it willbe necessary to compensate forcompass variance by resetting thezone through the DIC if the zoneis not set correctly.

Compass variance is the differencebetween the earth's magnetic northand true geographic north. If thecompass is not set to the zonewhere you live, the compass maygive false readings. The compassmust be set to the variance zonein which the vehicle is traveling.

To adjust for compass variance, usethe following procedure:

Compass Variance (Zone)Procedure

1. Do not set the compass zonewhen the vehicle is moving.Only set it when the vehicleis in P (Park).

Press the vehicle informationbutton until PRESS V TOCHANGE COMPASS ZONEdisplays.

Page 139: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-7

2. Find the vehicle's currentlocation and variance zonenumber on the map.

Zones 1 through 15 areavailable.

3. Press the set/reset button toscroll through and select theappropriate variance zone.

4. Press the trip/fuel buttonuntil the vehicle heading,for example, N for North,is displayed in the DIC.

5. If calibration is necessary,calibrate the compass.See “Compass CalibrationProcedure” following.

Compass Calibration

The compass can be manuallycalibrated. Only calibrate thecompass in a magnetically cleanand safe location, such as anopen parking lot, where driving thevehicle in circles is not a danger.It is suggested to calibrate awayfrom tall buildings, utility wires,manhole covers, or other industrialstructures, if possible.

If CAL should ever appear in theDIC display, the compass should becalibrated.

If the DIC display does not show aheading, for example, N for North,or the heading does not changeafter making turns, there may bea strong magnetic field interferingwith the compass. Such interferencemay be caused by a magnetic CBor cell phone antenna mount, amagnetic emergency light, magneticnote pad holder, or any othermagnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,move the magnetic item, then turnon the vehicle and calibrate thecompass.

Page 140: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-8 Instruments and Controls

To calibrate the compass, use thefollowing procedure:

Compass Calibration Procedure

1. Before calibrating the compass,make sure the compass zoneis set to the variance zone inwhich the vehicle is located.See “Compass Variance (Zone)Procedure” earlier in thissection.

Do not operate any switchessuch as window, sunroof,climate controls, seats, etc.during the calibration procedure.

2. Press the vehicle informationbutton until PRESS V TOCALIBRATE COMPASSdisplays.

3. Press the set/reset button tostart the compass calibration.

4. The DIC will displayCALIBRATING: DRIVE INCIRCLES. Drive the vehiclein tight circles at less than8 km/h (5 mph) to complete thecalibration. The DIC will displayCALIBRATION COMPLETEfor a few seconds when thecalibration is complete. The DICdisplay will then return to theprevious menu.

ClockTo adjust the time and date:

1. Turn the ignition key toACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,then press O, to turn theradio on.

2. Press G to display HR, MIN,MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute,month, day, and year).

3. Press the pushbutton locatedunder any one of the labels tobe changed.

4. To increase the time or date,do one of the following:. Press the pushbutton below

the selected label.

. Press ¨ SEEK.

. Press\ FWD.

. Turn f clockwise.

5. To decrease the time or date, doone of the following:

. Press © SEEK.

. Presss REV.

. Turn f counter‐clockwise.

Page 141: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-9

To change the time default settingfrom 12 hour to 24 hour or tochange the date default setting frommonth/day/year to day/month/year:

1. Press G and then thepushbutton located under theforward arrow that displays onthe radio screen until the time12H (hour) and 24H (hour),and the date MM/DD (monthand day) and DD/MM (dayand month) displays.

2. Press the pushbutton locatedunder the desired option.

3. Press G again to apply theselected default, or let thescreen time out.

Power OutletsThe vehicle has three 12‐volt outletsthat can be used to plug in electricalequipment, such as a cell phone orMP3 player.

The power outlets are located onthe instrument panel below theclimate controls, at the rear of thecenter console, and in the rearcargo area. Lift the cover to accessthe outlet and replace when notin use.

{ WARNING

Power is always supplied to theoutlets. Do not leave electricalequipment plugged in when thevehicle is not in use because thevehicle could catch fire and causeinjury or death.

Notice: Leaving electricalequipment plugged in for anextended period of time whilethe vehicle is off will drain thebattery. Always unplug electricalequipment when not in use anddo not plug in equipment thatexceeds the maximum 20 ampererating.

Certain accessory plugs may notbe compatible with the accessorypower outlet and could overloadvehicle and adapter fuses. If aproblem is experienced, see yourdealer.

Page 142: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-10 Instruments and Controls

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions includedwith the equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment on page 9‑56.

Notice: Hanging heavyequipment from the poweroutlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.The power outlets are designedfor accessory power plugs only,such as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110 VoltAlternative Current

The vehicle may have a poweroutlet that can be used to plug inelectrical equipment that uses amaximum limit of 150 watts.

The power outlet is located on therear of the center console.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN and equipment requiringless than 150 watts is plugged intothe outlet, and no system fault isdetected.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plugit back in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑21. The power restartswhen equipment using 150 wattsor less is plugged into the outletand a system fault is not detected.

Page 143: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-11

The power outlet is not designed forand may not work properly, if thefollowing are plugged in:. Equipment with high

initial peak wattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiringan extremely stablepower supply such as:microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touchsensor lamps, etc.

See High Voltage Devices andWiring on page 10‑31.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention tothe warning lights and gaugescould prevent injury.

Warning lights come on when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Some warning lights comeon briefly when the engine is startedto indicate they are working.

Gauges can indicate when therecould be a problem with a vehiclefunction. Often gauges and warninglights work together to indicate aproblem with the vehicle.

When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Follow this manual's advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costlyand even dangerous.

Page 144: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar

Page 145: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-13

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

This vehicle has a tamper-resistantodometer. If the vehicle needs anew odometer installed, the newone is set to the mileage of the oldodometer. If this is not possible, it isset at zero and a label is put on thedriver door to show the old mileagereading.

TachometerThe tachometer displays theengine speed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Fuel Gauge

Metric English

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge shows how much fuel isleft in the tank.

An arrow in the fuel gauge indicatesthe side of the vehicle the fuel dooris on.

The gauge will first indicate emptybefore the vehicle is out of fuel,the vehicle's fuel tank should befilled soon.

When the fuel tank is low on fuel,the FUEL LEVEL LOW message willappear on the Driver Information

Center (DIC). For more informationsee Fuel System Messages onpage 5‑41.

Here are some situations that mayoccur with the fuel gauge. None ofthese indicate a problem with thefuel gauge.. At the gas station, the fuel pump

shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the fuel gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.

Page 146: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Metric English

This gauge shows the enginecoolant temperature. Under normaldriving conditions the gauge willread approximately 100 °C (210°F)or less. If the gauge pointer isnear 125 °C (260°F), the engineis too hot.

It means that the engine coolanthas overheated. If the vehicle hasbeen operating under normal drivingconditions, pull off the road, stop thevehicle and turn off the engine assoon as possible.

See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for more information.

Voltmeter Gauge

When the engine is not running, butthe ignition is turned on, this gaugeshows the battery's state of chargein DC volts.

When the engine is running, thisgauge shows the condition of thecharging system. The vehicle'scharging system regulates voltagebased on the state of charge of thebattery. The voltmeter may fluctuate.This is normal. Readings betweenthe low and high warning zonesindicate the normal operating range.

Readings in the low warning zonemay occur when a large number ofelectrical accessories are operatingin the vehicle and the engine is leftidling for an extended period.

If there is a problem with the batterycharging system, a SERVICEBATTERY CHARGING SYSTEMmessage will appear in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) and/orthe charging system light comes on.See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages on page 5‑37 for moreinformation.

However, readings in either warningzone may indicate a possibleproblem in the electrical system.Have the vehicle serviced as soonas possible.

Page 147: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

The driver safety belt reminder lighton the instrument panel cluster.

When the engine is started this lightand the chime come on and stayon for several seconds to remindthe driver to fasten the safety belt.The light also begins to flash.

This cycle repeats if the driverremains unbuckled and the vehicleis moving.

If the driver safety belt is alreadybuckled, neither the light nor chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

When the engine is started this lightand the chime come on and stay onfor several seconds to remind thepassenger to fasten their safety belt.The light also begins to flash.

This only occurs if the passengerairbag is enabled. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑41 formore information.

This cycle repeats if the passengerremains unbuckled and the vehicleis moving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltwarning light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop or otherelectronic device. To turn off thewarning light and or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system checkincludes the airbag sensor, thepretensioners, the airbag modules,the wiring and the crash sensingand diagnostic module. For moreinformation on the airbag system,see Airbag System on page 3‑33.

Page 148: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-16 Instruments and Controls

The airbag readiness light comeson and stay on for several secondswhen the vehicle is started.Then the light turns off.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System on page 3‑41for important safety information.The instrument panel has apassenger airbag status indicator.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. If you are usingremote start to start the vehicle froma distance, if equipped, you may notsee the system check. Then, afterseveral more seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the right frontpassenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the rightfront passenger frontal airbag isenabled (may inflate).

If the word OFF or the off symbolis lit on the passenger airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the right front passengerfrontal airbag.

Page 149: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-17

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may bea problem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system.See your dealer for service.

{ WARNING

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight on page 5‑15 for moreinformation, including importantsafety information.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comeson briefly when the ignition is turnedon, but the engine is not running, asa check to show the light is working.It should go out when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays on, or comeson while driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical charging

system. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, theDriver Information Center (DIC) alsodisplays the SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM message.

See Vehicle Messages onpage 5‑37 for more information.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Page 150: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-18 Instruments and Controls

MalfunctionIndicator LampA computer system called OBD II(On-Board Diagnostics-SecondGeneration) monitors operationof the fuel, ignition, and emissioncontrol systems. It ensures thatemissions are at acceptable levelsfor the life of the vehicle, helping toproduce a cleaner environment.

This light should come on when theignition is on, but the engine is notrunning, as a check to show it isworking. If it does not, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on and stays on while theengine is running, this indicates thatthere is an OBD II problem andservice is required.

Malfunctions often are indicated bythe system before any problem isapparent. Being aware of the lightcan prevent more serious damageto the vehicle. This system assiststhe service technician in correctlydiagnosing any malfunction.

Notice: If the vehicle iscontinually driven with this lighton, after a while, the emissioncontrols might not work as well,the vehicle fuel economy mightnot be as good, and the enginemight not run as smoothly.This could lead to costly repairsthat might not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Notice: Modifications madeto the engine, transmission,exhaust, intake, or fuel systemof the vehicle or the replacementof the original tires with otherthan those of the same TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)can affect the vehicle's emissioncontrols and can cause thislight to come on. Modificationsto these systems could lead tocostly repairs not covered bythe vehicle warranty. This couldalso result in a failure topass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenancetest. See Accessories andModifications on page 10‑3.

This light comes on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

Light Flashing: A misfire conditionhas been detected. A misfireincreases vehicle emissions andcould damage the emission controlsystem on the vehicle. Diagnosisand service might be required.

Page 151: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-19

To prevent more serious damage tothe vehicle:. Reduce vehicle speed.. Avoid hard accelerations.. Avoid steep uphill grades.. If towing a trailer, reduce the

amount of cargo being hauledas soon as it is possible.

If the light continues to flash, whenit is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.Find a safe place to park thevehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait atleast 10 seconds, and restart theengine. If the light is still flashing,follow the previous steps and seeyour dealer for service as soon aspossible.

Light On Steady: An emissioncontrol system malfunction hasbeen detected on the vehicle.Diagnosis and service might berequired.

The following may correct anemissions system malfunction:. Make sure the fuel cap is

fully installed. See Fillingthe Tank on page 9‑44.The diagnostic system candetermine if the fuel cap hasbeen left off or improperlyinstalled. A loose or missing fuelcap allows fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the cap properlyinstalled should turn the light off.

. Make sure the electrical systemis not wet. The system couldbe wet if the vehicle was driventhrough a deep puddle ofwater. The condition is usuallycorrected when the electricalsystem dries out. A few drivingtrips should turn the light off.

. Make sure to fuel the vehiclewith quality fuel. Poor fuel qualitycauses the engine not to run asefficiently as designed and cancause: stalling after start-up,stalling when the vehicle ischanged into gear, misfiring,hesitation on acceleration,or stumbling on acceleration.These conditions might go awayonce the engine is warmed up.

If one or more of theseconditions occurs, change thefuel brand used. It will requireat least one full tank of theproper fuel to turn the light off.

See Recommended Fuel onpage 9‑42.

If none of the above have madethe light turn off, your dealer cancheck the vehicle. The dealerhas the proper test equipmentand diagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problemsthat might have developed.

Page 152: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-20 Instruments and Controls

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

Some state/provincial andlocal governments may haveprograms to inspect the on-vehicleemission control equipment.For the inspection, the emissionsystem test equipment is connectedto the vehicle’s Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. See your dealer if assistanceis needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:. The malfunction indicator lamp is

on with the engine running, or ifthe light does not come on whenthe ignition is turned to ON/RUNwhile the engine is off.

. The critical emission controlsystems have not beencompletely diagnosed by thesystem. This can happen ifthe battery has recently beenreplaced or if the battery hasrun down. The diagnosticsystem evaluates criticalemission control systemsduring normal driving. This cantake several days of routinedriving. If this has been doneand the vehicle still does notpass the inspection, your dealercan prepare the vehicle forinspection.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake systemconsists of two hydraulic circuits.If one circuit is not working, theremaining circuit can still work tostop the vehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the ignition key is turned toON/RUN. If it does not come onthen, have it fixed so it will be readyto warn if there is a problem.

Page 153: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-21

This light may also come on dueto low brake fluid. See Brakes onpage 10‑24 for more information.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will also comeon when the parking brake is set.The light will stay on if the parkingbrake does not release fully. If itstays on after the parking brake isfully released, it means there is abrake problem.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.Make sure the parking brake is fullyreleased. The pedal may be harderto push or, the pedal may go closerto the floor. It may take longer tostop. If the light is still on, havethe vehicle towed for service. SeeTowing the Vehicle on page 10‑87.

{ WARNING

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The ABS warning light comes onbriefly when the ignition key isturned to ON/RUN. This is normal.If the light does not come on then,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn you if there is a problem.

If the light stays on, turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF. If the light comeson while driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the ignition off.

Page 154: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Then start the engine again to resetthe system. If the light still stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. If the regularbrake system warning light is noton, there are still brakes, but noantilock brakes. If the regular brakesystem warning light is also on,there are no antilock brakes andthere is a problem with the regularbrakes. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5‑20.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

This light comes on when theTow/Haul mode has been activated.

For more information, see Tow/HaulMode on page 9‑28.

StabiliTrak® IndicatorLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally the indicator light goes off.

If it stays on, or comes on whiledriving, there could be a problemwith the StabiliTrak system and thevehicle might need service. Whenthis warning light is on, the systemis off and will not limit wheel spin.

This light flashes when theStabiliTrak system is active.

See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑31 for more information.

Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on briefly whenthe engine is started.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light then goes off.

If the light comes on and stays onwhile driving, the vehicle may havea problem with the cooling system.Stop the vehicle and turn off theengine to avoid damage to theengine. A warning chime soundswhen this light is on.

See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for more information.

Page 155: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-23

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engineis started. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light is On Steady

This indicates that one or moreof the tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A tire pressure message canaccompany the light. See TireMessages on page 5‑44 for moreinformation. Stop as soon aspossible, and inflate the tires tothe pressure value shown on theTire and Loading Information label.See Tire Pressure on page 10‑45for more information.

When the Light Flashes First andThen is On Steady

This indicates that there maybe a problem with the TPMS.The light flashes for about aminute and stays on steady forthe remainder of the ignition cycle.This sequence repeats with everyignition cycle. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation on page 10‑48for more information.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

{ WARNING

Do not keep driving if the oilpressure is low. The engine canbecome so hot that it catches fire.Someone could be burned. Checkthe oil as soon as possible andhave the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always follow the maintenanceschedule for changing engine oil.

The oil pressure light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem.

Page 156: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Security Light

This light flashes when the securitysystem is activated.

For more information, see Anti-TheftAlarm System on page 2‑13.

High-Beam On Light

The high-beam on light comes onwhen the high-beam headlamps arein use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger on page 6‑2 for moreinformation.

Front Fog Lamp Light

The fog lamp light comes on whenthe fog lamps are in use.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps on page 6‑4 for moreinformation.

Cruise Control Light

This light comes on whenever thecruise control is set.

The light goes out when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl on page 9‑33 for moreinformation.

Page 157: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (25,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Information Displays

Driver Information Center(DIC) (With DIC Buttons)If your vehicle has DIC buttons,the information below explains theoperation of this system.

The DIC displays informationabout your vehicle. It also displayswarning messages if a systemproblem is detected.

All messages will appear in the DICdisplay located at the top of theinstrument panel cluster.

The DIC comes on when the ignitionis on. After a short delay, the DICwill display the information that waslast displayed before the enginewas turned off.

The DIC also displays a shift leverposition indicator on the bottomline of the display. See AutomaticTransmission on page 9‑25 for moreinformation.

The outside air temperature andcompass, if equipped, also displayon the DIC when viewing the tripand fuel information. The outsideair temperature automaticallyappears in the top right cornerof the DIC display. If there is aproblem with the system thatcontrols the temperature display,the numbers will be replaced withdashes. If this occurs, have thevehicle serviced. The compass willbe shown in the bottom right cornerof the DIC display. See Compass onpage 5‑6 for more information.

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by pressingthe DIC buttons located on theinstrument panel.

The DIC also allows some featuresto be customized. See VehiclePersonalization (With DIC Buttons)on page 5‑47 for more information.

If your vehicle has DIC buttons, youcan also use the trip odometer resetstem to view the odometer and tripodometers.

DIC Buttons

The buttons are the set/reset,customization, vehicle information,and trip/fuel buttons. The buttonfunctions are detailed in thefollowing pages.

V (Set/Reset): Press this button toset or reset certain functions and toturn off or acknowledge messageson the DIC.

U (Customization): Pressthis button to customize thefeature settings on your vehicle.See Vehicle Personalization (WithDIC Buttons) on page 5‑47 for moreinformation.

Page 158: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (26,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-26 Instruments and Controls

T (Vehicle Information): Pressthis button to display the oil life,park assist on vehicles with thisfeature, units, tire pressure readingson vehicles with this feature, andcompass calibration and zonesetting on vehicles with this feature.

3 (Trip/Fuel): Press thisbutton to display the odometer, tripodometers, fuel range, averageeconomy, timer, fuel used, andaverage speed.

Vehicle Information MenuItems

T (Vehicle Information): Pressthis button to scroll through thefollowing menu items:

OIL LIFE

Press the vehicle informationbutton until OIL LIFE REMAININGdisplays. This display shows anestimate of the oil's remaininguseful life. If you see 99%OIL LIFEREMAINING on the display, thatmeans 99% of the current oil liferemains. The engine oil life system

will alert you to change the oil ona schedule consistent with yourdriving conditions.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON”under Engine Oil Messages onpage 5‑40. You should change theoil as soon as you can. See EngineOil on page 10‑8. In addition to theengine oil life system monitoring theoil life, additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual. SeeScheduled Maintenance onpage 11‑2 for more information.

Remember, you must reset theOIL LIFE display yourself after eachoil change. It will not reset itself.Also, be careful not to reset theOIL LIFE display accidentally at anytime other than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,see Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑11.

PARK ASSIST

If your vehicle has the UltrasonicRear Parking Assist (URPA) system,press the vehicle information buttonuntil PARK ASSIST displays.This display allows the systemto be turned on or off. Once in thisdisplay, press the set/reset button toselect between ON or OFF. If youchoose ON, the system will beturned on. If you choose OFF, thesystem will be turned off. The URPAsystem automatically turns back onafter each vehicle start. When theURPA system is turned off and thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park), theDIC will display the PARK ASSISTOFF message as a reminder thatthe system has been turned off.See Object Detection SystemMessages on page 5‑42 andUltrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑35 for more information.

Page 159: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (27,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-27

UNITS

Press the vehicle information buttonuntil UNITS displays. This displayallows you to select between Metricor English units of measurement.Once in this display, press theset/reset button to select betweenMETRIC or ENGLISH units. All ofthe vehicle information will thenbe displayed in the unit ofmeasurement selected.

FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES

On vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), thepressure for each tire can beviewed in the DIC. The tirepressure will be shown in eitherkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi). Press the vehicleinformation button until the DICdisplays FRONT TIRES kPa (PSI)LEFT ## RIGHT ##. Press thevehicle information button againuntil the DIC displays REARTIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ##RIGHT ##.

If a low tire pressure conditionis detected by the system whiledriving, a message advising youadd air to a specific tire will appearin the display. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑45 and Tire Messages onpage 5‑44 for more information.

If the tire pressure display showsdashes instead of a value, theremay be a problem with your vehicle.If this consistently occurs, see yourdealer for service.

COMPASS ZONE SETTING

This display will be availableif the vehicle has a compass.See Compass on page 5‑6 formore information.

COMPASS RECALIBRATION

This display will be availableif the vehicle has a compass.See Compass on page 5‑6 formore information.

Blank Display

This display shows no information.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items

3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this buttonto scroll through the following menuitems:

ODOMETER

Press the trip/fuel button untilODOMETER displays. This displayshows the distance the vehicle hasbeen driven in either kilometers (km)or miles (mi). Pressing the tripodometer reset stem will alsodisplay the odometer.

To switch between English andmetric measurements, see “UNITS”earlier in this section.

Page 160: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (28,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-28 Instruments and Controls

TRIPA and TRIP B

Press the trip/fuel button untilTRIPA or TRIP B displays.This display shows the currentdistance traveled in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi) sincethe last reset for each trip odometer.Both trip odometers can be used atthe same time. Pressing the tripodometer reset stem will alsodisplay the trip odometers.

Each trip odometer can be resetto zero separately by pressing theset/reset button or the trip odometerreset stem while the desired tripodometer is displayed.

The trip odometer has a featurecalled retroactive reset. This canbe used to set the trip odometer tothe number of kilometers (miles)driven since the ignition was lastturned on. This can be used if thetrip odometer is not reset at thebeginning of the trip.

To use the retroactive reset feature,press and hold the set/reset buttonfor at least four seconds. The tripodometer will display the number ofkilometers (km) or miles (mi) drivensince the ignition was last turnedon and the vehicle was moving.Once the vehicle begins moving,the trip odometer will accumulatemileage. For example, if the vehiclewas driven 8 km (5 miles) beforeit is started again, and then theretroactive reset feature is activated,the display will show 8 km (5miles).As the vehicle begins moving, thedisplay will then increase to 8.2 km(5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc.

If the retroactive reset feature isactivated after the vehicle is started,but before it begins moving, thedisplay will show the number ofkilometers (km) or miles (mi) thatwere driven during the last ignitioncycle.

RANGE

Press the trip/fuel button untilRANGE displays. This displayshows the approximate numberof remaining kilometers (km) ormiles (mi) the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The display willshow LOW if the fuel level is low.

The fuel range estimate is basedon an average of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remainingin the fuel tank. This estimate willchange if driving conditions change.For example, if driving in traffic andmaking frequent stops, this displaymay read one number, but if thevehicle is driven on a freeway, thenumber may change even thoughthe same amount of fuel is in thefuel tank. This is because differentdriving conditions produce differentfuel economies. Generally, freewaydriving produces better fueleconomy than city driving.Fuel range cannot be reset.

Page 161: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (29,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-29

AVG (Average) ECONOMY

Press the trip/fuel button untilAVG ECONOMY displays.This display shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number is calculatedbased on the number of L/100 km(mpg) recorded since the last timethis menu item was reset. To resetAVG ECONOMY, press and holdthe set/reset button.

TIMER

Press the trip/fuel button untilTIMER displays. This display canbe used as a timer.

To start the timer, press theset/reset button while TIMER isdisplayed. The display will showthe amount of time that has passedsince the timer was last reset, notincluding time the ignition is off.

Time will continue to be counted aslong as the ignition is on, even ifanother display is being shownon the DIC. The timer will recordup to 99 hours, 59 minutes and59 seconds (99:59:59) after whichthe display will return to zero.

To stop the timer, press the set/resetbutton briefly while TIMER isdisplayed.

To reset the timer to zero, pressand hold the set/reset button whileTIMER is displayed.

FUEL USED

Press the trip/fuel button untilFUEL USED displays. This displayshows the number of liters (L) orgallons (gal) of fuel used since thelast reset of this menu item. To resetthe fuel used information, pressand hold the set/reset button whileFUEL USED is displayed.

AVG (Average) SPEED

Press the trip/fuel buttonuntil AVG SPEED displays.This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. To resetthe value to zero, press and holdthe set/reset button.

Blank Display

This display shows no information.

Page 162: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (30,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-30 Instruments and Controls

Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (WithoutDIC Buttons)If your vehicle does not have DICbuttons, the information belowexplains the operation of thissystem.

The DIC has different displayswhich can be accessed by pressingthe trip odometer reset stemlocated on the instrument panelcluster. Pressing the trip odometerreset stem will also turn off,or acknowledge, DIC messages.

The DIC displays trip and vehiclesystem information, and warningmessages if a system problem isdetected.

If your vehicle does not haveDIC buttons, you can use the tripodometer reset stem to view thefollowing displays: odometer, tripodometers, oil life, park assist menufor vehicles with the UltrasonicRear Parking Assist (URPA) system,units, and display language.

If your vehicle has DIC buttons,you can use the trip odometer resetstem to view the following displays:odometer and trip odometers.

Trip Odometer Reset StemMenu Items

ODOMETER

Press the trip odometer resetstem until ODOMETER displays.This display shows the distance thevehicle has been driven in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi).

To switch between English andmetric measurements, see “UNITS”later in this section.

TRIPA or TRIP B

Press the trip odometer reset stemuntil TRIPA or TRIP B displays. Thisdisplay shows the current distancetraveled in either kilometers (km)or miles (mi) since the last resetfor each trip odometer. Both tripodometers can be used at thesame time.

Each trip odometer can be resetto zero separately by pressing andholding the trip odometer reset stemwhile the desired trip odometer isdisplayed.

The trip odometer has a featurecalled the retroactive reset. This canbe used to set the trip odometer tothe number of kilometers (miles)driven since the ignition was lastturned on. This can be used if thetrip odometer is not reset at thebeginning of the trip.

Page 163: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (31,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-31

To use the retroactive reset feature,press and hold the trip odometerreset stem for at least four seconds.The trip odometer will displaythe number of kilometers (km)or miles (mi) driven since theignition was last turned on andthe vehicle was moving. Once thevehicle begins moving, the tripodometer will accumulate mileage.For example, if the vehicle wasdriven 8 km (5 miles) before itis started again, and then theretroactive reset feature is activated,the display will show 8 km (5miles).As the vehicle begins moving, thedisplay will then increase to 8.2 km(5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc.

If the retroactive reset feature isactivated after the vehicle is started,but before it begins moving, thedisplay will show the number ofkilometers (km) or miles (mi) thatwere driven during the last ignitioncycle.

OIL LIFE

To access this display, the vehiclemust be in P (Park). Press thetrip odometer reset stem untilOIL LIFE REMAINING displays.This display shows an estimate ofthe oil's remaining useful life. If yousee 99%OIL LIFE REMAINING onthe display, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains. The engineoil life system will alert you tochange the oil on a scheduleconsistent with your drivingconditions.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON”under Engine Oil Messages onpage 5‑40. You should change the

oil as soon as you can. See EngineOil on page 10‑8. In addition to theengine oil life system monitoringthe oil life, additional maintenanceis recommended in the MaintenanceSchedule in this manual.See Scheduled Maintenance onpage 11‑2 for more information.

Remember, you must reset theOIL LIFE display yourself after eachoil change. It will not reset itself.Also, be careful not to reset theOIL LIFE display accidentally at anytime other than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,see Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑11.

Page 164: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (32,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-32 Instruments and Controls

PARK ASSIST

To access this display, the vehiclemust be in P (Park). If your vehiclehas the Ultrasonic Rear ParkingAssist (URPA) system, press thetrip odometer reset stem until PARKASSIST displays. This displayallows the system to be turned on oroff. Once in this display, press andhold the trip odometer reset stem toselect between ON or OFF. If youchoose ON, the system will beturned on. If you choose OFF, thesystem will be turned off. The URPAsystem automatically turns back onafter each vehicle start. When theURPA system is turned off and thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park), theDIC will display the PARK ASSISTOFF message as a reminder thatthe system has been turned off.See Object Detection SystemMessages on page 5‑42 andUltrasonic Parking Assist onpage 9‑35 for more information.

UNITS

To access this display, the vehiclemust be in P (Park). Press the tripodometer reset stem until UNITSdisplays. This display allows you toselect between Metric or Englishunits of measurement. Once in thisdisplay, press and hold the tripodometer reset stem to selectbetween METRIC or ENGLISHunits. All of the vehicle informationwill then be displayed in the unit ofmeasurement selected.

DISPLAY LANGUAGE

To access this display, the vehiclemust be in P (Park). This displayallows you to select the languagein which the DIC messages willappear. To select a language:

1. Press the trip odometer resetstem until DISPLAY LANGUAGEdisplays.

2. Continue to press and hold thetrip odometer reset stem to scrollthrough all of the availablelanguages.

The available languages areENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS(French), ESPANOL (Spanish),and NO CHANGE.

3. Once the desired languageis displayed, release the tripodometer reset stem to setyour choice.

Page 165: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (33,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ WARNING

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.

For vehicles with the Head-UpDisplay (HUD), some informationconcerning the operation of thevehicle is projected onto thewindshield. This includes thespeedometer reading, RPM reading,transmission position, outside airtemperature, the tap shift gear,and a brief display of the currentradio station, including XM

information or CD track. It will alsodisplay turn-by-turn navigationinformation if the vehicle has anavigation radio. The images areprojected by the HUD lens locatedon the driver's side of the instrumentpanel.

The tap shift gear will also appearon the HUD if the vehicle has tapshift and it is active.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in one of three languages,English, French, or Spanish.The speedometer reading and othernumerical values can be displayedin either English or metric units.

The language selection and theunits of measurement are changedthrough the trip computer in theDriver Information Center (DIC).See Vehicle Personalization (WithDIC Buttons) on page 5‑47.

HUD Display on the VehicleWindshield

The HUD information appears as animage focused out toward the frontof the vehicle.

When the ignition key is turned toON/RUN, the HUD will display anintroductory message for a shorttime, until the HUD is ready.

Page 166: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (34,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-34 Instruments and Controls

The following indicator lights comeon the instrument panel whenactivated and also appear onthe HUD:. Turn Signal Indicators. High-Beam Indicator Symbol

The HUD temporarily displaysCHECK GAGES and ICEPOSSIBLE when these messagesare on the DIC trip computer.

The HUD also displays the followingmessages on vehicles with thesesystems, when they are active:. TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE. STABILITRAK ACTIVE

Notice: If you try to use theHUD image as a parking aid, youmay misjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

When the HUD is on, thespeedometer reading is continuallydisplayed. The current radio station

or CD track number will displayfor a short period of time afterthe radio or CD track statuschanges. This happens wheneverradio information is changed.The speedometer size is reducedwhen radio, CD information,warnings, or turn-by-turn navigationinformation are displayed onthe HUD.

The HUD control is located to theright of the steering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image so thatitems are properly displayed, do thefollowing:

1. Adjust the driver's seat to acomfortable position.

2. Start the engine.

3. Adjust the HUD controls.

Use the following settings to adjustthe HUD.

9 (Off): To turn HUD off, rotate thedimming knob fully counterclockwiseuntil the HUD display turns off.

Brightness : Turn the knobon the HUD control clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten ordim the display.

w (Up) : x (Down) : Press the upor down arrows to center the HUDimage in your view. The HUD imagecan only be adjusted up and down,not side to side.

Page 167: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (35,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-35

? (Page) : Press this button toselect the display formats. Releasethe page button when the formatnumber with the desired display isshown on the HUD.

The three formats are as follows:

English

Metric

Format One: This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), turn signal indication,high beam indication, transmissionpositions, and the outside airtemperature.

English

Metric

Format Two: This display includesthe information in Format Onewithout the transmission informationand the outside air temperature.

English

Metric

Format Three: This displayincludes all the information inFormat One along with a circulartachometer, but without outsideair temperature.

Page 168: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (36,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-36 Instruments and Controls

All formats will show theturn-by-turn navigation informationand provide details about thenext driving maneuver to be made.When you near your destination,the HUD will display a distancebar that will fill in the closer you getto your destination. All navigationinformation is provided to the HUDby the navigation radio, if thevehicle has one.

The HUD image displayed on thewindshield will automatically dimand brighten to compensate foroutside lighting.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angleand position of the sunlight on theHUD display. This is normal andwill change when the angle ofthe sunlight on the HUD displaychanges.

Polarized sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshieldas needed to remove any dirt or filmthat could reduce the sharpness orclarity of the HUD image.

To clean the HUD lens, use a soft,clean cloth that has household glasscleaner sprayed on it. Wipe theHUD lens gently, then dry it. Do notspray cleaner directly on the lensbecause the cleaner could leakinto the unit.

If You Cannot See the HUDImage When the Ignition Is On. Is anything covering the

HUD lens?. Is the HUD dimmer setting bright

enough?

. Is the HUD image adjusted tothe proper height?

. Are you wearing polarizedsunglasses?

. Still no HUD image? Check thefuse in the instrument panel fuseblock. See Instrument PanelFuse Block on page 10‑35.

If the HUD Image Is Not Clear. Is the HUD image too bright?. Are the windshield and HUD

lens clean?

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

Keep in mind that the windshield ispart of the HUD system.

Page 169: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (37,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-37

Vehicle MessagesMessages are displayed on the DICto notify the driver that the status ofthe vehicle has changed and thatsome action may be needed bythe driver to correct the condition.Multiple messages may appearone after another.

Some messages may not requireimmediate action, but you canpress any of the DIC buttonson the instrument panel or thetrip odometer reset stem onthe instrument panel cluster toacknowledge that you receivedthe messages and to clear themfrom the display.

Some messages cannot be clearedfrom the DIC display because theyare more urgent. These messagesrequire action before they can be

cleared. You should take anymessages that appear on thedisplay seriously and rememberthat clearing the messages willonly make the messages disappear,not correct the problem.

The following are the possiblemessages that can be displayedand some information about them.

Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem detects that the batteryvoltage is dropping below expectedlevels. The battery saver systemstarts reducing certain features ofthe vehicle that you may be ableto notice. At the point that thefeatures are disabled, this messageis displayed. It means that thevehicle is trying to save the chargein the battery.

Turn off all unnecessaryaccessories to allow the batteryto recharge.

The normal battery voltage range is11.5 to 15.5 volts.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays if there is a problemwith the battery charging system.Under certain conditions, thecharging system light may also turnon in the instrument panel cluster.See Charging System Light onpage 5‑17. Driving with this problemcould drain the battery. Turn off allunnecessary accessories. Have theelectrical system checked as soonas possible. See your dealer.

Page 170: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (38,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Brake System Messages

SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM

This message displays along withthe brake system warning light ifthere is a problem with the brakesystem. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5‑20. If this messageappears, stop as soon as possibleand turn off the vehicle. Restart thevehicle and check for the messageon the DIC display. If the messageis still displayed or appears againwhen you begin driving, the brakesystem needs service as soon aspossible. See your dealer.

Cruise Control Messages

CRUISE SET TOXXX

This message displays wheneverthe cruise control is set. See CruiseControl on page 9‑33 for moreinformation.

Door Ajar Messages

DRIVER DOOR OPEN

This message displays and achime sounds if the driver door isnot fully closed and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park). Stop andturn off the vehicle, check the doorfor obstructions, and close the dooragain. Check to see if the messagestill appears on the DIC.

HOOD OPEN

On some models, this messagedisplays and a chime sounds if thehood is not fully closed. Stop andturn off the vehicle, check the hoodfor obstructions, and close the hoodagain. Check to see if the messagestill appears on the DIC.

LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN

This message displays and a chimesounds if the driver side rear door isnot fully closed and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park). Stop and turnoff the vehicle, check the door forobstructions, and close the dooragain. Check to see if the messagestill appears on the DIC.

LIFTGATE OPEN

This message displays and a chimesounds if the liftgate is open whilethe ignition is in ON/RUN. Turn offthe vehicle and check the liftgate.Restart the vehicle and check forthe message on the DIC display.

Page 171: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (39,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-39

PASSENGER DOOR OPEN

This message displays and a chimesounds if the passenger door isnot fully closed and the vehicle isshifted out of P (Park). Stop and turnoff the vehicle, check the door forobstructions, and close the dooragain. Check to see if the messagestill appears on the DIC.

POWER LIFTGATE OFF

This message displays when thepower liftgate has been turned offby pressing the power liftgate buttonon the center console.

RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN

This message displays and a chimesounds if the passenger side reardoor is not fully closed and thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).Stop and turn off the vehicle, checkthe door for obstructions, and closethe door again. Check to see if themessage still appears on the DIC.

Engine Cooling SystemMessages

ENGINE HOT A/C(Air Conditioning) OFF

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.See Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge on page 5‑14. To avoidadded strain on a hot engine,the air conditioning compressorautomatically turns off. Whenthe coolant temperature returnsto normal, the air conditioningcompressor turns back on.You can continue to driveyour vehicle.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLEENGINE

Notice: If you drive the vehiclewhile the engine is overheating,severe engine damage mayoccur. If an overheat warningappears on the instrument panelcluster and/or DIC, stop thevehicle as soon as possible.Do not increase the enginespeed above normal idling speed.See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for more information.

This message displays when theengine coolant temperature is toohot. Stop and allow the vehicle toidle until it cools down. See EngineCoolant Temperature Gauge onpage 5‑14.

See Overheated Engine ProtectionOperating Mode on page 10‑22 forinformation on driving to a safeplace in an emergency.

Page 172: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (40,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-40 Instruments and Controls

ENGINE OVERHEATED STOPENGINE

Notice: If you drive the vehiclewhile the engine is overheating,severe engine damage mayoccur. If an overheat warningappears on the instrument panelcluster and/or DIC, stop thevehicle as soon as possible.Do not increase the engine speedabove normal idling speed.See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for more information.

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.Stop and turn off the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so to avoidsevere damage. This messageclears when the engine has cooledto a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil,be sure to reset the CHANGEENGINE OIL SOON message.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑11 for information on howto reset the message. See EngineOil on page 10‑8 and ScheduledMaintenance on page 11‑2 formore information.

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOPENGINE

Notice: If you drive the vehiclewhile the engine oil pressureis low, severe engine damagemay occur. If a low oil pressurewarning appears on theinstrument panel cluster and/orDIC, stop the vehicle as soonas possible. Do not drive thevehicle until the cause of thelow oil pressure is corrected.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8for more information.

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soonas possible and have your vehicleserviced by your dealer. See EngineOil on page 10‑8.

Page 173: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (41,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays and achime sounds when the coolingsystem temperature gets too hotand the engine further enters theengine coolant protection mode.See Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19 for further information.

This message also displays whenthe vehicle's engine power isreduced. Reduced engine powercan affect the vehicle's abilityto accelerate. If this messageis on, but there is no reductionin performance, proceed to yourdestination. The performancemay be reduced the next timethe vehicle is driven. The vehiclemay be driven at a reduced speedwhile this message is on, butacceleration and speed may bereduced. Anytime this messagestays on, the vehicle should betaken to your dealer for serviceas soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays and achime sounds if the fuel level islow. Refuel as soon as possible.See Fuel Gauge on page 5‑13and Fuel on page 9‑42 for moreinformation.

TIGHTEN GAS CAP

This message may display alongwith the check engine light onthe instrument panel cluster if thevehicle's fuel cap is not tightenedproperly. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp on page 5‑18. Reinstall thefuel cap fully. See Filling the Tankon page 9‑44. The diagnosticsystem can determine if the fuelcap has been left off or improperlyinstalled. A loose or missing fuelcap allows fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. A few driving trips withthe cap properly installed shouldturn this light and message off.

Key and Lock Messages

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays if a RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitterbattery is low. The battery needsto be replaced in the transmitter.See “Battery Replacement” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3.

Lamp Messages

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL OFF

This message displays when theautomatic headlamps are turnedoff. This message clears itself after10 seconds.

AUTOMATIC LIGHTCONTROL ON

This message displays when theautomatic headlamps are turnedon. This message clears itself after10 seconds.

Page 174: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (42,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-42 Instruments and Controls

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message displays and a chimesounds if a turn signal is left on for1.2 km (0.75 mile). Move the turnsignal/multifunction lever to the offposition.

Object Detection SystemMessages

PARK ASST (Assist)BLOCKED SEE OWNERSMANUAL

If your vehicle has the UltrasonicRear Parking Assist (URPA) system,this message displays if there issomething interfering with the parkassist system. See UltrasonicParking Assist on page 9‑35 formore information.

PARK ASSIST OFF

If your vehicle has the UltrasonicRear Parking Assist (URPA) system,after the vehicle has been startedand shifted out of P (Park), thismessage displays to remind thedriver that the URPA system hasbeen turned off or to notify thedriver that the system has turneditself off. Press the set/reset buttonor the trip odometer reset stemto acknowledge this messageand clear it from the DIC display.For more information see UltrasonicParking Assist on page 9‑35.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

If your vehicle has the UltrasonicRear Parking Assist (URPA) system,this message displays if there isa problem with the URPA system.Do not use this system to help youpark. See Ultrasonic Parking Assiston page 9‑35 for more information.See your dealer for service.

Ride Control SystemMessages

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if thereis a problem with the StabiliTrak®

system. If this message appears, tryto reset the system. Stop; turn offthe engine for at least 15 seconds;then start the engine again. If thismessage still comes on, it meansthere is a problem. See your dealerfor service. The vehicle is safe todrive, however, you do not have thebenefit of StabiliTrak, so reduceyour speed and drive accordingly.

Page 175: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (43,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-43

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). When thismessage is displayed, the systemwill not limit wheel spin. Adjust yourdriving accordingly. See your dealerfor service. See StabiliTrak® Systemon page 9‑31 for more information.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS)is turned off. Adjust your drivingaccordingly. See StabiliTrak®

System on page 9‑31 for moreinformation. This message clearsitself after 10 seconds.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when theTraction Control System (TCS) isturned on. See StabiliTrak® Systemon page 9‑31 for more information.This message clears itself after10 seconds.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIR BAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system.Have your dealer inspect thesystem for problems. See AirbagReadiness Light on page 5‑15 andAirbag System on page 3‑33 formore information.

Anti-Theft Alarm SystemMessages

SERVICE THEFT DETERRENTSYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the theft-deterrentsystem. The vehicle may or may notrestart so you may want to take thevehicle to your dealer before turningoff the engine. See ImmobilizerOperation on page 2‑15 for moreinformation.

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if thecontent theft-deterrent system hasdetected a break-in attempt whileyou were away from your vehicle.See Anti-Theft Alarm System onpage 2‑13 for more information.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE A/C(Air Conditioning)SYSTEM

This message displays when theelectronic sensors that controlthe air conditioning and heatingsystems are no longer working.Have the climate control systemserviced by your dealer if younotice a drop in heating and airconditioning efficiency.

Page 176: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (44,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-44 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays whena problem is detected with thepower steering system. When thismessage is displayed, you maynotice that the effort required tosteer the vehicle increases or feelsheavier, but you will still be able tosteer the vehicle. Have your vehicleserviced by your dealer immediately.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays when anon-emissions related malfunctionoccurs. Have the vehicle servicedby your dealer as soon as possible.

STARTING DISABLEDSERVICE THROTTLE

This message displays when yourvehicle's throttle system is notfunctioning properly. Have yourvehicle serviced by your dealer.

Tire Messages

TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

On vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), thismessage displays when thepressure in one or more of thevehicle's tires is low.

This message also displaysLEFT FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT(right front), LEFT RR (left rear),or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicatethe location of the low tire.

The low tire pressure warninglight will also come on. See TirePressure Light on page 5‑23.

If a tire pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon as youcan. Inflate the tires by adding airuntil the tire pressure is equal to thevalues shown on the Tire LoadingInformation label. See Tires onpage 10‑38, Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑12, and Tire Pressure onpage 10‑45.

You can receive more than onetire pressure message at a time.To read the other messages thatmay have been sent at the sametime, press the set/reset buttonor the trip odometer reset stem.The DIC also shows the tirepressure values. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (WithDIC Buttons) on page 5‑25 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Without DIC Buttons) on page 5‑30.

Page 177: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (45,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-45

SERVICE TIRE MONITORSYSTEM

On vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), thismessage displays if a part on theTPMS is not working properly.The tire pressure light also flashesand then remains on during thesame ignition cycle. See TirePressure Light on page 5‑23.Several conditions may causethis message to appear. See TirePressure Monitor Operation onpage 10‑48 for more information.If the warning comes on and stayson, there may be a problem withthe TPMS. See your dealer.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when theTire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) is re-learning the tirepositions on your vehicle. The tirepositions must be re-learned afterrotating the tires or after replacing atire or sensor. See Tire Rotation onpage 10‑52, Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10‑47, and TirePressure on page 10‑45 for moreinformation.

Transmission Messages

ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF

If your vehicle has the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system, this messagedisplays when there is a compactspare tire on the vehicle, whenthe Antilock Brake System (ABS)warning light comes on, or when therear differential fluid is overheating.This message turns off when thedifferential fluid cools.

The AWD system is disabled untilthe compact spare tire is replacedby a full-size tire. If the warningmessage is still on after putting onthe full-size tire, you need to resetthe warning message. To reset thewarning message, turn the ignitionoff and then back on again after30 seconds. If the message stayson, see your dealer right away.See All-Wheel Drive on page 9‑28for more information.

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

If your vehicle has the All-WheelDrive (AWD) system, this messagedisplays if there is a problemwith this system. If this messageappears, stop as soon as possibleand turn off the vehicle. Restart thevehicle after 30 seconds and checkfor the message on the DIC display.If the message is still displayed orappears again when you begindriving, the AWD system needsservice. See your dealer.

Page 178: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (46,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-46 Instruments and Controls

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays when thereis a problem with the transmission.See your dealer for service.

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLEENGINE

Notice: If you drive the vehiclewhile the transmission fluid isoverheating and the transmissiontemperature warning is displayedon the instrument panel clusterand/or DIC, you can damage thetransmission. This could lead tocostly repairs that would not becovered by the warranty. Do notdrive the vehicle with overheatedtransmission fluid or while thetransmission temperaturewarning is displayed.

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool.This message clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays whenthe outside air temperature iscold enough to create icy roadconditions. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TOXXX MPH (KM/H)

This message displays whenyour vehicle speed is limited to128 km/h (80 mph) because thevehicle detects a problem in thespeed variable assist steeringsystem. Have your vehicle servicedby your dealer.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message displays when thewindshield washer fluid is low.Fill the windshield washer fluidreservoir as soon as possible.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the locationof the windshield washer fluidreservoir. Also, see WasherFluid on page 10‑23 for moreinformation.

Page 179: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (47,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-47

VehiclePersonalization

Vehicle Personalization(With DIC Buttons)Your vehicle may havecustomization capabilitiesthat allow you to program certainfeatures to one preferred setting.Customization features can onlybe programmed to one settingon the vehicle and cannot beprogrammed to a preferredsetting for two different drivers.

All of the customization options maynot be available on your vehicle.Only the options available will bedisplayed on the DIC.

The default settings for thecustomization features were setwhen your vehicle left the factory,but may have been changed fromtheir default state since then.

The customization preferences areautomatically recalled.

To change customizationpreferences, use the followingprocedure.

Entering the FeatureSettings Menu

1. Turn the ignition on and placethe vehicle in P (Park).

To avoid excessive drain on thebattery, it is recommended thatthe headlamps are turned off.

2. Press the customizationbutton to enter the featuresettings menu.

If the menu is not available,FEATURE SETTINGSAVAILABLE IN PARK willdisplay. Before entering themenu, make sure the vehicleis in P (Park).

Feature Settings Menu Items

The following are customizationfeatures that allow you to programsettings to the vehicle:

DISPLAY IN ENGLISH

This feature will only display if alanguage other than English hasbeen set. This feature allows you tochange the language in which theDIC messages appear to English.

Press the customization button untilthe PRESS V TO DISPLAY INENGLISH screen appears on theDIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to display all DICmessages in English.

Page 180: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (48,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-48 Instruments and Controls

DISPLAY LANGUAGE

This feature allows you to selectthe language in which the DICmessages will appear.

Press the customization button untilthe DISPLAY LANGUAGE screenappears on the DIC display. Pressthe set/reset button once to accessthe settings for this feature. Thenpress the customization button toscroll through the following settings:

ENGLISH (default): All messageswill appear in English.

FRANCAIS: All messages willappear in French.

ESPANOL: All messages willappear in Spanish.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

You can also change the languageby pressing the trip odometer resetstem. See “Language” under DriverInformation Center (Without DICButtons) earlier in this section formore information.

AUTO DOOR LOCK

This feature allows you to selectwhen the vehicle's doors willautomatically lock. See AutomaticDoor Locks on page 2‑9 for moreinformation.

Press the customization button untilAUTO DOOR LOCK appears on theDIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default):The doors will automatically lockwhen the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doorswill automatically lock when thevehicle speed is above 13 km/h(8 mph) for three seconds.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

Page 181: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (49,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-49

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

This feature allows you to selectwhether or not to turn off theautomatic door unlocking feature.It also allows you to select whichdoors and when the doors willautomatically unlock. See AutomaticDoor Locks on page 2‑9 for moreinformation.

Press the customization button untilAUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF: None of the doors willautomatically unlock.

DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only thedriver's door will unlock when thekey is taken out of the ignition.

DRIVER IN PARK: Only thedriver's door will unlock when thevehicle is shifted into P (Park).

ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doorswill unlock when the key is takenout of the ignition.

ALL IN PARK (default): All of thedoors will unlock when the vehicle isshifted into P (Park).

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

REMOTE DOOR LOCK

This feature allows you to select thetype of feedback you will receivewhen locking the vehicle with theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. You will not receivefeedback when locking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter if the doorsare open. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation onpage 2‑3 for more information.

Press the customization button untilREMOTE DOOR LOCK appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF: There will be no feedbackwhen you press the lock button onthe RKE transmitter.

LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lampswill flash when you press the lockbutton on the RKE transmitter.

HORN ONLY: The horn will soundon the second press of the lockbutton on the RKE transmitter.

HORN & LIGHTS (default): Theexterior lamps will flash when youpress the lock button on the RKEtransmitter, and the horn will soundwhen the lock button is pressedagain within five seconds of theprevious command.

Page 182: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (50,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-50 Instruments and Controls

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK

This feature allows you to select thetype of feedback you will receivewhen unlocking the vehicle withthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. You will not receivefeedback when unlocking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter ifthe doors are open. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation on page 2‑3 for moreinformation.

Press the customization buttonuntil REMOTE DOOR UNLOCKappears on the DIC display. Pressthe set/reset button once to accessthe settings for this feature. Thenpress the customization button toscroll through the following settings:

LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lampswill not flash when you pressthe unlock button on the RKEtransmitter.

LIGHTS ON (default): The exteriorlamps will flash when you pressthe unlock button on the RKEtransmitter.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

DELAY DOOR LOCK

This feature allows you to selectwhether or not the locking of thevehicle's doors and liftgate will bedelayed. When locking the doorsand liftgate with the power doorlock switch and a door or the liftgateis open, this feature will delaylocking the doors and liftgate untilfive seconds after the last door isclosed. You will hear three chimesto signal that the delayed lockingfeature is in use. The key must beout of the ignition for this feature towork. You can temporarily overridedelayed locking by pressing thepower door lock switch twice or thelock button on the RKE transmittertwice. See Delayed Locking onpage 2‑8 for more information.

Page 183: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (51,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-51

Press the customization button untilDELAY DOOR LOCK appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF: There will be no delayedlocking of the vehicle's doors.

ON (default): The doors will notlock until five seconds after the lastdoor or the liftgate is closed.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

EXIT LIGHTING

This feature allows you to selectthe amount of time you wantthe exterior lamps to remain onwhen it is dark enough outside.This happens after the key is turnedfrom ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF.

Press the customization buttonuntil EXIT LIGHTING appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF: The exterior lamps will notturn on.

30 SECONDS (default): Theexterior lamps will stay on for30 seconds.

1MINUTE: The exterior lamps willstay on for one minute.

2MINUTES: The exterior lamps willstay on for two minutes.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

APPROACH LIGHTING

This feature allows you to selectwhether or not to have the exteriorlights turn on briefly during lowlight periods after unlocking thevehicle using the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

Press the customization button untilAPPROACH LIGHTING appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF: The exterior lights will notturn on when you unlock the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

ON (default): If it is dark enoughoutside, the exterior lights will turnon briefly when you unlock thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Page 184: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (52,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-52 Instruments and Controls

The lights will remain on for20 seconds or until the lock buttonon the RKE transmitter is pressed,or the vehicle is no longer off.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation on page 2‑3 formore information.

NO CHANGE : No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

CHIME VOLUME

This feature allows you to select thevolume level of the chime.

Press the customization button untilCHIME VOLUME appears on theDIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

NORMAL: The chime volume willbe set to a normal level.

LOUD: The chime volume will beset to a loud level.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

There is no default for chimevolume. The volume will stayat the last known setting.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

PARK TILT MIRRORS

If your vehicle has this feature,it allows you to select whetheror not the outside mirror(s) willautomatically tilt down when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑18for more information.

Press the customization button untilPARK TILT MIRRORS appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settings

for this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF (default): Neither outsidemirror will be tilted down when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

DRIVER MIRROR: The driver'soutside mirror will be tilted downwhen the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse).

PASSENGER MIRROR: Thepassenger's outside mirror will betilted down when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse).

BOTH MIRRORS: The driver's andpassenger's outside mirrors will betilted down when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse).

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

Page 185: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (53,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-53

EASY EXIT SEAT

If your vehicle has this feature, itallows you to select your preferencefor the automatic easy exit seatfeature. See Delayed Locking onpage 2‑8 for more information.

Press the customization button untilEASY EXIT SEAT appears on theDIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF (default): No automatic seatexit recall will occur.

ON: The driver's seat will moveback when the key is removed fromthe ignition.

The automatic easy exit seatmovement will only occur one timeafter the key is removed from the

ignition. If the automatic movementhas already occurred, and you putthe key back in the ignition andremove it again, the seat andsteering column will stay in theoriginal exit position, unless amemory recall took place priorto removing the key again.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

MEMORY SEAT RECALL

If your vehicle has this feature, itallows you to select your preferencefor the remote memory seat recallfeature. See Delayed Locking onpage 2‑8 for more information.

Press the customization buttonuntil MEMORY SEAT RECALLappears on the DIC display. Pressthe set/reset button once to accessthe settings for this feature. Thenpress the customization button toscroll through the following settings:

OFF (default): No remote memoryseat recall will occur.

ON: The driver's seat and outsidemirrors will automatically move tothe stored driving position whenthe unlock button on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

Page 186: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (54,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-54 Instruments and Controls

REMOTE START

If your vehicle has this feature, itallows you to turn the remote startoff or on. The remote start featureallows you to start the engine fromoutside of the vehicle using theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote VehicleStart on page 2‑5 for moreinformation.

Press the customization button untilREMOTE START appears on theDIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

OFF: The remote start feature willbe disabled.

ON (default): The remote startfeature will be enabled.

NO CHANGE: No change will bemade to this feature. The currentsetting will remain.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

FACTORY SETTINGS

This feature allows you to set all ofthe customization features back totheir factory default settings.

Press the customization button untilFACTORY SETTINGS appears onthe DIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to access the settingsfor this feature. Then press thecustomization button to scrollthrough the following settings:

RESTORE ALL (default): Thecustomization features will be setto their factory default settings.

DO NOT RESTORE: Thecustomization features will not beset to their factory default settings.

To select a setting, press theset/reset button while the desiredsetting is displayed on the DIC.

EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS

This feature allows you to exit thefeature settings menu.

Press the customization buttonuntil FEATURE SETTINGSPRESS V TO EXIT appears in theDIC display. Press the set/resetbutton once to exit the menu.

If you do not exit, pressing thecustomization button again willreturn you to the beginning ofthe feature settings menu.

Page 187: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (55,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-55

Exiting the FeatureSettings Menu

The feature settings menu will beexited when any of the followingoccurs:. The vehicle is shifted out of

P (Park).. The vehicle is no longer in

ON/RUN.. The trip/fuel or vehicle

information DIC buttons arepressed.

. The end of the feature settingsmenu is reached and exited.

. A 40 second time period haselapsed with no selection made.

Universal RemoteSystemSee Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑20 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-210/220/310.

Universal Remote SystemProgramming

This system provides a way toreplace up to three remote controltransmitters used to activatedevices such as garage dooropeners, security systems, andhome automation devices.

Do not use the Universal HomeRemote with any garage dooropener that does not have the stopand reverse feature. This includesany garage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read the instructions completelybefore attempting to programthe Universal Home Remote.Because of the steps involved,it may be helpful to have anotherperson available to assist you withprogramming the Universal HomeRemote.

Keep the original hand-heldtransmitter for use in other vehiclesas well as for future Universal HomeRemote programming. It is alsorecommended that upon the saleof the vehicle, the programmedUniversal Home Remote buttonsshould be erased for securitypurposes. See “Erasing UniversalHome Remote Buttons” later inthis section.

Page 188: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (56,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-56 Instruments and Controls

When programming a garage door,park outside of the garage. Parkdirectly in line with and facing thegarage door opener motor-heador gate motor-head. Be sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door or gate that is beingprogrammed.

It is recommended that a newbattery be installed in yourhand-held transmitter for quickerand more accurate transmissionof the radio-frequency signal.

Programming the UniversalHome Remote System

For questions or help programmingthe Universal Home RemoteSystem, call 1‐800‐355‐3515or go to www.homelink.com.

Programming a garage door openerinvolves time-sensitive actions, soread the entire procedure beforestarting. Otherwise, the device willtime out and the procedure will haveto be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. From inside the vehicle,press and hold down the twooutside buttons at the sametime, releasing only whenthe Universal Home Remote

indicator light begins to flash,after 20 seconds. This step willerase the factory settings or allpreviously programmed buttons.

Do not hold down the buttons forlonger than 30 seconds and donot repeat this step to programthe remaining two UniversalHome Remote buttons.

2. Hold the end of your hand-heldtransmitter about 3 to 8 cm(1 to 3 inches) away from theUniversal Home Remote buttonswhile keeping the indicatorlight in view. The hand-heldtransmitter was supplied by themanufacturer of your garagedoor opener receiver (motorhead unit).

Page 189: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (57,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-57

3. At the same time, press andhold both the Universal HomeRemote button to be used tocontrol the garage door and thehand-held transmitter button.Do not release the UniversalHome Remote button or thehand-held transmitter buttonuntil Step 4 has been completed.

Some entry gates and garagedoor openers may requiresubstitution of Step 3 withthe procedure noted in“Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming” later in thissection.

4. The indicator light on theUniversal Home Remote willflash slowly at first and thenrapidly after Universal HomeRemote successfully receivesthe frequency signal from thehand-held transmitter. Releaseboth buttons.

5. Press and hold the newly-trainedUniversal Home Remote buttonand observe the indicator light.. If the indicator light

stays on continuously, theprogramming is completeand the garage door shouldmove when the UniversalHome Remote button ispressed and released.There is no need tocontinue programmingSteps 6 through 8.

. If the Universal HomeRemote indicatorlight blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and thenturns to a constantlight, continue with theprogramming Steps 6through 8.

It may be helpful to haveanother person assist withthe remaining steps.

6. After Steps 1 through 5 havebeen completed, locate insidethe garage the garage dooropener receiver (motor-headunit). Locate the “Learn” or“Smart” button. The name andcolor of the button may vary bymanufacturer.

7. Firmly press and release the“Learn” or “Smart” button. Afteryou press this button, you willhave 30 seconds to completeStep 8.

Page 190: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (58,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-58 Instruments and Controls

8. Immediately return to thevehicle. Firmly press and holdthe Universal Home Remotebutton, selected in Step 3 tocontrol the garage door, fortwo seconds, and then releaseit. If the garage door doesnot move, press and hold thesame button a second timefor two seconds, and thenrelease it. Again, if the doordoes not move, press and holdthe same button a third time fortwo seconds, and then release.

The Universal Home Remoteshould now activate thegarage door.

To program the remaining twoUniversal Home Remote buttons,begin with Step 2 of “Programmingthe Universal Home RemoteSystem.” Do not repeat Step 1,as this will erase all previousprogramming from the UniversalHome Remote buttons.

Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming

If you have questions or needhelp programming the UniversalHome Remote System, call1-800-355-3515 or go towww.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency lawsrequire transmitter signals to timeout or quit after several secondsof transmission. This may not belong enough for Universal HomeRemote to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similarly, some U.S.gate operators are manufactured totime out in the same manner.

If you live in Canada, or you arehaving difficulty programming agate operator or garage dooropener by using the “ProgrammingUniversal Home Remote”procedures, regardless of whereyou live, replace Step 3 under“Programming Universal HomeRemote” with the following:

Continue to press and hold theUniversal Home Remote buttonwhile you press and releaseevery two seconds (cycle) thehand-held transmitter buttonuntil the frequency signal hasbeen successfully acceptedby the Universal Home Remote.The Universal Home Remoteindicator light will flash slowlyat first and then rapidly. Proceedwith Step 4 under “ProgrammingUniversal Home Remote” tocomplete the training procedure.

Page 191: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (59,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Instruments and Controls 5-59

Universal Remote SystemOperation

Using Universal Remote

Press and hold the appropriateUniversal Remote button for at leasthalf of a second. The indicator lightwill come on while the signal isbeing transmitted.

Erasing Universal RemoteButtons

All programmed buttons should beerased when the vehicle is sold orthe lease ends.

To erase all programmed buttons onthe Universal Remote device:

1. Press and hold down thetwo outside buttons until theindicator light begins to flash,after 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a SingleUniversal Remote Button

To reprogram any of the threeUniversal Remote buttons, repeatthe programming instructions earlierin this section, beginning withStep 2.

For help or information on theUniversal Home Remote System,call the customer assistance phonenumber under Customer AssistanceOffices (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑5 or Customer AssistanceOffices (Mexico) on page 13‑6.

Page 192: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (60,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

5-60 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES

Page 193: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Lighting 6-1

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . 6-1Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)/AutomaticHeadlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-3Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . 6-6Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . 6-7Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Battery Load Management . . . . 6-7Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-8

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamps control is locatedon the instrument panel to the left ofthe steering wheel.

Page 194: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

6-2 Lighting

It controls the following systems:. Headlamps. Taillamps. Parking Lamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights. Fog Lamps

The exterior lamps control hasfour positions:

O (Off): Briefly turn to this positionto turn the automatic light control offor on again.

AUTO (Automatic): Turns theheadlamps on automatically atnormal brightness, together withthe following:. Parking Lamps. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

; (Parking Lamps): Turns theparking lamps on together with thefollowing:. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

5 (Headlamps): Turns theheadlamps on together with thefollowing lamps listed below.A warning chime sounds if thedriver's door is opened whenthe ignition switch is off andthe headlamps are on.. Parking Lamps. Taillamps. License Plate Lamps. Instrument Panel Lights

# (Fog Lamps): Turns on the foglamps (if equipped).

See Fog Lamps on page 6‑4.

HeadlampHigh/Low-BeamChanger23 Headlamp High/Low‐BeamChanger: Push the turn signal/lanechange lever away from you to turnthe high beams on.

Pull the lever toward you to return tolow beams.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument panel cluster when thehigh‐beam headlamps are on.

Page 195: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Lighting 6-3

Flash-to-PassThis feature is used to signal tothe vehicle ahead that you wantto pass.

If the headlamps are off or inthe low‐beam position, pull theturn signal lever toward you tomomentarily switch to high‐beams.

Release the lever to turn thehigh-beam headlamps off.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)/AutomaticHeadlamp SystemDaytime Running Lamps (DRL) canmake it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day.Fully functional daytime runninglamps are required on all vehiclesfirst sold in Canada.

The DRL system makes eitherthe low-beam headlamps comeon at a reduced brightness orthe DRL lights, for vehicles withHigh Intensity Discharge (HID)headlamps when the followingconditions are met:. The ignition is in the ON/RUN

position.. The exterior lamps control is

in AUTO.. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, the regularheadlamps, taillamps, sidemarker,and other lamps will not be on.The instrument panel and clusterwill also not be lit.

For vehicles with HID headlamps,if the DRL are on and the left orright turn signal lamp is turned on,the left or right DRL will go off.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on the

darkness of the surroundings.The other lamps that come on withthe headlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will go off and theDRL will come on.

The regular headlamp systemshould be turned on when needed.

Do not cover the light sensor on topof the instrument panel because itworks with the DRL.

Hazard Warning Flashers| Hazard Warning Flasher:Press this button located on theinstrument panel below the audiosystem, to make the front and rearturn signal lamps flash on and off.This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press again to turnthe flashers off.

The turn signals do not work whilethe hazard warning flashers are on.

Page 196: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

6-4 Lighting

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

An arrow on the instrument panelcluster flashes in the direction of theturn or lane change.

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The lever returns to its startingposition whenever it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidlyor does not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulbis not burned out, check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakers onpage 10‑32.

Turn Signal On Chime

If either one of the turn signals areleft on and the vehicle has beendriven more than 1.2 km (3/4 mile),a chime will sound.

Fog LampsUse the fog lamps for better visionin foggy or misty conditions.

The fog lamps button is on theexterior lamps control to the leftof the steering column.

# (Fog Lamps): Press the exteriorlamps button to turn the fog lampson or off. A light comes on in theinstrument panel cluster when thefog lamps are in use. The ignitionmust be on for the fog lampsto work.

When the headlamps are changedto high-beam, the fog lamps turn off.The fog lamps come back on againwhen the high-beam headlamps areturned off.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Page 197: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Lighting 6-5

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The instrument panel brightnessknob is located on the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringcolumn.

D (Instrument PanelBrightness): Push the knobin all the way until it extends outand then turn the knob clockwiseor counterclockwise to brighten ordim the lights. Push the knob backin when finished.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps automaticallycome on when a door is opened.The lamps can also be turnedon manually by fully turning theinstrument panel brightness controlclockwise.

The reading lamps, located on theheadliner above the rearview mirror,can be turned on or off independentof the automatic courtesy lamps,when the doors are closed.

Dome LampsThe dome lamps are located in theoverhead console and above therear seat passengers.

The dome lamps come on when adoor is opened, unless the domelamp override button is pressed in.

The lamps can also be turned onand off by turning the instrumentpanel brightness control clockwiseto the farthest position.

Dome Lamp Override

The dome lamp override button isnext to the exterior lamps control.

E DOME OFF (Dome LampOverride): Press the top of thebutton in and the dome lampsremain off when a door is opened.An indicator light on the buttoncomes on to show that the domelamps are off. Press near the bottomof the button so the dome lampscome on when a door is opened.

Reading LampsPress the button near each lamp toturn them on or off.

Page 198: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

6-6 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingFor vehicles with courtesy lamps,they come on and stay on for a settime whenever the unlock symbolis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, if thevehicle has one.

If a door is opened, the lamps stayon while it is open and then turnoff automatically about 20 secondsafter the door is closed. If the unlocksymbol is pressed and no door isopened, the lamps turn off afterabout 20 seconds.

Entry lighting includes a featurecalled theater dimming. With theaterdimming, the lamps do not turnoff at the end of the delay time.Instead, they slowly dim and thengo out. The delay time is canceledif the ignition key is turned toON/RUN or the power door lockswitch is pressed. The lamps willdim right away.

When the ignition is on, illuminatedentry is inactive, which means thecourtesy lamps will not come onunless a door is opened.

Delayed Entry LightingDelayed entry lighting illuminatesthe interior for a period of time afterall the doors have been closed.

The ignition must be off for delayedentry lighting to work. Immediatelyafter all the doors have been closed,the delayed entry lighting featurecontinues to work until one of thefollowing occurs:. The ignition is in ON/RUN.. The doors are locked.. An illumination period of about

25 seconds has elapsed.

If during the illumination perioda door is opened, the timedillumination period is canceledand the interior lamps remain on.

Page 199: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Lighting 6-7

Delayed Exit LightingDelayed exit lighting illuminates theinterior for a period of time after thekey is removed from the ignition.

The ignition must be off for delayedexit lighting to work. When the keyis removed, interior illuminationactivates and remains on untilone of the following occurs:. The ignition is in ON/RUN.. The power door locks are

activated.. An illumination period of

20 seconds has elapsed.

If during the illumination perioda door is opened, the timedillumination period will be canceledand the interior lamps will remainon because a door is open.

Parade DimmingThis feature automatically prohibitsthe dimming of the instrumentpanel displays in daylight whilethe headlamps are on so that thedisplays are still able to be seen.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see the

voltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinningfast enough at idle to produceall the power needed for veryhigh electrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on,such as: headlamps, high beams,fog lamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.

Page 200: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

6-8 Lighting

It can increase engine idle speedto generate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occurin steps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeableto the driver. If so, a DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagemight be displayed, such asBATTERY SAVER ACTIVE,BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW,or LOW BATTERY. If one ofthese messages displays, it isrecommended that the driverreduce the electrical loads asmuch as possible. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (WithDIC Buttons) on page 5‑25 orDriver Information Center (DIC)(Without DIC Buttons) on page 5‑30.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature helps prevent thebattery from being drained, if theinterior courtesy lamps, reading/maplamps, visor vanity lamps or trunklamp are accidentally left on.If any of these lamps are left on,they automatically turn off after10 minutes, if the ignition is off.The lamps will not come back onagain until one of the followingoccurs:. The ignition is turned on.. The exterior lamps control is

turned off, then on again.

The headlamps will timeout after10 minutes, if they are manuallyturned on while the ignition is onor off.

Page 201: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-1

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

Audio PlayersCD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16MP3 (Radios withCD/USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24

MP3 (Radios withCD/DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30

Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Rear Seat InfotainmentRear Seat Entertainment(RSE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Rear Seat Audio (RSA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Rear AudioController (RAC) . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

Introduction

InfotainmentRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the audiosystem's features.

{ WARNING

Taking your eyes off the roadfor extended periods couldcause a crash resulting ininjury or death to you or others.Do not give extended attention toentertainment tasks while driving.

This system provides access tomany audio and non audio listings.

To minimize taking your eyes off theroad while driving, do the followingwhile the vehicle is parked:. Become familiar with the

operation and controls ofthe audio system.

Page 202: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-2 Infotainment System

. Set up the tone, speakeradjustments, and presetradio stations.

For more information, see DefensiveDriving on page 9‑2.

The vehicle has RetainedAccessory Power (RAP). With RAP,the audio system can be playedeven after the ignition is turnedoff. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) on page 9‑21for more information.

Navigation/Radio System

For vehicles with a navigation radiosystem, see the separate NavigationSystem manual.

Theft-Deterrent FeatureTheftLock® is designed todiscourage theft of the vehicle'sradio by learning a portion of theVehicle Identification Number (VIN).The radio does not operate if itis stolen or moved to a differentvehicle.

Operation

Radio with CD, Radio with CD/USB similar

Page 203: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-3

Radio with CD, DVD, and USB

The vehicle may have one of theseradios as its audio system.

Radios with CD, DVD, and USB

Radios with CD, DVD, and USBhave a Bose® Surround SoundSystem. Some of its features areexplained later in this sectionunder, “Adjusting the Speakers(Balance/Fade)”.

If the vehicle has a Rear SeatEntertainment (RSE) system,it has a CD, DVD, and USB radio.See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)System on page 7‑39 for moreinformation on the vehicle's RSEsystem.

The DVD player is the top slot onthe radio faceplate. The playeris capable of reading the DTSprogrammed DVD Audio or DVDVideo media. DTS and DTS DigitalSurround are registered trademarksof Digital Theater Systems, Inc..

Manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories. Dolby and thedouble-D symbol are trademarks ofDolby Laboratories.

Page 204: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-4 Infotainment System

Playing the Radio

O (Power/Volume): Press to turnthe system on and off. Turn toincrease or decrease the volume.

For vehicles with a RearEntertainment System (RSE), pressand hold for more than two secondsto turn off the entire radio and RSEsystem and to start the parentalcontrol feature. Parental controlprevents the rear seat occupantfrom operating the Rear Seat Audio(RSA) system or remote control.

A lock symbol displays next to theclock display while the parentalcontrol feature is being used.The feature remains on until O ispressed and held for more thantwo seconds, or the driver turns theignition off and exits the vehicle.

4 (Information): Press to switchthe display between the radiostation frequency and the time.When the ignition is in the OFFposition, press 4 to display the time.For vehicles with XM, MP3, WMAor RDS features, press 4 to displayadditional text information relatedto the current FM-RDS or XMstation; or CD, MP3 or WMA song.If information is available duringXM, CD, MP3 or WMA playback,the song title information displayson the top line of the display andartist information displays on thebottom line. When information is notavailable, “NO INFO” is displayed.

Auto Text (Satellite Radio Service,CD, MP3, and WMA features): Ifadditional information is availablefor the current song being played,Auto Text will automaticallypage/scroll the information everyfive seconds above the FAVpresets on the radio display.

To activate Auto Text:

1. Press MENU to display the radiosetup menu.

2. Press the softkey under AUTOTXT tab on the radio display.

3. Press the softkey under theON tab on the radio display.

If 4 is pressed and the song titleor artist information is longer thanwhat can be displayed, the extrainformation will page everyfive seconds when Auto Textis activated.

Speed Compensated Volume(SCV): The Speed CompensatedVolume (SCV) feature automaticallyadjusts the radio volume tocompensate for road and windnoise as the vehicle speeds upor slows down, so that thevolume level is consistent.

Page 205: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-5

To activate SCV:

1. Set the radio volume.

2. Press the MENU button todisplay the radio setup menu.

3. Press the softkey under theAUTO VOLUM (automaticvolume) tab on the radio display.

4. Press the softkey under theSpeed Compensated Volumesetting (OFF, Low, Med, orHigh) to select the level ofradio volume compensation.Press the softkey located belowthe BACK tab on the MENUSETUP display or let the displaytime out after approximately10 seconds. Each higher settingallows for more radio volumecompensation at faster vehiclespeeds.

Setting the Tone(Bass/Midrange/Treble)

BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange,or Treble): To adjust bass,midrange, or treble:

1. Press f until the tone controltabs display.

2. Continue pressing f to highlightthe tab, or press the softkeyunder the tab.

3. To adjust the highlighted setting,do one of the following until thelevels are obtained.

. Turn f clockwise orcounterclockwise.

. Press\ FWD, ors REV.

If a station's frequency is weak or ifthere is static, decrease the treble.

To quickly adjust bass, midrange,or treble to the middle position,press the softkey under the BASS,

MID, or TREB tab for more thantwo seconds. A beep sounds andthe level adjusts to the middleposition.

To quickly adjust all tone andspeaker controls to the middleposition, press f for more thantwo seconds until a beep sounds.

EQ (Equalization): Press tochoose bass and treble equalizationsettings designed for different typesof music. The choices are pop, rock,country, talk, jazz, and classical.Selecting MANUAL or changingbass or treble, returns the EQ tothe manual bass and treble settings.

Unique EQ settings can be savedfor each source.

If the radio has a Bose® audiosystem, the EQ settings are eitherMANUAL or TALK.

Page 206: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-6 Infotainment System

Adjusting the Speakers(Balance/Fade)

BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade):To adjust the balance or fade:

1. Press f until the speaker controltabs display.

2. Continue pressing f to highlightthe tab, or press the softkeyunder the tab.

3. To adjust the highlighted setting,do one of the following until thelevels are obtained.

. Turn f clockwise orcounterclockwise.

. Press\ FWD, ors REV.

To quickly adjust balance or fadeto the middle position, press thesoftkey under the BAL or FADE tabfor more than two seconds. A beepsounds and the level adjusts to themiddle position.

To quickly adjust all speaker andtone controls to the middle position,press f for more than two secondsuntil a beep sounds.

Radios with CD and DVD fadedifferently depending on the DVDMedia type:. With DVD‐A 5.1 Surround

media, the left front and rightfront speakers fade rearward,leaving the center frontspeakers unaffected until thelast fade step, then all frontspeakers mute.

. With DVD‐V 5.1 Surroundmedia, surround sound ismaintained until Step 4 of theFade control is reached whilefading rearward. At that pointthe audio system outputchanges to Stereo to preventthe loss of Center channeloutput when the full rearwardfade position is reached.

If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) isturned on, the radio disables FADEand mutes the rear speakers.

Radio Messages

Calibration Error: The audiosystem has been calibratedfor the vehicle from the factory.If Calibration Error displays, itmeans that the radio has not beenconfigured properly for the vehicleand it must be returned to yourdealer for service.

Locked: This message displayswhen the TheftLock® system haslocked up the radio. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

If any error occurs repeatedly orif an error cannot be corrected,contact your dealer.

Page 207: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-7

Radio

AM-FM Radio

Radio Data System (RDS)

The Radio Data System (RDS)feature is available for use only onFM stations that broadcast RDSinformation. This system reliesupon receiving specific informationfrom these stations and only workswhen the information is available.While the radio is tuned to anFM-RDS station, the station nameor call letters display. In rare cases,a radio station could broadcastincorrect information that causes theradio features to work improperly.If this happens, contact the radiostation.

Finding a Station

BAND: Press to switch betweenAM, FM, or XM. The selectiondisplays.

f (Tune): Turn to select radiostations.

© SEEK ¨ : Press to go to theprevious or to the next station andstay there.

To scan stations, press andhold © or ¨ until a beep sounds.The radio goes to a station, playsfor a few seconds, then goes tothe next station. Press either arrowagain to stop scanning.

The radio only seeks and scansstations with a strong signal thatare in the selected band.

Storing a Radio Station as aFavorite

Drivers are encouraged to set uptheir radio station favorites whilethe vehicle is in P (Park). Tune tofavorite stations using the presets,favorites button, and steering wheelcontrols. See Steering WheelControls on page 5‑2.

FAV (Favorites): A maximum of36 stations can be programmedas favorites using the six softkeysbelow the radio station frequencytabs and by using the radio favoritespage button (FAV button). Pressto go through up to six pages offavorites, each having six favoritestations available per page. Eachpage of favorites can contain anycombination of AM, FM, or XMstations.

Page 208: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-8 Infotainment System

The balance/fade and tone settingsthat were previously adjusted, arestored with the favorite stations.

To store a station as a favorite:

1. Tune to the desired radio station.

2. Press FAV to display the page tostore the station.

3. Press and hold one of thesix softkeys until a beep sounds.When that softkey is pressedand released, the station thatwas set, returns.

4. Repeat the steps for each radiostation to be stored as a favorite.

To setup the number of favoritespages:

1. Press MENU to display the radiosetup menu.

2. Press the softkey below theFAV 1-6 tab.

3. Select the desired number offavorites pages by pressing thesoftkey below the displayedpage numbers.

4. Press FAV, or let the menu timeout, to return to the originalmain radio screen showingthe radio station frequency tabsand to begin the process ofprogramming favorites for thechosen amount of numberedpages.

Satellite Radio

XM™ Satellite Radio Service

XM is a satellite radio servicethat is based in the 48 contiguousUnited States and 10 Canadianprovinces. XM Satellite Radiohas a wide variety of programmingand commercial-free music,coast-to-coast, and in digital-qualitysound. A service fee is requiredto receive the XM service. If XMService needs to be reactivated, theradio will display “No SubscriptionPlease Renew” on channel XM1.For more information, contactXM at www.xmradio.com orcall 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.and www.xmradio.ca or call1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

Page 209: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-9

Finding a Station

BAND: Press to switch betweenAM, FM, or XM. The selectiondisplays.

f (Tune): Turn to select radiostations.

© SEEK ¨ : Press to go to theprevious or to the next station andstay there.

To scan stations, press and hold ©or ¨ until a beep sounds. The radiogoes to a station, plays for a fewseconds, then goes to the nextstation. Press either arrow againto stop scanning.

The radio only seeks and scansstations with a strong signal thatare in the selected band.

Finding a Category (CAT)Station

CAT (Category): The CAT button isused to find XM™ stations when theradio is in the XM mode. To find XMchannels within a desired category:

1. Press BAND until the XMfrequency displays.

2. Press CAT to display thecategory tabs.

3. Continue pressing CAT until thedesired category name displays.. Radios with CD and DVD

can also navigate thecategory list by pressings REV or\ FWD.

4. Press either of the two buttonsbelow the desired category tabto immediately tune to the firstXM station associated with thatcategory.

5. To go to the next or previousXM station within the selectedcategory, do one of thefollowing:

. Turn f.

. Press the buttons below theright or left arrows on thedisplay.

. Press either SEEK arrow.

6. To exit the category searchmode, press the FAV buttonor BAND button to displaythe favorites again.

Page 210: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-10 Infotainment System

Undesired XM categories can beremoved through the setup menu.To remove an undesired category,perform the following:

1. Press MENU to display the radiosetup menu.

2. Press the softkey below theXM CAT tab.

3. Turn f to display the category tobe removed.

4. Press the softkey under theRemove tab until the categoryname along with the wordRemoved displays.

5. Repeat the steps to removemore categories.

Removed categories can berestored by pressing the softkeyunder the Add tab when a removedcategory is displayed or by pressingthe softkey under the RestoreAll tab.

Categories cannot be removed oradded while the vehicle is movingfaster than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Storing a Radio Station as aFavorite

Drivers are encouraged to set uptheir radio station favorites whilethe vehicle is in P (Park). Tune tofavorite stations using the presets,favorites button, and steering wheelcontrols. See Steering WheelControls on page 5‑2.

FAV (Favorites): A maximum of36 stations can be programmedas favorites using the six softkeysbelow the radio station frequencytabs and by using the radio favoritespage button (FAV button). Pressto go through up to six pages offavorites, each having six favoritestations available per page. Eachpage of favorites can contain anycombination of AM, FM, or XMstations.

The balance/fade and tone settingsthat were previously adjusted, arestored with the favorite stations.

To store a station as a favorite:

1. Tune to the desired radio station.

2. Press FAV to display the page tostore the station.

3. Press and hold one of thesix softkeys until a beep sounds.When that softkey is pressedand released, the station thatwas set, returns.

4. Repeat the steps for each radiostation to be stored as a favorite.

Page 211: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-11

To setup the number of favoritespages:

1. Press MENU to display the radiosetup menu.

2. Press the softkey below theFAV 1-6 tab.

3. Select the desired number offavorites pages by pressing thesoftkey below the displayedpage numbers.

4. Press FAV, or let the menu timeout, to return to the originalmain radio screen showing theradio station frequency tabsand to begin the process ofprogramming favorites for thechosen amount of numberedpages.

XM™ Radio Messages

XL (Explicit LanguageChannels): These channels,or any others, can be blocked ata customer's request, by calling1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

XM Updating: The encryptioncode in the receiver is beingupdated, and no action is required.This process should take nolonger than 30 seconds.

No XM Signal: The system isfunctioning correctly, but the vehicleis in a location that is blocking theXM™ signal. When the vehicleis moved into an open area,the signal should return.

Loading XM: The audio system isacquiring and processing audio andtext data. No action is needed. Thismessage should disappear shortly.

Channel Off Air: This channel isnot currently in service. Tune in toanother channel.

Channel Unauth : This channel isblocked or cannot be received withyour XM Subscription package.

Channel Unavail: This previouslyassigned channel is no longerassigned. Tune to another station.If this station was one of thepresets, choose another stationfor that preset button.

No Artist Info: No artistinformation is available at thistime on this channel. The systemis working properly.

No Title Info: No song titleinformation is available at this timeon this channel. The system isworking properly.

No CAT Info: No categoryinformation is available at this timeon this channel. The system isworking properly.

Page 212: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-12 Infotainment System

No Information: No text orinformational messages areavailable at this time on thischannel. The system is workingproperly.

No Subscription Please Renew:XM subscription needs to bereactivated. Contact XM atwww.xmradio.com or call1-800-929-2100 in the U.S.and www.xmradio.ca or call1-877-438-9677 in Canada.

CAT Not Found: There are nochannels available for the selectedcategory. The system is workingproperly.

XM Theftlocked: The XM receiverin the vehicle could have previouslybeen in another vehicle. For securitypurposes, XM receivers cannot beswapped between vehicles. If thismessage is received after havingthe vehicle serviced, check withyour dealer.

XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,this message alternates with theXM™ Radio 8 digit radio ID label.This label is needed to activate theservice.

Unknown: If this message isreceived when tuned to channel 0,there could be a receiver fault.Consult with your dealer.

Check XM Receivr: If thismessage does not clear within ashort period of time, the receivercould have a fault. Consult withyour dealer.

XM Not Available: If this messagedoes not clear within a short periodof time, the receiver could have afault. Consult with your dealer.

Radio ReceptionFrequency interference and staticcan occur during normal radioreception if items such as cell phonechargers, vehicle convenienceaccessories, and external electronicdevices are plugged into theaccessory power outlet. If there isinterference or static, unplug theitem from the accessory poweroutlet.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although theradio has a built-in electronic circuitthat automatically works to reduceinterference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings orhills, causing the sound to fade inand out.

Page 213: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-13

AM

The range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interferewith each other. For better radioreception, most AM radio stationsboost the power levels during theday, and then reduce these levelsduring the night. Static can alsooccur when things like storms andpower lines interfere with radioreception. When this happens, tryreducing the treble on the radio.

XM™ Satellite Radio Service

XM Satellite Radio Servicegives digital radio reception fromcoast to coast in the 48 contiguousUnited States, and in Canada.

Just as with FM, tall buildings orhills can interfere with satellite radiosignals, causing the sound to fadein and out. In addition, travelingor standing under heavy foliage,bridges, garages, or tunnels maycause loss of the XM signal for aperiod of time.

Cellular Phone Usage

Cellular phone usage may causeinterference with the vehicle'sradio. This interference may occurwhen making or receiving phonecalls, charging the phone's battery,or simply having the phone on.This interference can cause anincreased level of static whilelistening to the radio. If static isreceived while listening to theradio, unplug the cellular phoneand turn it off.

Multi-Band AntennaThe multi-band antenna is locatedon the roof of the vehicle. This typeof antenna is used with the AM/FMradio, as well as OnStar® and theXM™ Satellite Radio ServiceSystem, if the vehicle has thesefeatures. Keep this antenna clearof snow and ice build up for clearradio reception. If the vehicle hasa sunroof, the performance of theradio system may be affected if thesunroof is open. Loading items ontothe roof of the vehicle can interferewith the performance of the radiosystem and, if the vehicle has thisfeature, OnStar®. Make sure themulti-band antenna is notobstructed.

Page 214: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-14 Infotainment System

Audio Players

CD Player

Playing a CD

Insert a CD partway into the slot,label side up. The player pulls it inand the CD should begin playing.

Z EJECT : Press and releaseto eject the disc that is currentlyplaying. A beep sounds andEjecting Disc displays. Oncethe disc is ejected, RemoveDisc displays. The disc can beremoved. If the disc is not removed,after several seconds, the discautomatically pulls back into theplayer.

f (Tune): Turn to select tracks onthe CD that is currently playing.

© SEEK ¨ : Press © to go to thestart of the current track, if morethan ten seconds on the CD haveplayed. Press ¨ to go to the nexttrack.

If either arrow is held, or pressedmultiple times, the player continuesmoving backward or forwardthrough the tracks on the CD.

s REV (Fast Reverse): Pressand hold to reverse playbackquickly within a track. Sound willbe heard at a reduced volume.Release to resume playing thetrack. The elapsed time of thetrack displays.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressand hold to advance playbackquickly within a track. Sound willbe heard at a reduced volume.Release to resume playing thetrack. The elapsed time of thetrack displays.

RDM (Random): CD tracks can belistened to in random, rather thansequential order with the randomsetting. To use random, press thesoftkey under the RDM label untilRandom Current Disc displays.Press the softkey again to turnoff random play.

BAND: Press to listen to the radiowhen a CD is playing. The CDremains inside the radio for futurelistening.

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press toselect between CD, or Auxiliary.. When a CD is in the player

the CD icon and a messageshowing the disc and/or tracknumber displays.

. If an auxiliary input device is notconnected, “No Input DeviceFound” displays.

Page 215: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-15

Care of CDs

If playing a CD-R, the sound qualitycan be reduced due to CD-R orCD-RW quality, the method ofrecording, the quality of the musicthat has been recorded, and theway the CD-R or CD-RW has beenhandled. Handle them carefully.Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in theiroriginal cases or other protectivecases and away from direct sunlightand dust. The CD player scans thebottom surface of the disc. If thesurface of a CD is damaged, suchas cracked, broken, or scratched,the CD does not play properly or notat all. Do not touch the bottom sideof a CD while handling it; this coulddamage the surface. Pick up CDsby grasping the outer edges or theedge of the hole and the outer edge.

If the surface of a CD is soiled, takea soft, lint free cloth or dampen aclean, soft cloth in a mild, neutraldetergent solution mixed with water,and clean it. Make sure the wipingprocess starts from the center tothe edge.

Care of the CD Player

Do not add any label to a CD, itcould get caught in the CD player.If a CD is recorded on a personalcomputer and a description label isneeded, try labeling the top of therecorded CD with a marking pen.

The use of CD lens cleaners forCDs is not advised.

Notice: If a label is added to aCD, more than one CD is insertedinto the slot at a time, or anattempt is made to play scratchedor damaged CDs, the CD playercould be damaged. While usingthe CD player, use only CDs ingood condition without any label,load one CD at a time, and keepthe CD player and the loading slotfree of foreign materials, liquids,and debris.

If an error displays, see “CDMessages” later in this section.

Playing an MP3/WMA CD-R orCD-RW Disc

The radio has the capability ofplaying an MP3/WMA CD-R orCD-RW disc. For more informationon how to play an MP3/WMA CD-Ror CD-RW disc, see MP3 (Radioswith CD/USB) on page 7‑24 orMP3 (Radios with CD/DVD) onpage 7‑30.

CD Messages

CHECK DISC: Radios with aSingle CD player display CHECKDISC and/or ejects the CD if anerror occurs.

Optical Error: The disc wasinserted upside down.

Disk Read Error: A disc wasinserted with an invalid or unknownformat.

Page 216: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-16 Infotainment System

Player Error: There are disc LOADor disc EJECT problems.. It is very hot. When the

temperature returns to normal,the CD should play.

. The road is very rough. Whenthe road becomes smoother,the CD should play.

. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,or upside down.

. The air is very humid. If so, waitabout an hour and try again.

. There could have been aproblem while burning the CD.

. The label could be caught in theCD player.

If the CD is not playing correctlyfor any other reason, try a knowngood CD.

If any error occurs repeatedly orif an error cannot be corrected,contact your dealer. If the radiodisplays an error message, write itdown and provide it to your dealerwhen reporting the problem.

CD/DVD Player

Playing a CD (In Either theDVD or CD Slot)

Insert a CD partway into the slot,label side up. The player pulls it inand the CD should begin playing(loading a disc into the system,depending on media type andformat ranges from 5 to 20 secondsfor a CD, and up to 30 secondsfor a DVD to begin playing).

If the ignition or radio is turned off,while a CD is in the player, it staysin the player. When the ignition orradio is turned on, the CD startsplaying where it stopped, if it wasthe last selected audio source.The CD is controlled by the buttonson the radio faceplate or by the RSAunit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA)System on page 7‑48 for moreinformation. The DVD/CD decks,(upper slot is the DVD deck andthe lower slot is the CD deck) ofthe radio are compatible with mostaudio CDs, CD-R, CD-RW, andMP3/WMAs.

When a CD is inserted, the textlabel DVD or CD symbol displayson the left side of the radio display.As each new track starts to play,the track number displays.

Z CD (Eject): Press and releaseto eject the disc that is currentlyplaying. The disc ejects from thebottom slot. A beep sounds andEjecting Disc displays. Oncethe disc is ejected, RemoveDisc displays. The disc can beremoved. If the disc is not removed,after several seconds, the discautomatically pulls back into theplayer.

Z DVD (Eject): Press andrelease to eject the disc that iscurrently playing in the top slot.A beep sounds and Ejecting Discdisplays.

If loading and reading of a disccannot be completed, and thedisc fails to eject, press andholdZ DVD for more thanfive seconds to force the discto eject.

Page 217: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-17

f (Tune): Turn to select tracks onthe CD that is currently playing.

© SEEK ¨ : Press © to go to thestart of the current track if the trackhas played more than five seconds.If the track has played less thanfive seconds the previous trackwill play.

Press ¨ to go to the next track.

If either arrow is held, or pressedmultiple times, the player continuesmoving backward or forwardthrough the tracks on the CD.

s REV (Fast Reverse): Pressand hold to reverse playbackquickly within a track. Sound willbe heard at a reduced volume.Release to resume playing thetrack. The elapsed time of thetrack displays.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressand hold to advance playbackquickly within a track. Sound will beheard at a reduced volume. Releaseto resume playing the track. Theelapsed time of the track displays.

RDM (Random): CD tracks can belistened to in random, rather thansequential order with the randomsetting. To use random, press thesoftkey under the RDM tab untilRandom Current Disc displays.Press the softkey again to turnoff random play.

BAND: Press to listen to the radiowhen a CD or DVD is playing.The CD or DVD remains insidethe radio for future listening orfor viewing entertainment.

DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Pressto select between DVD, CD,or Auxiliary.. If an auxiliary input device is

not connected, “No Aux InputDevice” displays.

. When a disc is in either slot, theDVD/CD text tab and a messageshowing the track or chapternumber displays.

. If an auxiliary input device is notconnected, and a disc is in boththe DVD slot and the CD slot theDVD/CD AUX button only cyclesbetween the two sources anddoes not indicate “No Aux InputDevice”.

. If a front auxiliary input deviceis connected, the DVD/CD AUXbutton cycles through allavailable options.

If a disc is inserted into the top DVDslot, the rear seat operator can turnon the video screen and use theremote control to only navigatethe CD tracks through the remotecontrol.

See “Using the Auxiliary InputJack(s)” later in this section,or “Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks” under,Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)System on page 7‑39 for moreinformation.

Page 218: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-18 Infotainment System

Care of CDs and DVDs

If playing a CD-R, the sound qualitycan be reduced due to CD-R orCD-RW quality, the method ofrecording, the quality of the musicthat has been recorded, and theway the CD-R or CD-RW has beenhandled. Handle them carefully.Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in theiroriginal cases or other protectivecases and away from direct sunlightand dust. The CD or DVD playerscans the bottom surface of thedisc. If the surface of a CD isdamaged, such as cracked, broken,or scratched, the CD does not playproperly or not at all. Do not touchthe bottom side of a CD whilehandling it; this could damage thesurface. Pick up CDs by graspingthe outer edges or the edge of thehole and the outer edge.

If the surface of a CD is soiled, takea soft, lint free cloth or dampen aclean, soft cloth in a mild, neutraldetergent solution mixed with water,and clean it. Make sure the wipingprocess starts from the center tothe edge.

Care of the CD and DVD Player

Do not add any label to a CD, itcould get caught in the CD or DVDplayer. If a CD is recorded on apersonal computer and a descriptionlabel is needed, try labeling thetop of the recorded CD with amarking pen.

The use of CD lens cleaners forCDs is not advised.

Notice: If a label is added to aCD, more than one CD is insertedinto the slot at a time, or anattempt is made to play scratchedor damaged CDs, the CD playercould be damaged. While usingthe CD player, use only CDs ingood condition without any label,load one CD at a time, and keepthe CD player and the loading slotfree of foreign materials, liquids,and debris.

If an error displays, see “CDMessages” later in this section.

Page 219: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-19

Radios with CD and DVDAudio Output

Only one audio source can be heardthrough the speakers at one time.An audio source is defined asDVD slot, CD slot, XM, FM/AM,Front Auxiliary Jack, or RearAuxiliary Jack.

Press O to turn the radio on.The radio can be heard throughall of the vehicle speakers.

Front seat passengers can listento the radio (AM, FM, or XM) bypressing BAND or DVD/CD AUX toselect the CD slot, DVD slot, frontor rear auxiliary input (if available).

If a playback device is plugged intothe radio’s front auxiliary input jackor the rear auxiliary jack, the frontseat passengers are able to listento playback from this source throughthe vehicle speakers. See “Usingthe Auxiliary Input Jack(s)” laterin this section, or “Audio/Video(A/V) Jacks” under, Rear SeatEntertainment (RSE) System onpage 7‑39 for more information.

In some vehicles, depending onaudio options, the rear speakerscan be muted when the RSA poweris turned on. See Rear Seat Audio(RSA) System on page 7‑48 formore information.

Playing an MP3/WMA CD-R orCD-RW Disc

The radio has the capability ofplaying an MP3/WMA CD-R orCD-RW disc. For more informationon how to play an MP3/WMA CD-Ror CD-RW disc, see MP3 (Radioswith CD/USB) on page 7‑24 orMP3 (Radios with CD/DVD) onpage 7‑30.

CD Messages

Optical Error: The disc wasinserted upside down.

Disk Read Error: A disc wasinserted with an invalid or unknownformat.

Page 220: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-20 Infotainment System

Player Error: There are disc LOADor disc EJECT problems.. It is very hot. When the

temperature returns to normal,the CD should play.

. The road is very rough. Whenthe road becomes smoother,the CD should play.

. The CD is dirty, scratched,wet, or upside down.

. The air is very humid. If so, waitabout an hour and try again.

. There could have been aproblem while burning the CD.

. The label could be caught in theCD player.

If the CD is not playing correctlyfor any other reason, try a knowngood CD.

If any error occurs repeatedlyor if an error cannot be corrected,contact your dealer. If the radiodisplays an error message, write itdown and provide it to your dealerwhen reporting the problem.

Using the DVD Player

The DVD player can be controlledby the buttons on the remotecontrol, the RSA system, or bythe buttons on the radio faceplate.See “Remote Control”, under RearSeat Entertainment (RSE) Systemon page 7‑39 and Rear Seat Audio(RSA) System on page 7‑48 formore information.

The DVD player is only compatiblewith DVDs of the appropriate regioncode that is printed on the jacket ofmost DVDs.

The DVD slot of the radio iscompatible with most audioCDs, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-Video,DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW,DVD+R/RW media alongwith MP3 and WMA formats.

If an error message displayson the video screen or the radio,see “DVD Display Error Messages”under, Rear Seat Entertainment(RSE) System on page 7‑39 and“DVD Radio Error Messages” inthis section for more information.

Playing a DVD

f (Tune): Turn to change tracks ona CD or DVD, to manually tune aradio station, or to change clockor date settings, while in the clockor date setting mode. See theinformation given earlier in thissection specific to the radio, CD,and the DVD. Also, see “Settingthe Clock” in the index, for settingthe clock and date.

© SEEK (Previous Track/Chapter): Press to return to thestart of the current track or chapter.Press © again to go to the previoustrack or chapter. This button maynot work when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

SEEK ¨ (Next Track/Chapter):Press to go to the next track orchapter. This button may not workwhen the DVD is playing thecopyright information or thepreviews.

Page 221: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-21

s REV (Fast Reverse): Pressto quickly reverse the DVD atfive times the normal speed.The radio displays the elapsedtime while in fast reverse.To stop fast reversing, press again.This button may not work whenthe DVD is playing the copyrightinformation or the previews.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressto fast forward the DVD. The radiodisplays the elapsed time and fastforwards five times the normalspeed. To stop fast forwarding,press again. This button may notwork when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

Z (Eject): Press to eject a DVD.If the DVD is ejected, but notremoved, the player automaticallypulls it back in after 15 seconds.

If loading and reading of a DVDcannot be completed, becauseof an unknown format, etc., and thedisc fails to eject, press and hold formore than five seconds to force thedisc to eject.

DVD-V (Video) Display Buttons

Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radiodisplay menu shows several icons.Press the softkeys under any iconduring DVD playback. See the iconlist below for more information.

The rear seat passenger cannavigate the DVD-V menus andcontrols through the remote control.See “Remote Control”, under RearSeat Entertainment (RSE) Systemon page 7‑39 for more information.The Video Screen automaticallyturns on when the DVD-V isinserted into the DVD slot.

r / j (Play/Pause): Press eitherthe play or pause icon displayed onthe radio system, to toggle betweenpausing or restarting playback ofa DVD.. If the forward arrow is showing

on display, the system is inpause mode.

. If the pause icon is showingon display, the system is inplayback mode.

. If the DVD screen is off, pressthe play button to turn thescreen on.

Some DVDs begin playing afterthe previews have finished,although there could be a delayof up to 30 seconds. If the DVDdoes not begin playing the movieautomatically, press the softkeyunder the play/pause icon displayedon the radio. If the DVD still doesnot play, refer to the on-screeninstructions, if available.

Page 222: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-22 Infotainment System

c (Stop): Press to stop playing,rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD.

r (Enter): Press to select thechoices that are highlighted inany menu.

y (Menu): Press to access theDVD menu. The DVD menu isdifferent on every DVD. Use thesoftkeys under the navigationarrows to navigate the cursorthrough the DVD menu. Aftermaking a selection press thisbutton. This button only operateswhen using a DVD.

Nav (Navigate): Press to displaydirectional arrows for navigatingthrough the menus.

q (Return): Press to exit thecurrent active menu and return tothe previous menu. This buttonoperates only when a DVD isplaying and a menu is active.

DVD-A (Audio) Display Buttons

Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radiodisplay menu shows several icons.Press the softkeys under any iconduring DVD playback. See the iconlist below for more information.

The rear seat operator cannavigate the DVD-A menus andcontrols through the remote control.See “Remote Control”, underRear Seat Entertainment (RSE)System on page 7‑39 for moreinformation. The Video Screen doesnot automatically power on whenthe DVD-A is inserted into the DVDslot. It must be manually turned onby the rear seat occupant throughthe remote control power button.

r / j (Play/Pause): Press eitherthe play or pause icon displayed onthe radio system, to toggle betweenpausing or restarting playback ofa DVD.. If the forward arrow is showing

on display, the system is inpause mode.

. If the pause icon is showingon display, the system is inplayback mode.

q Group r : Press to cyclethrough musical groupings onthe DVD-A disc.

Nav (Navigate): Press to displaydirectional arrows for navigatingthrough the menus.

e (Audio Stream): Press tocycle through audio streamformats located on the DVD-A disc.The video screen shows the audiostream changing.

Page 223: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-23

Inserting a Disc

To play a disc, gently insert thedisc, with the label side up, into theloading slot. The DVD player mightnot accept some paper labeledmedia. The player starts loadingthe disc into the system and shows“Loading Disc” on the radio display.At the same time, the radio displaysa softkey menu of option(s). Somediscs automatically play the moviewhile others default to the softkeymenu display, which requires thePlay, Enter, or Navigation softkeysto be pressed; either by the softkeyon the radio or by the rear seatpassenger using the remote control.

It may take up to 30 seconds for aDVD to begin playing.

Stopping and Resuming Playback

To stop playing a DVD withoutturning off the system, do one ofthe following:

. Press c on the remote control.

. Press the softkey under thestop or the play/pause iconsdisplayed on the radio.

. If the radio head is sourced tosomething other than DVD-V,press the DVD/CD AUX buttonto make DVD-V the activesource.

To resume DVD playback, do one ofthe following:

. Press r / j on the remotecontrol.

. Press the softkey under theplay/pause icon displayed onthe radio.

The DVD should resume play fromwhere it last stopped if the dischas not been ejected and the stopbutton has not been pressed twiceon the remote control. If the dischas been ejected or the stop buttonhas been pressed twice on theremote control, the disc resumesplaying at the beginning of the disc.

Ejecting a Disc

PressZ DVD on the radio to ejectthe disc. If a disc is ejected from theradio, but not removed, the radioreloads the disc after a short periodof time. The disc is stored in theradio. The radio does not resumeplay of the disc automatically.If the movie is reloaded and theRSA system is sourced to theDVD, the player begins to playagain. If loading and reading aDVD or CD cannot be completed,and the disc fails to eject, pressand holdZ DVD for more thanfive seconds to force the disc toeject.

Page 224: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-24 Infotainment System

DVD Error Messages

Player Error: This messagedisplays when there are disc loador eject problems.

Disc Format Error: This messagedisplays, if the disc is inserted withthe disc label wrong side up, or ifthe disc is damaged.

Disc Region Error: This messagedisplays, if the disc is not from acorrect region.

No Disc Inserted: This messagedisplays, if no disc is present whenZ DVD or DVD/CD AUX ispressed on the radio.

MP3 (Radios withCD/USB)

Format

Radios that have the capabilityof playing MP3s can play .mp3or .wma files that were recordedonto a CD-R or CD-RW disc.The files can be recorded with thefollowing fixed bit rates: 32 kbps,40 kbps, 56 kbps, 64 kbps, 80 kbps,96 kbps, 112 kbps, 128 kbps,160 kbps, 192 kbps, 224 kbps,256 kbps, and 320 kbps or avariable bit rate.

Radios that have a USB port canplay .mp3 and .wma files that arestored on a USB storage device aswell as AAC files that are stored onan iPod®.

Compressed Audio or Mixed ModeDiscs

The radio can play discs thatcontain both uncompressed CDaudio and MP3/WMA files. If bothformats are on the disc, the radioplays both file formats in the orderin which they were recorded tothe disc.

CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported Fileand Folder Structure

The radio supports:. Up to 50 folders.. Up to 8 folders in depth.. Up to 15 playlists.. Up to 512 files and folders.. Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl

extension.. Files with an .mp3, .wma,

or .cda file extension.

Page 225: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (25,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-25

USB Supported File and FolderStructure

The radio supports:. Up to 700 folders.. Up to 8 folders in depth.. Up to 65,535 files.. Folder and file names up to

64 bytes.. Files with an .mp3 or .wma file

extension.. AAC files stored on an iPod.. FAT16. FAT32

Root Directory

The root directory of the disc istreated as a folder. If the rootdirectory has compressed audiofiles, the directory displays on theradio as the CD label.

If a disc contains bothuncompressed CD audio andMP3/WMA files, a folder underthe root directory called CDaccesses all of the CD audiotracks on the disc.

Empty Folder

Folders that do not contain files areskipped, and the player advances tothe next folder that contains files.

Order of Play

Compressed audio files areaccessed in the following order:. Playlists (Px).. Files stored in the root directory.. Files stored in folders in the root

directory.

Tracks are played in the followingorder:. Play begins from the first track

in the first playlist and continuessequentially through all tracksin each playlist. When the lasttrack of the last playlist hasplayed, play continues from thefirst track of the first playlist.

. Play begins from the first trackin the first folder and continuessequentially through all tracks ineach folder. When the last trackof the last folder has played,play continues from the firsttrack of the first folder.

When play enters a new folder, thedisplay does not automatically showthe new folder name unless thefolder mode has been chosen asthe default display. The new trackname displays.

Page 226: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (26,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-26 Infotainment System

File System and Naming

The song name that displays is thesong name that is contained in theID3 tag. If the song name is notpresent in the ID3 tag, then theradio displays the file name withoutthe extension (such as .mp3) asthe track name.

Track names longer than32 characters or four pages areshortened. Parts of words on thelast page of text and the extensionof the filename does not display.

Preprogrammed Playlists

Preprogrammed playlists thatwere created using WinAmp™,MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™software can be accessed, however,they cannot be edited using theradio. These playlists are treatedas special folders containingcompressed audio song files.

Playlists that have an .m3u or .plsfile extension and are stored on aUSB device may be supported bythe radio with a USB port.

Playing a CD-R or CD-RW MP3

f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMAfiles.

© SEEK: Press to go to the start ofthe track, if more than ten secondshave played. Press and hold orpress multiple times to continuemoving backward through tracks.

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the nexttrack. Press and hold or pressmultiple times to continue movingforward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse): Press and holdto reverse playback quickly. Soundis heard at a reduced volume andthe elapsed time of the file displays.Releases REV to resume playing.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressand hold to advance playbackquickly. Sound is heard at a reducedvolume and the elapsed time of thefile displays. Release\ FWD toresume playing. The elapsed timeof the file displays.

Sc (Previous Folder): Pressthe softkey below Sc to go tothe first track in the previous folder.

c T (Next Folder): Press thesoftkey belowc T to go to thefirst track in the next folder.

RDM (Random): Files on the disccan be listened to in random, ratherthan sequential order. To userandom, press the softkey under theRDM tab until Random Current Discdisplays to play songs in randomorder. Press the same softkey againto turn off random play.

h (Music Navigator): Press thesoftkey belowh to play files inorder by artist or album.

The player scans the disc to sort thefiles by artist and album ID3 taginformation. It can take severalminutes to scan the disc dependingon the number of files on the disc.The radio may begin playing whileit is scanning in the background.

Page 227: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (27,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-27

When the scan is finished, the discbegins playing files in order byartist. The current artist playing isshown on the second line of thedisplay. Once all songs by that artistare played, the player moves to thenext artist in alphabetical order andbegins playing files by that artist.

To listen to files by another artist,press the softkey located beloweither arrow tab. The disc goesto the next or previous artist inalphabetical order. Continuepressing either softkey below thearrow tab until the artist displays.

To change from playback by artist toplayback by album:

1. Press the softkey located belowthe Sort By tab.

2. Press one of the softkeys belowthe album tab from the sortscreen.

3. Press the softkey below theback tab to return to the mainmusic navigator screen.

The album name displays on thesecond line between the arrowsand songs from the current albumbegins to play. Once all songsfrom that album have played, theplayer moves to the next album inalphabetical order on the CD andbegins playing MP3 files from thatalbum.

To exit music navigator mode, pressthe softkey below the Back tab toreturn to normal MP3 playback.

Connecting a USB StorageDevice or iPod®

A. USB Port

To connect a USB storage device,connect the device to the USB portlocated in the instrument panelstorage area. See InstrumentPanel Storage on page 4‑1 formore information.

The USB Port can be used tocontrol an iPod or a USB storagedevice.

Page 228: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (28,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-28 Infotainment System

To connect an iPod, connect oneend of the USB cable that camewith the iPod to the iPod’s dockconnector and connect the otherend to the USB port located in thecenter console. If the vehicle is onand the USB connection works,“OK to disconnect” and a GM logomay appear on the iPod and iPodappears on the radio's display.The iPod music appears on theradio’s display and begins playing.

The iPod charges while it isconnected to the vehicle if thevehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN position. When thevehicle is turned off, the iPodautomatically powers off andwill not charge or draw powerfrom the vehicle's battery.

If you have an older iPod model thatis not supported, it can still be usedby connecting it to the AuxiliaryInput Jack using a standard 3.5 mm(1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using theAuxiliary Input Jack” earlier for moreinformation.

Using the Radio to Control aUSB Storage Device or iPod

The radio can control a USBstorage device or an iPod usingthe radio buttons and knobs anddisplay song information on theradio’s display.

f (Tune): Turn to select files.

© SEEK: Press to go to the start ofthe track, if more than ten secondshave played. Press and hold orpress multiple times to continuemoving backward through tracks.

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the nexttrack. Press and hold or pressmultiple times to continue movingforward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse): Press and holdto reverse playback quickly. Soundis heard at a reduced volume.Releases REV to resume playing.The elapsed time of the filedisplays.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressand hold to advance playbackquickly. Sound is heard at areduced volume. Release\ FWDto resume playing. The elapsed timeof the file displays.

4 (Information): Press to displayadditional information about theselected track.

Using Softkeys to Control aUSB Storage Device or iPod

The five softkeys below the radiodisplay are used to control thefunctions listed below.

To use the softkeys:

1. Press the first or fifth softkeybelow the radio display todisplay the functions listedbelow, or press the softkeybelow the function if it iscurrently displayed.

2. Press the softkey below the tabwith the function on it to use thatfunction.

Page 229: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (29,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-29

j (Pause): Press the softkeybelow j to pause the track.The tab appears raised when pauseis being used. Press the softkeybelow j again to resume playback.

Back: Press the softkey below theback tab to go back to the maindisplay screen on an iPod, or theroot directory on a USB storagedevice.

c (Folder View): Press thesoftkey belowc to view thecontents of the current folder onthe USB drive. To browse andselect files:

1. Press the softkey belowc.

2. Turn f to scroll through the listof folders.

3. Press f to select the folder.If there is more than one folder,repeat Steps 1 and 2 until thefolder is reached.

4. Turn f to scroll through the filesin the selected folder.

5. Press f to select the file to beplayed.

To skip through large lists, the fivesoftkeys can be used to navigate inthe following order:. First softkey, first item in the list.. Second softkey, 1% through

the list each time the softkey ispressed.

. Third softkey, 5% through the listeach time the softkey is pressed.

. Fourth softkey, 10% throughthe list each time the softkey ispressed.

. Fifth softkey, end of the list.

h (Music Navigator): Pressthe softkey belowh to view andselect a file on an iPod, using theiPod's menu system. Files aresorted by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Genres. Songs. Composers

To select files:

1. Press the softkey belowh.

2. Turn f to scroll through the listof menus.

3. Press f to select the menu.

4. Turn f to scroll throughthe folders or files in theselected menu.

5. Press f to select the file to beplayed.

Page 230: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (30,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-30 Infotainment System

To skip through large lists, the fivesoftkeys can be used to navigate inthe following order:. First softkey, first item in the list.. Second softkey, 1% through

the list each time the softkey ispressed.

. Third softkey, 5% through the listeach time the softkey is pressed.

. Fourth softkey, 10% throughthe list each time the softkeyis pressed.

. Fifth softkey, end of the list.

Repeat Functionality

To use Repeat:

Press the softkey below" or'to select between Repeat All andRepeat Track.

" (Repeat All): Press the softkeybelow" to repeat all tracks.The tab appears lowered whenRepeat All is being used. This is thedefault mode when a USB storagedevice or iPod is first connected.

' (Repeat Track): Press thesoftkey below' to repeat onetrack. The tab appears raisedwhen Repeat Track is being used.

Shuffle Functionality

To use Shuffle:

Press the softkey below>,2,< or= to select betweenShuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album,or Shuffle Folder.

> (Shuffle Off): This is thedefault mode when a USB storagedevice or iPod is first connected.

2 (Shuffle All Songs / ShuffleSongs): Shuffles all songs on theUSB storage device or iPod.

< (Shuffle Album): Shufflesall songs in the current album onan iPod.

= (Shuffle Folder): Shuffles allsongs in the current folder on a USBstorage device.

MP3 (Radioswith CD/DVD)

Format

The radio can play .mp3 or.wma files that were recordedonto a CD-R or CD-RW disc.

The USB port can play .mp3 and.wma files that are stored on a USBstorage device as well as AAC filesthat are stored on an iPod®.

Compressed Audio or MixedMode Discs

The radio plays discs that containboth uncompressed CD audio andMP3/WMA files depending on whichslot the disc is loaded into.

The DVD Player only readsuncompressed audio and ignoresMP3/WMA files on a mixedmode disc.

Page 231: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (31,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-31

The CD Player reads bothuncompressed audio andMP3/WMA files on a mixedmode disc. Uncompressed audiois played before MP3/WMA files.Press the CAT (category) buttonto toggle between uncompressedaudio and MP3/WMA files.

CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported Fileand Folder Structure

The DVD Player supports:. Up to 255 folders.. Up to 8 folders in depth.. Up to 15 playlists.. Up to 40 sessions.. Playlists with an .m3u or

.wpl extension.. Files with an .mp3, .wma, or

.cda file extension.

The CD Player supports:. Up to 512 files and folders.. Up to 8 folders in depth.. Playlists with an .m3u or

.wpl extension.. Files with an .mp3, .wma, or

.cda file extension.

USB Supported File and FolderStructure

The radio supports:. Up to 700 folders.. Up to 8 folders in depth.. Up to 65,535 files.. Folder and file names up to

64 bytes.. Files with an .mp3 or .wma file

extension.. AAC files stored on an iPod.. FAT16. FAT32

Root Directory

The root directory of the disc istreated as a folder. If the rootdirectory has compressed audiofiles, the directory displays asF1 ROOT on the radio.

If a disc contains bothuncompressed CD audio andMP3/WMA files, a folder underthe root directory called CDaccesses all of the CD audiotracks on the disc.

Empty Folder

Folders that do not contain files areskipped, and the player advances tothe next folder that contains files.

No Folder

When the disc contains onlycompressed files, the files arelocated under the root folder.

Page 232: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (32,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-32 Infotainment System

The next and previous folderfunction does not function on adisc that was recorded withoutfolders or playlists. When displayingthe name of the folder the radiodisplays ROOT.

When the disc contains onlyplaylists and compressed audiofiles, but no folders, all files arelocated under the root folder.The folder down and the folder upbuttons search playlists first andthen goes to the root folder. Whenthe radio displays the name of thefolder the radio displays ROOT.

Order of Play

Compressed audio files areaccessed in the following order:. Playlists.. Files stored in the root directory.. Files stored in folders in the root

directory.

Tracks are played in the followingorder:. Play begins from the first track

in the first playlist and continuessequentially through all tracksin each playlist. When the lasttrack of the last playlist hasplayed, play continues from thefirst track of the first playlist.

. Play begins from the first trackin the first folder and continuessequentially through all tracks ineach folder. When the last trackof the last folder has played,play continues from the firsttrack of the first folder.

When play enters a new folder, thedisplay does not automatically showthe new folder name unless thefolder mode has been chosen asthe default display. The new trackname displays.

File System and Naming

The song name that displays is thesong name that is contained in theID3 tag. If the song name is notpresent in the ID3 tag, then theradio displays the file name withoutthe extension (such as .mp3) asthe track name.

Track names longer than32 characters or four pages areshortened. Parts of words on thelast page of text and the extensionof the filename does not display.

Preprogrammed Playlists

Preprogrammed playlists thatwere created using WinAmp™,MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™software can be accessed, however,they cannot be edited using theradio. These playlists are treatedas special folders containingcompressed audio song files.

Playlists that have an .m3u or.pls file extension and are storedon a USB device may be supportedby the radio with a USB port.

Page 233: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (33,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-33

Playing an MP3/WMA FileFrom a Disc (In Either the DVDor CD Slot)

If a disc is inserted into the top DVDslot, the rear seat operator can turnon the video screen and use theremote control to navigate theCD (tracks only).

f (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMAfiles.

© SEEK: Press to go to thestart of the track, if more thanfive seconds have played. Pressto go to the previous track if lessthan five seconds have played.Press and hold or press multipletimes to continue moving backwardthrough tracks.

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the nexttrack. Press and hold or pressmultiple times to continue movingforward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse): Press and holdto reverse playback quickly. Soundis heard at a reduced volume andthe elapsed time of the file displays.Releases REV to resume playing.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressand hold to advance playbackquickly. Sound is heard at a reducedvolume and the elapsed time of thefile displays. Release\ FWD toresume playing. The elapsed timeof the file displays.

Sc (Previous Folder): Pressthe softkey below Sc to go to thefirst track in the previous folder.

c T (Next Folder): Press thesoftkey belowc T to go to thefirst track in the next folder.

RDM (Random): Files on thedisc can be listened to in random,rather than sequential order. To userandom, press the softkey under theRDM tab until Random Current Disc

displays to play songs in randomorder. Press the same softkey againto turn off random play.

h (Music Navigator): Press thesoftkey belowh to play files inorder by artist or album.

The player scans the disc to sortthe files by artist and album ID3 taginformation. It can take severalminutes to scan the disc dependingon the number of files on the disc.The radio may begin playing whileit is scanning in the background.

When the scan is finished, the discbegins playing files in order byartist. The current artist playing isshown on the second line of thedisplay. Once all songs by that artistare played, the player moves to thenext artist in alphabetical order andbegins playing files by that artist.

To listen to files by another artist,press the softkey located beloweither arrow tab. The disc goes tothe next or previous artist in

Page 234: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (34,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-34 Infotainment System

alphabetical order. Continuepressing either softkey below thearrow tab until the artist displays.

To change from playback by artist toplayback by album:

1. Press the softkey located belowthe Sort By tab.

2. Press one of the softkeys belowthe album tab from the sortscreen.

3. Press the softkey below theback tab to return to the mainmusic navigator screen.

The album name displays on thesecond line between the arrowsand songs from the current albumbegins to play. Once all songsfrom that album have played, theplayer moves to the next album inalphabetical order on the CD andbegins playing MP3 files from thatalbum.

To exit music navigator mode, pressthe softkey below the Back tab toreturn to normal MP3 playback.

Connecting a USB StorageDevice or iPod®

A. USB Port

To connect a USB storage device,connect the device to the USB portlocated in the instrument panelstorage area. See Instrument PanelStorage on page 4‑1 for moreinformation.

The USB Port can be used tocontrol an iPod or a USB storagedevice.

To connect an iPod, connect oneend of the USB cable that camewith the iPod to the iPod’s dockconnector and connect the otherend to the USB port located in thecenter console. If the vehicle is onand the USB connection works,“OK to disconnect” and a GM logomay appear on the iPod and iPodappears on the radio's display.The iPod music appears on theradio’s display and begins playing.

The iPod charges while it isconnected to the vehicle if thevehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORYor ON/RUN position. When thevehicle is turned off, the iPodautomatically powers off andwill not charge or draw powerfrom the vehicle's battery.

If you have an older iPod model thatis not supported, it can still be usedby connecting it to the AuxiliaryInput Jack using a standard 3.5 mm(1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using theAuxiliary Input Jack” earlier for moreinformation.

Page 235: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (35,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-35

Using the Radio to Control aUSB Storage Device or iPod

The radio can control a USBstorage device or an iPod usingthe radio buttons and knobs anddisplay song information on theradio’s display.

f (Tune): Turn to select files.

© SEEK: Press to go to the start ofthe track, if more than ten secondshave played. Press and hold orpress multiple times to continuemoving backward through tracks.

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the nexttrack. Press and hold or pressmultiple times to continue movingforward through tracks.

s REV (Reverse): Press and holdto reverse playback quickly. Soundis heard at a reduced volume.Releases REV to resume playing.The elapsed time of the filedisplays.

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Pressand hold to advance playbackquickly. Sound is heard at areduced volume. Release\ FWDto resume playing. The elapsedtime of the file displays.

4 (Information): Press to displayadditional information about theselected track.

Using Softkeys to Control aUSB Storage Device or iPod

The five softkeys below the radiodisplay are used to control thefunctions listed below.

To use the softkeys:

1. Press the first or fifth softkeybelow the radio display todisplay the functions listedbelow, or press the softkeybelow the function if it iscurrently displayed.

2. Press the softkey below the tabwith the function on it to use thatfunction.

j (Pause): Press the softkeybelow j to pause the track.The tab appears raised when pauseis being used. Press the softkeybelow j again to resume playback.

Back: Press the softkey below theback tab to go back to the maindisplay screen on an iPod, or theroot directory on a USB storagedevice.

c (Folder View): Press thesoftkey belowc to view thecontents of the current folder onthe USB drive. To browse andselect files:

1. Press the softkey belowc.

2. Turn f to scroll through the listof folders.

3. Press f to select the folder.If there is more than one folder,repeat Steps 1 and 2 until thefolder is reached.

Page 236: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (36,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-36 Infotainment System

4. Turn f to scroll through the filesin the selected folder.

5. Press f to select the file to beplayed.

To skip through large lists, the fivesoftkeys can be used to navigate inthe following order:. First softkey, first item in the list.. Second softkey, 1% through the

list each time the softkey ispressed.

. Third softkey, 5% through the listeach time the softkey is pressed.

. Fourth softkey, 10% through thelist each time the softkey ispressed.

. Fifth softkey, end of the list.

h (Music Navigator): Press thesoftkey belowh to view andselect a file on an iPod, using theiPod's menu system. Files aresorted by:. Playlists. Artists. Albums. Genres. Songs. Composers

To select files:

1. Press the softkey belowh.

2. Turn f to scroll through the listof menus.

3. Press f to select the menu.

4. Turn f to scroll throughthe folders or files in theselected menu.

5. Press f to select the file to beplayed.

To skip through large lists, the fivesoftkeys can be used to navigate inthe following order:. First softkey, first item in the list.. Second softkey, 1% through

the list each time the softkey ispressed.

. Third softkey, 5% through the listeach time the softkey is pressed.

. Fourth softkey, 10% throughthe list each time the softkey ispressed.

. Fifth softkey, end of the list.

Page 237: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (37,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-37

Repeat Functionality

To use Repeat:

Press the softkey below" or'to select between Repeat All andRepeat Track.

" (Repeat All): Press the softkeybelow" to repeat all tracks.The tab appears lowered whenRepeat All is being used. This is thedefault mode when a USB storagedevice or iPod is first connected.

' (Repeat Track): Press thesoftkey below' to repeat onetrack. The tab appears raised whenRepeat Track is being used.

Shuffle Functionality

To use Shuffle:

Press the softkey below>,2,< or= to select betweenShuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album,or Shuffle Folder.

> (Shuffle Off): This is thedefault mode when a USB storagedevice or iPod is first connected.

2 (Shuffle All Songs / ShuffleSongs): Shuffles all songs on theUSB storage device or iPod.

< (Shuffle Album): Shufflesall songs in the current album onan iPod.

= (Shuffle Folder): Shuffles allsongs in the current folder on a USBstorage device.

Auxiliary DevicesThe vehicle may have a 3.5 mm(1/8 in) auxiliary input jack locatedon the lower right side of thefaceplate and for vehicles witha USB port, it is located in thecenter console.

Using the 3.5mm (1/8 in)Auxiliary Input Jack

The auxiliary input jack is located onthe lower right side of the faceplate.This is not an audio output; do notplug a headphone set into the frontauxiliary input jack. Connect anauxiliary input device such as aniPod®, laptop computer, MP3 player,CD player, or cassette tape player,etc. to the auxiliary input jack foruse as another source for audiolistening.

Page 238: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (38,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-38 Infotainment System

Drivers are encouraged toset up any auxiliary devicewhile the vehicle is in P (Park).See Defensive Driving on page 9‑2for more information on driverdistraction.

To use an auxiliary input device,connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable tothe radio's front auxiliary input jack.

O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwiseor counterclockwise to increaseor decrease the volume of theportable player. Additional volumeadjustments might have to be madefrom the portable device if thevolume is not loud or soft enough.

BAND: Press to listen to the radiowhen a portable audio device isplaying. The portable audio devicecontinues playing, so you mightwant to stop it or turn it off.

CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press toselect between CD, or Auxiliary.. When a CD is in the player

the CD icon and a messageshowing the disc and/or tracknumber displays.

. If an auxiliary input device is notconnected, “No Input DeviceFound” displays.

DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Pressto select between DVD, CD,or Auxiliary.. If an auxiliary input device is

not connected, “No Aux InputDevice” displays.

. When a disc is in either slot, theDVD/CD text tab and a messageshowing the track or chapternumber displays.

. If an auxiliary input device is notconnected, and a disc is in boththe DVD slot and the CD slot theDVD/CD AUX button only cyclesbetween the two sources anddoes not indicate “No Aux InputDevice.”

. If a front auxiliary input device isconnected, the DVD/CD AUXbutton cycles through allavailable options.

If a disc is inserted into top DVDslot, the rear seat operator can turnon the video screen and use theremote control to only navigatethe CD tracks through the remotecontrol.

See “Using the Auxiliary InputJack(s)” later in this section,or “Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks” under,Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)System on page 7‑39 for moreinformation.

Page 239: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (39,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-39

Using the USB Port

For vehicles with a USB port,the connector is located in theinstrument panel storage area.See Instrument Panel Storage onpage 4‑1 for more information.

Radios with a USB port can controla USB storage device or an iPod®

using the radio buttons and knobs.See MP3 (Radios with CD/USB) onpage 7‑24 or MP3 (Radios withCD/DVD) on page 7‑30 forinformation about how to connectand control a USB storage deviceor an iPod.

USB Supported Devices. USB Flash Drives. Portable USB Hard Drives. Fifth generation or later iPod. iPod nanos. iPod touch. iPod classic

Not all iPods and USB Drives arecompatible with the USB port.

Make sure the iPod has the latestfirmware from Apple® for properoperation. iPod firmware can beupdated using the latest iTunes®

application. See www.apple.com/itunes.

For help with identifying your iPod,go to www.apple.com/support.

Rear SeatInfotainment

Rear Seat Entertainment(RSE) SystemThe vehicle may have a DVD RearSeat Entertainment (RSE) system.The RSE system works with thevehicle's audio system. The DVDplayer is part of the front radio.The RSE system includes a radiowith a DVD player, a video displayscreen, audio/video jacks, twowireless headphones, and a remotecontrol. See Operation on page 7‑2for more information on the vehicle'sinfotainment system.

Page 240: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (40,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-40 Infotainment System

Before Driving

The RSE is designed for rear seatpassengers only. The driver cannotsafely view the video screen whiledriving and should not try to do so.

In severe or extreme weatherconditions the RSE system might ormight not work until the temperatureis within the operating range. Theoperating range for the RSE systemis above −20°C (−4°F) or below60°C (140°F). If the temperature ofthe vehicle is outside of this range,heat or cool the vehicle until thetemperature is within the operatingrange of the RSE system.

Parental Control

The RSE system may have aParental Control feature, dependingon the radio. To enable ParentalControl, press and hold the radiopower button for more thantwo seconds to stop all systemfeatures such as: radio, videoscreen, RSA, DVD and/or CD.While Parental Control is on,Q displays.

When the radio is turned back on,Parental Control is unlocked.

Headphones

A. Battery cover

B. Channel 1 or 2 switch

C. Power button

D. Volume control

E. Power indicator light

Page 241: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (41,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-41

The RSE includes two 2-channelwireless headphones that arededicated to this system. Channel 1is dedicated to the video screen,while Channel 2 is dedicated toRSA selections. These headphonesare used to listen to media suchas CDs, DVDs, MP3/WMAs,DVD-As, radio, any auxiliarysource connected to A/V jacks,or the auxiliary input jack, if thevehicle has this feature. Thewireless headphones have anOn/Off button, channel 1 or 2switch, and a volume control.Switch the headphones to Offwhen not in use.

Push the power button to turn onthe headphones. An indicator lightlocated on the headphones comeson. If the light does not come on,the batteries might need to bereplaced. Intermittent sound orstatic on the headphones can alsobe an indication of weak batteries.See “Battery Replacement” later inthis section for more information.

To adjust the volume on theheadphones, use the volumecontrol located on the right side.

Infrared transmitters are locatedat the rear of the RSE overheadconsole. The headphones shut offautomatically to save the batterypower if the RSE system and RSAare shut off or if the headphones areout of range of the transmitters formore than three minutes. Movingtoo far forward or stepping out of thevehicle, can cause the headphonesto lose the audio signal.

For optimal audio performance, theheadphones must be worn correctly.Headphones should be worn withthe headband over the top of thehead for best audio reception.The symbol L (Left) appears onthe outside bottom edge of the earcup and should be positioned onthe left ear. The symbol R (Right)appears on the outside bottomedge of the ear cup and shouldbe positioned on the right ear.

Notice: Do not store theheadphones in heat or directsunlight. This could damagethe headphones and repairs willnot be covered by the warranty.Storage in extreme cold canweaken the batteries. Keep theheadphones stored in a cool,dry place.

If the foam ear pads attached tothe headphones become worn ordamaged, the pads can be replacedseparately from the headphone set.To purchase replacement ear pads,call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then promptzero (0), or contact your dealer.

Headphones should be stored inthe front floor console and not in thefront seat back pocket. Headphonedamage can occur when the secondrow seats are folded forward.

Page 242: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (42,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-42 Infotainment System

Battery Replacement

To change the batteries on theheadphones:

1. Turn the screw to loosen thebattery door located on theleft side of the headphones.Slide the battery door open.

2. Replace the two batteries in thecompartment. Make sure thatthey are installed correctly, usingthe diagram on the inside of thebattery compartment.

3. Replace the battery door andtighten the door screw.

If the headphones are to be storedfor a long period of time, remove thebatteries and keep them in a cool,dry place.

Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks

A. Yellow: Video Input

B. White: Left Audio Input

C. Red: Right Audio Input

The A/V jacks are color coded tomatch typical home entertainmentsystem equipment.

The A/V jacks, located on the rearof the floor console, allow audioor video signals to be connectedfrom an auxiliary device such as a

camcorder or a video gameunit to the RSE system. Adapterconnectors or cables (not supplied)might be required to connect theauxiliary device to the A/V jacks.Refer to the manufacturer’sinstructions for proper usage.

Power for auxiliary devices is notsupplied by the radio system.

To use the auxiliary inputs of theRSE system, connect an externalauxiliary device to the color-codedA/V jacks and turn both the auxiliarydevice and the video screen poweron. If the video screen is in theDVD player mode, pressing theAUX (auxiliary) button on the remotecontrol, switches the video screenfrom the DVD player mode to theauxiliary device. The radio canlisten to the audio of the connectedauxiliary device by sourcing toauxiliary. See Auxiliary Devices onpage 7‑37 for more information.

Page 243: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (43,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-43

How to Change the RSE VideoScreen Settings

The screen display mode (normal,full, and zoom), screen brightness,and setup menu language can bechanged from the on screen setupmenu by using the remote control.To change a setting:

1. Pressz.

2. Usen,q, p,o andr tonavigate and use thesetup menu.

3. Pressz again to remove thesetup menu from the screen.

Audio Output

Audio from the DVD player orauxiliary inputs can be heardthrough the following sources:. Wireless headphones. Vehicle speakers. Vehicle‐wired headphone jacks

on the RSA system, if thevehicle has this feature.

The RSE system alwaystransmits the audio signal to thewireless headphones, if there isaudio available. See “Headphones”earlier in this section for moreinformation.

The DVD player is capable ofoutputting audio to the wiredheadphone jacks on the RSAsystem, if the vehicle has thisfeature. The DVD player can beselected as an audio source onthe RSA system. See Rear SeatAudio (RSA) System on page 7‑48for more information.

When a device is connected to theA/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliaryinput jack, if the vehicle has thisfeature, the rear seat passengersare able to hear audio from theauxiliary device through the wirelessor wired headphones. The front seatpassengers are able to listen toplayback from this device throughthe vehicle speakers by selectingAUX as the source on the radio.

Video Screen

The video screen is located in theoverhead console. When the videoscreen is not in use, push it up intoits locked position.

To use the video screen:

1. Push the release button locatedon the overhead console.

2. Move the screen to the desiredposition.

If a DVD is playing and the screenis raised to its locked position, thescreen remains on; this is normal,and the DVD continues to playthrough the previous audio source.PressP on the remote control oreject the disc to turn off the screen.

Page 244: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (44,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-44 Infotainment System

The infrared receivers for thewireless headphones and theremote control are located at therear of the overhead console.

Notice: Avoid directly touchingthe video screen, as damage mayoccur. See “Cleaning the VideoScreen” later in this section formore information.

Remote Control

To use the remote control, aim it atthe transmitter window at the rear ofthe overhead console and press the

desired button. Direct sunlight orvery bright light could affect theability of the RSE transmitter toreceive signals from the remotecontrol. If the remote controldoes not seem to be working, thebatteries might need to be replaced.See “Battery Replacement” later inthis section. Objects blocking theline of sight could also affect thefunction of the remote control.

If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVDslot, the remote control O buttoncan be used to turn on the videoscreen display and start the disc.The radio can also turn on the videoscreen display. See Operation onpage 7‑2 for more information.

Notice: Storing the remotecontrol in a hot area or in directsunlight can damage it, and therepairs will not be covered by thewarranty. Storage in extreme coldcan weaken the batteries. Keepthe remote control stored in acool, dry place.

Remote Control Buttons

O (Power): Press to turn the videoscreen on and off.

P (Illumination): Press to turnthe remote control backlight on.The backlight automatically timesout after seven to ten seconds if noother button is pressed while thebacklight is on.

v (Title): Press to return the DVDto the main menu of the DVD. Thisfunction could vary for each disc.

y (Main Menu): Press to accessthe DVD menu. The DVD menu isdifferent on every DVD. Use thenavigation arrows to move thecursor around the DVD menu.After making a selection pressthe enter button. This button onlyoperates when using a DVD.

n,q , p ,o (Menu NavigationArrows): Use the arrow buttons tonavigate through a menu.

r (Enter): Press to selectthe choice that is highlighted inany menu.

Page 245: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (45,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-45

z (Display Menu): Press to adjustthe brightness, screen display mode(normal, full, or zoom), and displaythe language menu.

q (Return): Press to exit thecurrent active menu and return tothe previous menu. This buttonoperates only when the displaymenu or a DVD menu is active.

c (Stop): Press to stop playing,rewinding, or fast forwarding aDVD. Press twice to return to thebeginning of the DVD.

s (Play/Pause): Press to startplaying a DVD. Press while a DVDis playing to pause it. Press again tocontinue playing the DVD.

When the DVD is playing,depending on the radio, play maybe slowed down by pressingsthen[. The DVD continues playingin a slow play mode. Depending onthe radio, perform reverse slow playby pressings thenr. To cancel

slow play mode, presss again.

t (Previous Track/Chapter):Press to return to the start of thecurrent track or chapter. Pressagain to go to the previous trackor chapter. This button might notwork when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

u (Next Track/Chapter): Pressto go to the beginning of the nextchapter or track. This button mightnot work when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

r (Fast Reverse): Press toquickly reverse the DVD or CD.To stop fast reversing a DVD video,presss. To stop fast reversing

a DVD audio or CD, releaser.This button might not work whenthe DVD is playing the copyrightinformation or the previews.

[ (Fast Forward): Press to fastforward the DVD or CD. To stop fastforwarding a DVD video, presss.To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio

or CD, release[. This button mightnot work when the DVD is playingthe copyright information or thepreviews.

e (Audio): Press to change audiotracks on DVDs that have thisfeature when the DVD is playing.The format and content of thisfunction vary for each disc.

{ (Subtitles): Press to turn ON/OFF subtitles and to move throughsubtitle options when a DVD isplaying. The format and content ofthis function vary for each disc.

AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switchthe system between the DVD playerand an auxiliary source.

2 (Camera): Press to changecamera angles on DVDs that havethis feature when a DVD is playing.The format and content of thisfunction vary for each disc.

1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad):The numeric keypad provides thecapability of direct chapter or tracknumber selection.

Page 246: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (46,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-46 Infotainment System

\ (Clear): Press withinthree seconds after entering anumeric selection, to clear allnumerical inputs.

} 10 (Double Digit Entries): Pressto select chapter or track numbersgreater than nine. Press this buttonbefore entering the number.

If the remote control becomeslost or damaged, a new universalremote control can be purchased.If this happens, make sure theuniversal remote control uses aToshiba® code set.

Battery Replacement

To change the remote controlbatteries:

1. Slide the rear cover back, on theremote control.

2. Replace the two batteries in thecompartment. Make sure thatthey are installed correctly, usingthe diagram on the inside of thebattery compartment.

3. Replace the battery cover.

If the remote control is to be stored for a long period of time, remove thebatteries and keep them in a cool, dry place.

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart

Problem Recommended Action

There is no power. The ignition might not be turned toON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

The picture does not fill the screen.There are black borders on the topand bottom or on both sides, or thepicture looks stretched out.

Check the display mode settingsin the setup menu by pressing thedisplay menu button on the remotecontrol.

In auxiliary mode, the picture movesor scrolls.

Check the auxiliary inputconnections at both devices.

The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is noobstruction between the remotecontrol and the transmitter window.Check the batteries to make surethey are not dead or installedincorrectly.

Page 247: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (47,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-47

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont'd)

Problem Recommended Action

After stopping the player, andpushing Play, sometimes theDVD starts where it left off andsometimes at the beginning.

If the stop button was pressed onetime, the DVD player resumesplaying where the DVD wasstopped. If the stop button waspressed two times, the DVD playerbegins to play from the beginningof the DVD.

The auxiliary source is running,but there is no picture or sound.

Check that the RSE video screenis in the auxiliary source mode.Check the auxiliary inputconnections at both devices.

Sometimes the wireless headphoneaudio cuts out or buzzes.

Check for obstructions, lowbatteries, reception range, andinterference from cellular telephonetowers, or use a cellular telephonein the vehicle.Check that the headphones areon correctly using the L (left) andR (right) on the headphones.

The remote and/or the headphonesare lost.

See your dealer for assistance.

The DVD is playing, but there is nopicture or sound.

Check that the RSE video screen issourced to the DVD player.

DVD Display Error Messages

The DVD display error messagedepends on which radio the vehiclehas. The video screen might displayone of the following:

Disc Load/Eject Error: Thismessage displays when there aredisc load or eject problems.

Disc Format Error: This messagedisplays if the disc is inserted withthe disc label wrong side up, or ifthe disc is damaged.

Disc Region Error: This messagedisplays if the disc is not from acorrect region.

No Disc Inserted: This messagedisplays if no disc is present whentheZ EJECT button is pressed onthe radio.

Page 248: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (48,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-48 Infotainment System

DVD Distortion

Video distortion can occur whenoperating cellular phones, scanners,CB radios, Global Position Systems(GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax,or walkie talkies.

It might be necessary to turn off theDVD player when operating one ofthese devices in or near the vehicle.

*Excludes the OnStar® System.

Cleaning the RSE OverheadConsole

When cleaning the RSE overheadconsole surface, use only a cleancloth dampened with clean water.

Cleaning the Video Screen

Use only a clean cloth dampenedwith clean water. Use care whendirectly touching or cleaning thescreen, as damage could result.

Rear Seat Audio (RSA)SystemFor vehicles with Rear SeatAudio (RSA), rear seat passengerscan listen to and control any ofthe music sources: radio, CDs,DVDs, or other auxiliary sources.The rear seat passengers can onlycontrol the music sources the frontseat passengers are not listening to(except on some radios where dualcontrol is allowed). For example,rear seat passengers can controla CD and listen to it through theheadphones, while the driverlistens to the radio through thefront speakers. The rear seatpassengers have control of thevolume for each set of headphones.

The RSA functions operate evenwhen the main radio is off. The frontaudio system displaysX when theRSA is on, and disappears from thedisplay when it is off.

Audio can be heard through wiredheadphones (not included) pluggedinto the jacks on the RSA. If thevehicle has this feature, audio canalso be heard on Channel 2 of thewireless headphones.

The audio system mutes the rearspeakers when the RSA audio isactive through the headphones.

To listen to an iPod or portableaudio device through the RSA,attach the iPod or portable audiodevice to the front auxiliary input(if available), located on the frontaudio system. Turn the iPod on,then choose the front auxiliary inputwith the RSA SRCE button.

Page 249: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (49,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-49

P (Power): Press to turn the RSAon or off.

Volume: Turn to increase or todecrease the volume of the wiredheadphones. The left knob controlsthe left headphones and the rightknob controls the right headphones.

SRCE (Source): Press to selectbetween the radio (AM/FM),CD, and if the vehicle has thesefeatures, DVD, front auxiliary,and rear auxiliary.

© ¨ (Seek): Press to go to theprevious or to the next station andstay there. This function is inactive,

with some radios, if the front seatpassengers are listening to theradio.

Press and hold © or ¨ until thedisplay flashes to tune to anindividual station. The displaystops flashing after the buttonshave not been pushed for morethan two seconds. This function isinactive, with some radios, if thefront seat passengers are listeningto the radio.

While listening to a disc, press ¨ togo to the next track or chapter onthe disc. Press © to go back to thestart of the current track or chapter(if more than ten seconds haveplayed). This function is inactive,with some radios, if the front seatpassengers are listening to the disc.

When a DVD video menu is beingdisplayed, press © or ¨ to performa cursor up or down on the menu.Hold © or ¨ to perform a cursor leftor right on the menu.

PROG (Program): Press to goto the next preset radio stationor channel set on the main radio.This function is inactive, with someradios, if the front seat passengersare listening to the radio.

When a CD or DVD audio disc isplaying, press PROG to go to thebeginning of the CD or DVD audio.This function is inactive, with someradios, if the front seat passengersare listening to the disc.

When a disc is playing in the CDor DVD changer, press PROG toselect the next disc, if multiple discsare loaded. This function is inactive,with some radios, if the front seatpassengers are listening to the disc.

When a DVD video menu is beingdisplayed, press PROG to performthe ENTER menu function.

Page 250: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (50,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-50 Infotainment System

Rear AudioController (RAC)

The vehicle may have the RearAudio Controller (RAC). Certainradio functions can be controlledwith RAC.

xw (Next/Previous): Press thedown or up arrows to go to the nextor to the previous radio stationstored as a favorite.

When a CD/DVD is playing, pressthe down or up arrows to go to thenext or previous track or chapter.

© SEEK ¨ : Press the SEEKarrows to go to the previous or tothe next radio station while in AM orFM. Press the SEEK arrows to go tothe previous or to the next track orchapter while sourced to a CD orDVD slot.

SRCE (Source): Press thisbutton to switch between the radio,CD, and if the vehicle has thesefeatures, DVD, front auxiliary, andrear auxiliary.

> (Mute): Press this button tosilence the system. Press thisbutton again, or any other radiobutton, to turn the sound on.

+ / − x (Volume): Press the plus orminus volume buttons to increase orto decrease the volume.

Phone

BluetoothFor vehicles equipped withBluetooth capability, the systemcan interact with many cell phones,allowing:. Placement and receipt of calls in

a hands-free mode.. Sharing of the cell phone’s

address book or contact listwith the vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction,before driving, and with the vehicleparked:. Become familiar with the

features of the cell phone.Organize the phone book andcontact lists clearly and deleteduplicate or rarely used entries.If possible, program speed dialor other shortcuts.

Page 251: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (51,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-51

. Review the controls andoperation of the infotainmentand navigation system.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.The system may not work withall cell phones. See “Pairing” inthis section for more information.

. If the cell phone has voicedialing capability, learn to usethat feature to access theaddress book or contact list.See “Voice Pass-Thru” in thissection for more information.

. See “Storing and Deleting PhoneNumbers” in this section formore information.

{ WARNING

When using a cell phone, it canbe distracting to look too longor too often at the screen ofthe phone or the infotainment

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

(navigation) system. Takingyour eyes off the road too longor too often could cause a crashresulting in injury or death. Focusyour attention on driving.

A Bluetooth system can use aBluetooth‐capable cell phone witha Hands‐Free Profile to make andreceive phone calls. The systemcan be used while the key is in theON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORYposition. The range of the Bluetoothsystem can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).Not all phones support all functions,and not all phones are guaranteedto work with the in-vehicle Bluetoothsystem. See www.gm.com/bluetoothfor more information on compatiblephones.

Voice Recognition

The Bluetooth system uses voicerecognition to interpret voicecommands to dial phone numbersand name tags.

For additional information, say“Help” while you are in a voicerecognition menu.

Noise: Keep interior noise levels toa minimum. The system may notrecognize voice commands if thereis too much background noise.

When to Speak: A short tonesounds after the system respondsindicating when it is waiting for avoice command. Wait until the toneand then speak.

How to Speak: Speak clearly in acalm and natural voice.

Page 252: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (52,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-52 Infotainment System

Audio System

When using the in‐vehicleBluetooth system, sound comesthrough the vehicle's front audiosystem speakers and overridesthe audio system. Use the audiosystem volume knob, during acall, to change the volume level.The adjusted volume level remainsin memory for later calls. To preventmissed calls, a minimum volumelevel is used if the volume is turneddown too low.

Bluetooth Controls

Use the buttons located on thesteering wheel to operate thein‐vehicle Bluetooth system.See Steering Wheel Controls onpage 5‑2 for more information.

b g (Push To Talk): Press toanswer incoming calls, confirmsystem information, and startspeech recognition.

cx (Phone On Hook): Press toend a call, reject a call, or cancel anoperation.

Pairing

A Bluetooth cell phone must bepaired to the Bluetooth systemand then connected to the vehiclebefore it can be used. See the cellphone manufacturer's user guide forBluetooth functions before pairingthe cell phone. If a Bluetooth phoneis not connected, calls will be madeusing OnStar Hands‐Free Calling,if equipped. Refer to the OnStarOwner's Guide for more information.

Pairing Information. Up to five cell phones can be

paired to the Bluetooth system.. The pairing process is disabled

when the vehicle is moving.. Pairing only needs to be

completed once, unless thepairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phoneis deleted from the system.

. Only one paired cell phone canbe connected to the Bluetoothsystem at a time.

. If multiple paired cell phonesare within range of the system,the system connects to the firstavailable paired cell phone in theorder that they were first pairedto the system. To connect to adifferent paired phone, see“Connecting to a DifferentPhone” later in this section.

Pairing a Phone

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “Pair.” The system respondswith instructions and a four‐digitPersonal Identification Number(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.

Page 253: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (53,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-53

4. Start the pairing process on thecell phone that you want to pair.For help with this process, seethe cell phone manufacturer'suser guide.

5. Locate the device named “YourVehicle” in the list on the cellphone. Follow the instructionson the cell phone to enter thePIN that was provided in Step 3.After the PIN is successfullyentered, the system prompts youto provide a name for the pairedcell phone. This name will beused to indicate which phonesare paired and connected to thevehicle. See “Listing All Pairedand Connected Phones” later inthis section for more information.

6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pairadditional phones.

Listing All Paired and ConnectedPhones

The system can list all cell phonespaired to it. If a paired cell phone isalso connected to the vehicle, thesystem responds with “is connected”after that phone name.

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “List.”

Deleting a Paired Phone

If the phone name you want todelete is unknown, see “Listing AllPaired and Connected Phones.”

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “Delete.” The system askswhich phone to delete.

4. Say the name of the phone youwant to delete.

Connecting to a Different Phone

To connect to a different cell phone,the Bluetooth system looks for thenext available cell phone in theorder in which all the available cellphones were paired. Dependingon which cell phone you want toconnect to, you may have to usethis command several times.

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Bluetooth.”

3. Say “Change phone.”. If another cell phone is

found, the response will be“<Phone name> is nowconnected.”

. If another cell phone is notfound, the original phoneremains connected.

Page 254: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (54,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-54 Infotainment System

Storing and Deleting PhoneNumbers

The system can store up to30 phone numbers as name tagsin the Hands‐Free Directory thatis shared between the Bluetoothand OnStar systems, if equipped.

The following commands are usedto delete and store phone numbers.

Store: This command will storea phone number, or a group ofnumbers as a name tag.

Digit Store: This command allowsa phone number to be stored as aname tag by entering the digits oneat a time.

Delete: This command is used todelete individual name tags.

Delete All Name Tags: Thiscommand deletes all storedname tags in the Hands‐FreeCalling Directory and the OnStarTurn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory,if equipped.

Using the “Store” Command

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Store.”

3. Say the phone number or groupof numbers you want to storeall at once with no pauses, thenfollow the directions given by thesystem to save a name tag forthis number.

Using the “Digit Store” Command

If an unwanted number isrecognized by the system, say“Clear” at any time to clear thelast number.

To hear all of the numbersrecognized by the system,say “Verify” at any time.

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Digit Store.”

3. Say each digit, one at atime, that you want to store.After each digit is entered, thesystem repeats back the digit itheard followed by a tone. Afterthe last digit has been entered,say “Store,” and then follow thedirections given by the system tosave a name tag for this number.

Using the “Delete” Command

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Delete.”

3. Say the name tag you want todelete.

Using the “Delete All Name Tags”Command

This command deletes all storedname tags in the Hands‐FreeCalling Directory and the OnStarTurn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory,if equipped.

Page 255: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (55,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-55

To delete all name tags:

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Delete all name tags.”

Listing Stored Numbers

The list command will list all storednumbers and name tags.

Using the “List” Command

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Directory.”

3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.”

4. Say “List.”

Making a Call

Calls can be made using thefollowing commands.

Dial or Call: The dial orcall command can be usedinterchangeably to dial a phonenumber or a stored name tag.

Digit Dial: This command allowsa phone number to be dialed byentering the digits one at a time.

Re‐dial: This command is used todial the last number used on the cellphone.

Using the “Dial” or “Call”Command

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, or say the name tag.

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Using the “Digit Dial” Command

The digit dial command allows aphone number to be dialed byentering the digits one at a time.After each digit is entered, thesystem repeats back the digit itheard followed by a tone.

If an unwanted number isrecognized by the system, say“Clear” at any time to clear thelast number.

To hear all of the numbersrecognized by the system, say“Verify” at any time.

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Digit Dial.”

3. Say each digit, one at a time,that you want to dial. After eachdigit is entered, the systemrepeats back the digit it heardfollowed by a tone. After thelast digit has been entered,say “Dial.”

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Page 256: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (56,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-56 Infotainment System

Using the “Re‐dial” Command

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.”

Once connected, the person calledwill be heard through the audiospeakers.

Receiving a Call

When an incoming call is received,the audio system mutes and a ringtone is heard in the vehicle.

. Press b g to answer the call.

. Presscx to ignore a call.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported onthe cell phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier.

. Press b g to answer anincoming call when another callis active. The original call isplaced on hold.

. Press b g again to return to theoriginal call.

. To ignore the incoming call, noaction is required.

. Presscx to disconnect thecurrent call and switch to the callon hold.

Three‐Way Calling

Three‐way calling must besupported on the cell phone andenabled by the wireless servicecarrier.

1. While on a call, press b g.2. Say “Three‐way call.”

3. Use the dial or call command todial the number of the third partyto be called.

4. Once the call is connected,press b g to link all callerstogether.

Page 257: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (57,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Infotainment System 7-57

Ending a Call

Presscx to end a call.

Muting a Call

During a call, all sounds from insidethe vehicle can be muted so that theperson on the other end of the callcannot hear them.

. To mute a call, press b g, andthen say “Mute call.”

. To cancel mute, press b g, andthen say “Un‐mute call.”

Transferring a Call

Audio can be transferred betweenthe Bluetooth system and the cellphone.

The cell phone must be pairedand connected with the Bluetoothsystem before a call can betransferred. The connection processcan take up to two minutes afterthe ignition is turned to ON/RUN.

Transferring Audio from theBluetooth System to a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio in thevehicle:

1. Press b g.2. Say “Transfer Call.”

Transferring Audio to theBluetooth System from a CellPhone

During a call with the audio on thecell phone, press b g. The audiotransfers to the vehicle. If the audiodoes not transfer to the vehicle,use the audio transfer feature onthe cell phone. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide for moreinformation.

Voice Pass-Thru

Voice pass‐thru allows access tothe voice recognition commands onthe cell phone. See your cell phonemanufacturer's user guide to see ifthe cell phone supports this feature.

To access contacts stored in the cellphone:

1. Press and hold b g fortwo seconds.

2. Say “Bluetooth.” The systemresponds “Bluetooth ready,”followed by a tone.

3. Say “Voice.” The systemresponds “OK, accessing<phone name>.”

The cell phone's normal promptmessages will go through their cycleaccording to the phone's operatinginstructions.

Page 258: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (58,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

7-58 Infotainment System

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency(DTMF) Tones

The Bluetooth system can sendnumbers and the numbers storedas name tags during a call.You can use this feature whencalling a menu‐driven phonesystem. Account numbers canalso be stored for use.

Sending a Number or Name TagDuring a Call

1. Press b g. The systemresponds “Ready,” followed bya tone.

2. Say “Dial.”

3. Say the number or name tagto send.

Clearing the System

Unless information is deleted outof the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system,it will be retained indefinitely.This includes all saved name tags inthe phone book and phone pairinginformation. For information on howto delete this information, see theprevious section “Deleting a PairedPhone” and the previous sectionson deleting name tags.

Other Information

The Bluetooth® word mark andlogos are owned by the Bluetooth®

SIG, Inc. and any use of such marksby General Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

Page 259: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Rear Climate ControlSystem (Rear ClimateControl Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Rear Climate ControlSystem (Rear Climate withRear Seat Audio) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Climate Control SystemsThe heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

A. Fan Control

B. Temperature Control

C. Air Delivery Mode Control

D. Air Conditioning

E. REAR (Rear Climate Control)

F. Recirculation

G. Rear Window Defogger

9 (Off): Turn the fan control all theway counterclockwise to turn thefront climate control system off.

9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwiseor counterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed.

Page 260: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-2 Climate Controls

Temperature Control: Turnclockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature of the air flowingfrom the system.

Air Delivery Mode Control: Turnclockwise or counterclockwise tochange the current airflow mode.

By positioning the right knobbetween two modes, a combinationof those two modes is selected.

H (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

) (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneland floor outlets. Some air isdirected towards the windshieldand side window outlets. Coolerair is directed to the upper outletsand warmer air to the floor outlets.

6 (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets, with some of the airdirected to the windshield, sidewindow, and second row flooroutlets. In this mode, the systemautomatically selects outside air.Recirculation cannot be selectedwhile in floor mode.

- (Defog): This clears thewindows of fog or moisture.Air is directed to the windshield,floor outlets, and side windowvents. When this mode is selected,the system turns off recirculationand runs the air conditioning unlessthe outside temperature is less than4°C (40°F). Recirculation cannot beselected while in the defog mode.Do not drive the vehicle until allthe windows are clear.

0 (Defrost): This clears thewindshield of fog or frost, morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield and side window vents,with some to the floor vents. In thismode, outside air is pulled insidethe vehicle. Recirculation cannot beselected while in the defrost mode.The air conditioning system runsautomatically in this setting, unlessthe outside temperature is less than4°C (40°F). Do not drive the vehicleuntil all the windows are clear.

# (Air Conditioning): Press toturn the air conditioning system onor off. An indicator light comes onwhen A/C is on. The air conditioningsystem does not operate whenthe outside temperature is below4°C (40°F). The indicator lightflashes three times and turns offwhen outside conditions affect airconditioning operation. This isnormal.

Page 261: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-3

For quicker cool down on hot days:

1. Open the windows to let hot airescape.

2. SelectH mode.

3. Select#.

4. Select the coolest temperature.

5. Select the highest fan speed.

6. Close the windows after the hotair has escaped.

7. Once the vehicle's interiortemperature is below the outsidetemperature, select@ modefor faster cooling.

Using recirculation for long periodsof time could cause the air insideof the vehicle to become too dry. Toprevent this from happening, afterthe inside of the vehicle has cooled,turn the recirculation mode off.

The air conditioning systemremoves moisture from the air,so water might drip under thevehicle while idling or after turningoff the engine. This is normal.

@ (Recirculation): Press to turnthe recirculation mode on or off.An indicator light comes on whenrecirculation is on. When the engineis turned off, the recirculation modeautomatically turns off and mustbe re‐selected when the engineis turned on again.

This mode recirculates and helpsto quickly cool the air inside thevehicle. It can be used to preventoutside air and odors from enteringthe vehicle.

The recirculation mode cannot beused with floor, defrost, or defoggingmodes. If recirculation is selected inthese modes, the indicator flashesthree times and turns off. The airconditioning also comes on whenthis mode is activated unless theoutside air temperature is less than4°C (40°F). While in recirculationmode the windows can fog whenthe weather is cold and damp.To clear the fog, select either thedefog or defrost mode and increasethe fan speed.

REAR (Rear Climate Control):Press to turn the rear heatingand air conditioning on or off.See Rear Climate Control System(Rear Climate Control Only) onpage 8‑10 or Rear Climate ControlSystem (Rear Climate with RearSeat Audio) on page 8‑11.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses awarming grid to remove fog fromthe rear window.

< (Rear Window Defogger):Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. The rearwindow defogger stays onfor about 10 minutes, beforeautomatically turning off.The defogger will also turn offwhen the engine is turned off.

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

Page 262: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-4 Climate Controls

For vehicles with heated outsiderearview mirrors, fog or frost iscleared from the surface of themirror when< is pressed.

Notice: Do not use anythingsharp on the inside of the rearwindow. If you do, you couldcut or damage the warming grid,and the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not attach a temporary vehiclelicense, tape, a decal, or anythingsimilar to the defogger grid.

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled withthis system.

A. Fan Control

B. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

C. Defrost

D. Recirculation

E. REAR (Rear Climate Control)

F. Air Delivery Mode Control

G. Driver Side Temperature Control

H. Display

I. Power (On/Off)

J. Rear Window Defogger

K. Air Conditioning

L. PASS (Passenger)

M. Passenger Side TemperatureControl

Page 263: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-5

Display Function

Each time the temperature, mode,or fan control buttons are pressed,the climate control display showsthat function along with the insidetemperature setting. The outsidetemperature is displayed on theinstrument panel cluster.

O (On/Off): Press to turn theclimate control system on or off.While the system is off, outside airstill enters through the floor outlets,but the air delivery mode can beadjusted.

The climate control system willalso turn on if either the fan control,defrost, AUTO, or air conditioningbuttons are pressed.

Automatic Operation

AUTO (Automatic): The systemautomatically controls the insidetemperature, the air delivery, andthe fan speed.

To use automatic mode:

1. Press the AUTO button.

When AUTO is selected,the current temperature(s)selected and AUTO is shownon the display. The current airdelivery mode and fan speedalso appear for approximatelyfive seconds.

When AUTO is selected,the air conditioning and airinlet are automatically controlled.The air conditioning runs whenthe outside temperature is over4°C (40°F). The system isautomatically set to outsideair, unless it is hot outside andthen the air inlet changes torecirculation mode to help

quickly cool the vehicle.The recirculation indicatorlight will come on.

2. Set the temperature for thedriver and passenger.

To find a comfortable setting,start with a 22°C (73°F)temperature setting andallow about 20 minutesfor the system to regulate.Use the driver's side orpassenger side temperaturebuttons to adjust thetemperature setting asnecessary. The system willremain at the selected setting.Choosing the warmest orcoolest temperatures doesnot cause the vehicle to heator cool more quickly.

To avoid blowing cold air incold weather, the system delaysturning on the fan until warmair is available. Press the fancontrol to override this delayand select the fan speed.

Page 264: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-6 Climate Controls

Temperature Control

The driver and passenger sidetemperature buttons are usedto adjust the temperature of theair coming through the system.The temperature can be adjustedeven if the system is turnedoff since outside air still entersthe vehicle, unless therecirculation mode is selected.See “Recirculation” later in thissection.

Driver Side TemperatureControl: Press the + or − buttonsto increase or decrease the driverside temperature. The driver sidetemperature display will show thetemperature setting.

Passenger Side TemperatureControl: Press the + or − buttonsto increase or decrease thepassenger side temperature.The passenger side display willshow the temperature setting.

PASS (Passenger): Press toset the passenger temperatureto match the driver temperaturesetting. The PASS indicator willturn off. When the passengertemperature setting is differentthan the driver setting, the PASSindicator comes on.

Manual Operation

The air delivery mode or fan speedcan be manually adjusted.

D / C (Fan Control): Press toincrease or decrease the fan speed.

Pressing D or C while in automaticcontrol places the fan speed undermanual control.

The air delivery mode remains inautomatic control. The fan settingstill displays, but the word AUTOno longer displays, and the AUTObutton indicator light turns off.

H / G (Air Delivery ModeControl): Press to change thedirection of the airflow in the vehicle.Repeatedly press H or G untilthe desired mode appears on thedisplay. Pressing a mode buttonwhile the system is off changes theair delivery mode without turningthe system on. Press a mode buttonwhile in automatic control to placethe system into manual control.

The air delivery mode setting stilldisplays, but the word AUTO nolonger displays, and the AUTObutton indicator light turns off.

H (Vent): Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

) (Bi-Level): Air is dividedbetween the instrument panel andfloor outlets. Some air is directedtowards the windshield and sidewindow outlets. Cooler air isdirected to the upper outlets andwarmer air to the floor outlets.

Page 265: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-7

6 (Floor): Air is directed to thefloor outlets, with some of the airdirected to the windshield, sidewindow, and second row flooroutlets. In this mode, the systemuses outside air.

- (Defog): This mode clears thewindows of fog or moisture. Air isdirected to the windshield, flooroutlets, and side window vents.When this mode is selected, thesystem turns off recirculation andruns the air conditioning compressorunless the outside temperature isless than 4°C (40°F). Do not drivethe vehicle until all the windows areclear.

0 (Defrost): Press to turn thedefrost on or off. This mode quicklyclears the windshield of fog or frost.Air is directed to the windshield,side window, and floor vents.In this mode, outside air is pulled

inside the vehicle. The airconditioning system runsautomatically in this setting,unless the outside temperatureis less than 4°C (40°F).

Do not drive the vehicle until all thewindows are clear.

While in defrost mode, if thePASS button is pressed, thePASS button indicator flashes threetimes to show that the passengerclimate control system cannotbe activated. If the passengertemperature buttons are adjustedwhile in defrost mode, the drivertemperature indicator will change.The passenger temperature willnot be displayed.

When returning to bi-level, vent,or floor mode, the previoustemperature settings displays inplace of any change made whilein defrost mode.

Air Conditioning

# (Air Conditioning): Press toturn the air conditioning (A/C) onand off. An indicator light comeson when A/C is on.

The A/C does not work when theoutside temperature is below 4°C(40°F). If# is pressed the indicatorflashes three times and turns offto show that the A/C mode is notavailable. If the A/C is on and theoutside temperature drops below atemperature which is too cool for airconditioning to be effective, the A/Cindicator turns off to show that theA/C mode has been canceled.

On hot days, open the windowsbriefly to let hot inside air escape.This helps reduce the time it takesfor the interior of the vehicle tocool down.

Page 266: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-8 Climate Controls

The air conditioning systemremoves moisture from the air, sowater might drip under the vehiclewhile idling or after turning off theengine. This is normal.

@ (Recirculation): Press to turnthe recirculation mode on or off.An indicator light comes on whenrecirculation is on. When the engineis turned off, the recirculation modeautomatically turns off and mustbe re‐selected when the engine isturned on again.

This mode recirculates and helpsto quickly cool the air inside thevehicle. It can be used to preventoutside air and odors from enteringthe vehicle.

The recirculation mode cannot beused with floor, defog, or defrostingmodes. If recirculation is selected inthese modes, the indicator flashesthree times and turns off. The airconditioning compressor also comeson when this mode is activated.While in recirculation mode thewindows can fog when the weatheris cold and damp. To clear the fog,select either the defog or defrostmode and increase the fan speed.

REAR: Press to turn the rearheating and air conditioning onor off. See Rear Climate ControlSystem (Rear Climate Control Only)on page 8‑10 or Rear ClimateControl System (Rear Climate withRear Seat Audio) on page 8‑11.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses awarming grid to remove fog from therear window.

< (Rear Window Defogger):Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. The rearwindow defogger stays on forabout 10 minutes, before turningoff. The defogger also turns offwhen the engine is turned off.Do not drive the vehicle untilall the windows are clear.

For vehicles with heated outsiderearview mirrors, fog or frost iscleared from the surface of themirror when the rear windowdefog button is pressed.

Notice: Do not use a razor bladeor sharp object to clear the insiderear window. Do not adhereanything to the defogger gridlines in the rear glass. Theseactions may damage the reardefogger. Repairs would not becovered by your warranty.

Page 267: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-9

Sensors

The solar sensor, located in thedefrost grille in the middle of theinstrument panel, monitors the solarheat. Do not cover the solar sensoror the system will not work properly.

The interior temperature sensorlocated on the instrument panel tothe right of the steering column,measures the temperature of theair inside the vehicle.

There is also an exteriortemperature sensor locatedbehind the front grille. This sensorreads the outside air temperatureand helps maintain the temperatureinside the vehicle. Any cover onthe front of the vehicle could causea false reading in the displayedtemperature.

The climate control system usesthe information from these sensorsto maintain comfort settings byadjusting the temperature, fanspeed, and the air delivery mode.The system may also supply coolerair to the side of the vehicle facingthe sun. The recirculation mode willalso be used as needed to maintaincool outlet temperatures.

Page 268: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-10 Climate Controls

Rear Climate Control System (Rear ClimateControl Only)

A. Fan Control

B. Temperature Control

C. Air Delivery Mode Control

For vehicles with the rear climatecontrol system, the controls arelocated on the rear of the centerconsole. The system can also becontrolled with the front controls.

Press the REAR button on the frontclimate control system to turn therear climate control system on oroff. An indicator comes on when therear system is on. The system alsoturns on if any of the rear controlsare adjusted.

Mimic Mode: This mode matchesthe rear climate control to the frontclimate control settings. It comes onwhen REAR is pressed.

Independent Mode: This modedirects rear seating airflowaccording to the settings of the rearcontrols. It comes on when any rearcontrol is adjusted.

Fan Control: Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Turn theknob to9 to turn the fan off.

Temperature Control: Turnclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease the airflowtemperature.

Air Delivery Mode Control: Turnto the desired mode to change theairflow direction.

H (Vent): Air is directed throughthe overhead outlets.

) (Bi-Level): Air is directedthrough the rear floor outlets,as well as the overhead outlets.

6 (Floor): Air is directed throughthe floor outlets. The rear systemfloor outlets are located under thethird row seats.

Page 269: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-11

Rear Climate Control System (Rear Climate with RearSeat Audio)

A. Fan Control

B. Air Delivery Mode Control

C. Temperature Control

For vehicles with the rear climatecontrol system, the controls arelocated on the rear of the centerconsole.

Press the REAR button on the frontclimate control system to turn therear climate control system on oroff. The system also turns on ifany of the rear controls, except forthe C are pressed. An indicatorcomes on when the rear systemis on.

The system can also be turnedoff, by pressing and holdingthe C button.

Mimic Mode: This mode matchesthe rear climate control to the frontclimate control settings. It comes onwhen REAR is pressed.

Independent Mode: This modedirects rear seating airflowaccording to the settings of therear controls. It comes on whenany rear control is adjusted.

D C (Fan Control): Press the fanup or down buttons to increase ordecrease the fan speed.

Temperature Control: Press +or − to increase or decreasethe air temperature. Thetemperature settings will displayin 0‐12 increments, going fromthe coolest (0) to the warmest (12)setting.

Page 270: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-12 Climate Controls

N (Air Delivery Mode Control):Press to manually change thedirection of the airflow. Repeatedlypress the button until the desiredmode appears on the display.

H (Vent): Air is directed throughthe overhead outlets.

) (Bi-Level): Air is directedthrough the rear floor outlets, aswell as the overhead outlets.

6 (Floor): Air is directed throughthe floor outlets. The rear systemfloor outlets are located under thethird row seats.

Air VentsUse the slider switch in the center ofthe outlet, to change the directionof the air flow. Use the thumbwheelnear the outlet to control the amountof air flow or to shut off the airflow.

Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

Operation Tips. Clear away any ice, snow,

or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatcan block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. If fogging reoccurs while invent or bi-level modes withmild temperature throughoutthe vehicle, turn on the airconditioner to reduce windshieldfogging.

Page 271: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Climate Controls 8-13

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen,and other airborne irritants fromoutside air and inside air when inrecirculation mode.

To find out what type of replacementfilter to use, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 11‑9.

1. Open the glove box.2. Twist the compartment

retainers (A) and pull outwardto remove.

3. Lower the instrument panelcompartment assembly (B)beyond the stops.

4. If needed, unsnapthe instrument panelcompartment assembly (B)from the instrument panel.When re-installing, be sure theinstrument panel compartmentdampener arm is alignedproperly to the dampenergear assembly.

5. Squeeze the housing cover (A)tabs to remove.

6. Remove the old air filter from thepassenger compartment air filterhousing (B).

7. Install the new air filter.

8. Replace the housing cover.

9. If removed, re‐install theinstrument panel compartmentassembly.

10. Re‐install the compartmentretainers.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

Page 272: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

8-14 Climate Controls

2 NOTES

Page 273: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-1

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDefensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-7Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 9-8Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-11Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-12

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-17Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Shifting Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . 9-23Parking Over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . 9-25Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30

Ride Control SystemsStabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . 9-31

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33

Object Detection SystemsUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-35Rear VisionCamera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . 9-42Gasoline Specifications (U.S.and Canada Only) . . . . . . . . . . 9-42

California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-43Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-43Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46

TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-46

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

Page 274: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-2 Driving and Operating

Driving Information

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See Safety Belts onpage 3‑16.

{ WARNING

Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, and otherdrivers) are going to be carelessand make mistakes. Anticipatewhat they might do and be ready.In addition:

. Allow enough followingdistance between you andthe driver in front of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Driver distraction can causecollisions resulting in injury orpossible death. These simpledefensive driving techniquescould save your life.

Drunk Driving

{ WARNING

Drinking and then driving isvery dangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected byeven a small amount of alcohol.You can have a serious — oreven fatal — collision if you driveafter drinking. Do not drink anddrive or ride with a driver who hasbeen drinking. Ride home in acab; or if you are with a group,designate a driver who will notdrink.

Death and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

Alcohol affects four things thatanyone needs to drive a vehicle:judgment, muscular coordination,vision, and attentiveness.

Police records show thatalmost 40 percent of all motorvehicle-related deaths involvealcohol. In most cases, thesedeaths are the result of someonewho was drinking and driving.In recent years, more than17,000 annual motor vehicle-relateddeaths have been associated withthe use of alcohol, with about250,000 people injured.

For persons under 21, it is againstthe law in every U.S. state to drinkalcohol. There are good medical,psychological, and developmentalreasons for these laws.

The obvious way to eliminate theleading highway safety problem isfor people never to drink alcoholand then drive.

Page 275: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-3

Medical research shows thatalcohol in a person's systemcan make crash injuries worse,especially injuries to the brain,spinal cord, or heart. This meansthat when anyone who has beendrinking — driver or passenger — isin a crash, that person's chance ofbeing killed or permanently disabledis higher than if the person had notbeen drinking.

Control of a VehicleThe following three systemshelp to control the vehicle whiledriving — brakes, steering, andaccelerator. At times, as whendriving on snow or ice, it is easy toask more of those control systemsthan the tires and road can provide.Meaning, you can lose control of thevehicle. See StabiliTrak® System onpage 9‑31.

Adding non‐dealer accessoriescan affect vehicle performance.See Accessories and Modificationson page 10‑3.

BrakingSee Brake System Warning Light onpage 5‑20.

Braking action involvesperception time and reactiontime. Deciding to push the brakepedal is perception time. Actuallydoing it is reaction time.

Average reaction time is aboutthree‐fourths of a second.But that is only an average.It might be less with one driverand as long as two or three secondsor more with another. Age, physicalcondition, alertness, coordination,and eyesight all play a part. So doalcohol, drugs, and frustration.But even in three‐fourths of asecond, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft). That could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency, sokeeping enough space betweenthe vehicle and others is important.

And, of course, actual stoppingdistances vary greatly with thesurface of the road, whether it ispavement or gravel; the conditionof the road, whether it is wet, dry,or icy; tire tread; the condition of thebrakes; the weight of the vehicle;and the amount of brake forceapplied.

Avoid needless heavybraking. Some people drive inspurts — heavy accelerationfollowed by heavy braking — ratherthan keeping pace with traffic.This is a mistake. The brakesmight not have time to cool betweenhard stops. The brakes will wearout much faster with a lot of heavybraking. Keeping pace with thetraffic and allowing realistic followingdistances eliminates a lot ofunnecessary braking. That meansbetter braking and longer brake life.

Page 276: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-4 Driving and Operating

If the engine ever stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. If the brakes are pumped,the pedal could get harder to pushdown. If the engine stops, there willstill be some power brake assist butit will be used when the brake isapplied. Once the power assist isused up, it can take longer to stopand the brake pedal will be harderto push.

Adding non‐dealer accessoriescan affect vehicle performance.See Accessories and Modificationson page 10‑3.

Steering

Power Steering

If power steering assist is lostbecause the engine stops orthe power steering system is notfunctioning, the vehicle can besteered but it will take more effort.

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering systemthat continuously adjusts the effortfelt when steering at all vehiclespeeds. It provides ease whenparking, yet a firm, solid feel athighway speeds.

Steering Tips

It is important to take curves at areasonable speed.

Traction in a curve depends onthe condition of the tires and theroad surface, the angle at which thecurve is banked, and vehicle speed.While in a curve, speed is the onefactor that can be controlled.

If there is a need to reduce speed,do it before entering the curve, whilethe front wheels are straight.

Try to adjust the speed so you candrive through the curve. Maintain areasonable, steady speed. Wait toaccelerate until out of the curve,and then accelerate gently intothe straightaway.

Page 277: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-5

Steering in Emergencies

There are times when steeringcan be more effective than braking.For example, you come over a hilland find a truck stopped in yourlane, or a car suddenly pulls outfrom nowhere, or a child darts outfrom between parked cars and stopsright in front of you. These problemscan be avoided by braking— if youcan stop in time. But sometimes youcannot stop in time because thereis no room. That is the time forevasive action— steering aroundthe problem.

The vehicle can perform verywell in emergencies like these.First apply the brakes. See Brakingon page 9‑3. It is better to removeas much speed as possible froma collision. Then steer aroundthe problem, to the left or rightdepending on the space available.

An emergency like this requiresclose attention and a quick decision.If holding the steering wheel atthe recommended 9 and 3 o'clockpositions, it can be turned a full180 degrees very quickly withoutremoving either hand. But you haveto act fast, steer quickly, and just asquickly straighten the wheel onceyou have avoided the object.

The fact that such emergencysituations are always possible is agood reason to practice defensivedriving at all times and wear safetybelts properly.

Off-Road RecoveryThe vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving.

If the level of the shoulder isonly slightly below the pavement,recovery should be fairly easy.

Page 278: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-6 Driving and Operating

Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer so that the vehiclestraddles the edge of the pavement.Turn the steering wheel 8 to 13 cm(3 to 5 in), about one-eighth turn,until the right front tire contactsthe pavement edge. Then turn thesteering wheel to go straight downthe roadway.

Loss of ControlLet us review what driving expertssay about what happens when thethree control systems— brakes,steering, and acceleration— do nothave enough friction where the tiresmeet the road to do what the driverhas asked.

In any emergency, do not give up.Keep trying to steer and constantlyseek an escape route or area ofless danger.

Skidding

In a skid, a driver can lose control ofthe vehicle. Defensive drivers avoidmost skids by taking reasonablecare suited to existing conditions,and by not overdriving thoseconditions. But skids are alwayspossible.

The three types of skidscorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems. In the braking skid,the wheels are not rolling. In thesteering or cornering skid, too muchspeed or steering in a curve causestires to slip and lose cornering force.And in the acceleration skid, toomuch throttle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

If the vehicle starts to slide, easeyour foot off the accelerator pedaland quickly steer the way youwant the vehicle to go. If you startsteering quickly enough, the vehiclemay straighten out. Always be readyfor a second skid if it occurs.

Of course, traction is reduced whenwater, snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial is on the road. For safety,slow down and adjust your drivingto these conditions. It is importantto slow down on slippery surfacesbecause stopping distance is longerand vehicle control more limited.

While driving on a surface withreduced traction, try to avoidsudden steering, acceleration,or braking, including reducingvehicle speed by shifting to a lowergear. Any sudden changes couldcause the tires to slide. You mightnot realize the surface is slipperyuntil the vehicle is skidding. Learnto recognize warning clues— suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface— and slowdown when you have any doubt.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Page 279: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-7

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep‐standing or flowing water.

{ WARNING

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well ina quick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying todrive through flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the roadis wet enough and you are goingfast enough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping

equipment in good shape.. Keep the windshield washer fluid

reservoir filled.. Have good tires with proper

tread depth. See Tires onpage 10‑38.

. Turn off cruise control.

Page 280: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-8 Driving and Operating

Highway HypnosisAlways be alert and pay attentionto your surroundings while driving.If you become tired or sleepy, finda safe place to park the vehicleand rest.

Other driving tips include:. Keep the vehicle well ventilated.. Keep interior temperature cool.. Keep your eyes moving — scan

the road ahead and to the sides.. Check the rearview mirror and

vehicle instruments often.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips fordriving in these conditions include:. Keep the vehicle serviced and in

good shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes,

tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ WARNING

If you do not shift down, thebrakes could get so hot that theywould not work well. You wouldthen have poor braking or evennone going down a hill. You couldcrash. Shift down to let the engineassist the brakes on a steepdownhill slope.

{ WARNING

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. The brakes willhave to do all the work of slowingdown and they could get so hot

(Continued)

Page 281: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-9

WARNING (Continued)

that they would not work well.You would then have poor brakingor even none going down a hill.You could crash. Always have theengine running and the vehicle ingear when going downhill.

. Stay in your own lane. Do notswing wide or cut across thecenter of the road. Drive atspeeds that let you stay inyour own lane.

. Top of hills: Bealert — something couldbe in your lane (stalled car,accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (falling rocks area, windingroads, long grades, passing orno-passing zones) and takeappropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Drive carefully when there issnow or ice between the tiresand the road, creating less tractionor grip. Wet ice can occur at about0°C (32°F) when freezing rainbegins to fall, resulting in even lesstraction. Avoid driving on wet ice orin freezing rain until roads can betreated with salt or sand.

Drive with caution, whatever thecondition. Accelerate gently sotraction is not lost. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surface underthe tires slick, so there is even lesstraction.

Try not to break the fragile traction.If you accelerate too fast, the drivewheels will spin and polish thesurface under the tires even more.

The Antilock Brake System (ABS)on page 9‑29 improves vehiclestability during hard stops onslippery roads, but apply the brakessooner than when on dry pavement.

Allow greater following distance onany slippery road and watch forslippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads inshaded areas. The surface of acurve or an overpass can remainicy when the surrounding roadsare clear. Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

Turn off cruise control on slipperysurfaces.

Page 282: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-10 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use the RoadsideAssistance Program (U.S. andCanada) on page 13‑8 or RoadsideAssistance Program (Mexico) onpage 13‑10. To get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside

mirror.

{ WARNING

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containsCarbon Monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:. Clear away snow from aroundthe base of your vehicle,especially any that is blockingthe exhaust pipe.

. Check again from time totime to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

. Open a window about5 cm (2 in) on the side ofthe vehicle that is away fromthe wind to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outletson or under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatcirculates the air insidethe vehicle and set the fanspeed to the highest setting.See Climate Control Systemin the Index.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑24.

Snow can trap exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. This cancause deadly CO (CarbonMonoxide) gas to get inside.CO could overcome you and killyou. You cannot see it or smell it,so you might not know it is in yourvehicle. Clear away snow fromaround the base of your vehicle,especially any that is blocking theexhaust.

Run the engine for short periodsonly as needed to keep warm, butbe careful.

Page 283: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-11

To save fuel, run the engine for onlyshort periods as needed to warmthe vehicle and then shut the engineoff and close the window most ofthe way to save heat. Repeat thisuntil help arrives but only when youfeel really uncomfortable from thecold. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If it takes some time for help toarrive, now and then when you runthe engine, push the acceleratorpedal slightly so the engineruns faster than the idle speed.This keeps the battery charged torestart the vehicle and to signal forhelp with the headlamps. Do thisas little as possible to save fuel.

If the Vehicle is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If the vehicle has a traction system,it can often help to free a stuckvehicle. Refer to the vehicle'straction system in the Index. If stucktoo severely for the traction systemto free the vehicle, turn the tractionsystem off and use the rockingmethod.

{ WARNING

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, andyou or others could be injured.The vehicle can overheat,causing an engine compartmentfire or other damage. Spin thewheels as little as possible andavoid going above 55 km/h(35 mph).

For information about using tirechains on the vehicle, see TireChains on page 10‑60.

Page 284: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-12 Driving and Operating

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionor stability system. Shift back andforth between R (Reverse) and aforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion thatcould free the vehicle. If thatdoes not get the vehicle out aftera few tries, it might need to betowed out. If the vehicle doesneed to be towed out, see Towingthe Vehicle on page 10‑87.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to knowhow much weight your vehiclecan carry. This weight is calledthe vehicle capacity weightand includes the weight ofall occupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on your vehicleshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification/Tire label.

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicleany heavier than theGross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Page 285: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-13

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Example Label

A vehicle specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the center pillar(B-pillar) of your vehicle.With the driver's door open,you will find the label attachedbelow the door lock post(striker). The tire and loadinginformation label shows the

number of occupant seatingpositions (A), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (B) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thesize of the original equipmenttires (C) and the recommendedcold tire inflation pressures (D).For more information on tiresand inflation see Tires onpage 10‑38 and Tire Pressureon page 10‑45.

There is also important loadinginformation on the vehicleCertification/Tire label. It tellsyou the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR)for the front and rear axle.See “Certification/Tire Label”later in this section.

Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit

1. Locate the statement“The combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kgor XXX lbs.

Page 286: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-14 Driving and Operating

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount of cargoand luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbsand there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacityis 650 lbs (1400 − 750(5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, the load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine how thisreduces the available cargoand luggage load capacityfor your vehicle.

See Trailer Towing on page 9‑52for important information ontowing a trailer, towing safetyrules and trailering tips. Example 1

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =136 kg (300 lbs).

C. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Page 287: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-15

Example 2

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 2 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 =340 kg (750 lbs).

C. Available CargoWeight = 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3

A. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 3 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

B. Subtract Occupant Weight@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 =453 kg (1,000 lbs).

C. Available CargoWeight = 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to your vehicle's tire andloading information label forspecific information about yourvehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedyour vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

Label Example

A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label is attached to the rearedge of the driver's door.

Page 288: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-16 Driving and Operating

The label shows the grossweight capacity of yourvehicle. This is called the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants,fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label alsotells you the maximum weightsfor the front and rear axles,called the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). To find out theactual loads on your front andrear axles, you need to go to aweigh station and weigh yourvehicle. Your dealer can helpyou with this. Be sure to spreadout your load equally on bothsides of the centerline.

Never exceed the GVWR foryour vehicle or the GAWR foreither the front or rear axle.

{ WARNING

Do not load the vehicleany heavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoshorten the life of the vehicle.

Notice : Overloading thevehicle may cause damage.Repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Do not overload the vehicle.

If you put things inside yourvehicle — like suitcases, tools,packages, or anything else,they will go as fast as thevehicle goes. If you have tostop or turn quickly, or if thereis a crash, they will keep going.

{ WARNING

Things you put inside thevehicle can strike and injurepeople in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. Try tospread the weight evenly.

(Continued)

Page 289: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-17

WARNING (Continued)

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secureit whenever you can.

. Do not leave a seat foldeddown unless you need to.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-InNotice: The vehicle does notneed an elaborate break-in. But itwill perform better in the long runif you follow these guidelines:. If you have all-wheel drive,keep your speed at 88 km/h(55mph) or less for the first805 km (500miles).

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast orslow, for the first 805 km(500miles). Do not makefull-throttle starts. Avoiddownshifting to brake orslow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200miles)or so. During this time thenew brake linings are notyet broken in. Hard stopswith new linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow thisbreaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

. Do not tow a trailer duringbreak-in. See DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips on page 9‑47 for thetrailer towing capabilitiesof your vehicle and moreinformation.

Following break‐in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Page 290: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-18 Driving and Operating

Ignition Positions

The ignition switch has four differentpositions.

In order to shift out of P (Park),the ignition must be in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY and the brakepedal must be applied.

Notice: Using a tool to force thekey to turn in the ignition couldcause damage to the switch orbreak the key. Use the correctkey, make sure it is all the way in,and turn it only with your hand.If the key cannot be turned byhand, see your dealer.

( (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle isstopped, turn the ignition switch toLOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.Retained Accessory Power (RAP)will remain active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) onpage 9‑21.

This position locks the ignitionand transmission. The key canbe removed in LOCK/OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will causea loss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

In an emergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF. On vehicles withan automatic transmission, theshift lever must be in P (Park) toturn the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake.See Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

Page 291: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-19

The steering can bind with thewheels turned off center. If thishappens, move the steering wheelfrom right to left while turning thekey to ACC/ACCESSORY. If thisdoesn't work, then the vehicleneeds service.

ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): Thisis the position in which you canoperate the electrical accessoriesor items plugged into the accessorypower outlets. This position unlocksthe ignition and steering wheel. Usethis position if the vehicle must bepushed or towed.

R (ON/RUN): This position canbe used to operate the electricalaccessories and to display someinstrument panel warning andindicator lights. The switch staysin this position when the engineis running. The transmission isalso unlocked in this position.

If you leave the key in theACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition with the engine off, thebattery could be drained. You maynot be able to start the vehicle ifthe battery is allowed to drain foran extended period of time.

/ (START): This is the positionthat starts the engine. When theengine starts, release the key.The ignition switch will return toON/RUN for driving.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). The engine will not startin any other position. To restart theengine when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Notice: Do not try to shift toP (Park) if the vehicle is moving.If you do, you could damage thetransmission. Shift to P (Park)only when the vehicle is stopped.

Starting Procedure

1. With your foot off the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition to START.When the engine starts, let goof the key. The idle speedwill slow down as the enginewarms. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently to allowthe oil to warm up and lubricateall moving parts.

The vehicle has aComputer-ControlledCranking System. This featureassists in starting the engineand protects components.If the ignition key is turned tothe START position, and thenreleased when the enginebegins cranking, the enginewill continue cranking for a fewseconds or until the vehiclestarts. If the engine does notstart and the key is held inSTART, cranking will be stoppedafter 15 seconds to preventcranking motor damage.

Page 292: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-20 Driving and Operating

To prevent gear damage, thissystem also prevents crankingif the engine is already running.Engine cranking can be stoppedby turning the ignition switchto the ACC/ACCESSORY orLOCK/OFF position.

Notice: Cranking the engine forlong periods of time, by returningthe key to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter 5‐10 seconds, especially invery cold weather (below 0°F or−18°C), it could be flooded withtoo much gasoline. Try pushingthe accelerator pedal all theway to the floor and holding itthere as you hold the key inSTART for up to a maximumof 15 seconds. Wait at least

15 seconds between each try,to allow the cranking motor tocool down. When the enginestarts, let go of the key andaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again,repeat these steps. This clearsthe extra gasoline from theengine. Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until theoil warms up and lubricatesall moving parts.

Notice: The engine is designedto work with the electronics inthe vehicle. If you add electricalparts or accessories, you couldchange the way the engineoperates. Before adding electricalequipment, check with yourdealer. If you do not, the enginemight not perform properly. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Engine HeaterThe engine coolant heatercan provide easier startingand better fuel economy duringengine warm-up in cold weatherconditions at or below 0°F (−18°C).Vehicles with an engine coolantheater should be plugged in atleast four hours before starting.Some models may have an internalthermostat in the cord which willprevent engine coolant heateroperation at temperatures above0°F (−18°C).

To Use the Engine CoolantHeater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrapthe electrical cord. The cord islocated on the driver side of theengine compartment. It is routedaround the windshield washerfluid reservoir.

3. Plug the cord into a normal,grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

Page 293: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-21

{ WARNING

Plugging the cord into anungrounded outlet could causean electrical shock. Also, thewrong kind of extension cordcould overheat and cause a fire.You could be seriously injured.Plug the cord into a properlygrounded three-prong 110-volt ACoutlet. If the cord will not reach,use a heavy-duty three-prongextension cord rated for at least15 amps.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keepit away from moving engineparts. If you do not, it couldbe damaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theignition key is turned off:. Audio System. Power Windows. Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the windows and sunroofwill work up to 10 minutes or until adoor is opened.

The radio continues to work for10 minutes or until the driver's dooris opened.

For an additional 10 minutes ofoperation, close all the doors andturn the key to ON/RUN and thenback to LOCK/OFF.

All these features will work whenthe key is in the ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY positions.

Shifting Into Park

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the shift lever is notfully in P (Park) with the parkingbrake firmly set. The vehicle canroll. If you have left the enginerunning, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure the vehicle willnot move, even when you are onfairly level ground, use the stepsthat follow. If you are pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑47.

1. Hold the brake pedal downand set the parking brake.See Parking Brake on page 9‑30for more information.

Page 294: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-22 Driving and Operating

2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)by holding in the button on theshift lever and pushing the shiftlever all the way toward the frontof the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition key toLOCK/OFF.

4. Remove the key and take it withyou. If you can leave the vehiclewith the ignition key in yourhand, the vehicle is in P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.The vehicle could move suddenlyif the shift lever is not fully inP (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. And, if you leave the

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

vehicle with the engine running,it could overheat and even catchfire. You or others could beinjured. Do not leave the vehiclewith the engine running.

If you have to leave the vehiclewith the engine running, be surethe vehicle is in P (Park) and theparking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), holdthe regular brake pedal down.Then, see if you can move theshift lever away from P (Park)without first pushing the button.

If you can, it means that the shiftlever was not fully locked inP (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weightof the vehicle puts too muchforce on the parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, yourvehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Page 295: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-23

Shifting Out of ParkThe vehicle is equipped withan electronic shift lock releasesystem. The shift lock release isdesigned to:. Prevent ignition key removal

unless the shift lever is inP (Park) with the shift leverbutton fully released, and

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park), unlessthe ignition is in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY and theregular brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting onpage 10‑83 for more information.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press the shift lever button.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still are unable to shift out ofP (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), see your dealer.

Parking Over ThingsThat Burn

{ WARNING

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Page 296: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-24 Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust

{ WARNING

Engine exhaust contains CarbonMonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation (parkinggarages, tunnels, deep snowthat may block underbodyairflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified, damagedor improperly repaired.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or after-marketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windowscompletely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running. But if you ever haveto, here are some things to know.

{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains Carbon Monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed areathat has no fresh air ventilation.For more information, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑24.

Page 297: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (25,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-25

{ WARNING

It can be dangerous to get outof the vehicle if the automatictransmission shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.Do not leave the vehicle whenthe engine is running unlessyou have to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).

Follow the proper steps to besure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park onpage 9‑21.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑47.

AutomaticTransmissionThe automatic transmission has ashift lever located on the consolebetween the seats.

P (Park): This position locks thefront wheels. It is the best positionto use when starting the enginebecause the vehicle cannot moveeasily.

{ WARNING

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle whenthe engine is running unlessyou have to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brakeand move the shift lever toP (Park). See Shifting Into Parkon page 9‑21. If you are pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips on page 9‑47.

Make sure the shift lever isfully in P (Park) before startingthe engine. The vehicle hasan automatic transmissionshift lock control system.

Page 298: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (26,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-26 Driving and Operating

You must fully apply the regularbrake first and then press the shiftlever button before shifting fromP (Park) when the ignition key isin ON/RUN. If you cannot shiftout of P (Park), ease pressure onthe shift lever, then push the shiftlever all the way into P (Park) asyou maintain brake application.Then press the shift lever buttonand move the shift lever intoanother gear. See Shifting Outof Park on page 9‑23.

R (Reverse): Use this gear toback up.

Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)while the vehicle is movingforward could damage thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Shift to R (Reverse)only after the vehicle is stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑11.

N (Neutral): In this position, theengine does not connect with thewheels. To restart the engine whenthe vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only. Also, useN (Neutral) when the vehicle isbeing towed.

{ WARNING

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Notice: Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Be surethe engine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D (Drive): This position is fornormal driving. It provides the bestfuel economy. If you need morepower for passing, and you are:. Going less than 56 km/h

(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

Notice: If the vehicle seems toaccelerate slowly or not shiftgears when you go faster, andyou continue to drive the vehiclethat way, you could damage thetransmission. Have the vehicleserviced right away. You candrive in L (Low) when you aredriving less than 56 km/h (35mph)and D (Drive) for higher speedsuntil then.

If the vehicle is stopped ona hill, with your foot off the brakepedal, the vehicle may roll.

Page 299: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (27,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-27

This is normal and is due tothe torque converter designedto improve fuel economy andperformance. Use the brake tohold the vehicle on a hill. Do notuse the accelerator pedal.

L (Low): This position givesyou access to gear ranges. Thisprovides more engine braking butlower fuel economy than D (Drive).You can use it on very steep hills,or in deep snow or mud.

Manual Mode

Electronic RangeSelect (ERS) Mode

ERS mode allows you to choosethe top-gear limit of the transmissionand the vehicle's speed whiledriving down hill or towing a trailer.The vehicle has an electronicshift position indicator within theinstrument panel cluster. Whenusing the ERS Mode a number willdisplay next to the L, indicating thecurrent gear that has been selected.

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).

2. Press the plus/minus buttonlocated on the shift lever, toincrease or decrease the gearrange available.

When you shift from D (Drive) toL (Low), the transmission will shift toa pre-determined lower gear range.The highest gear available for thispre-determined range is displayednext to the L in the DIC. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) (With DICButtons) on page 5‑25 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (WithoutDIC Buttons) on page 5‑30 for moreinformation. The number displayedin the DIC is the highest gear thatthe transmission will be allowedto operate in. This means thatall gears below that number areavailable. For example, when4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L,1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears areautomatically shifted by the vehicle.

The transmission will not shift into5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button isused or you shift back into D (Drive).

While in L (Low), the transmissionwill prevent shifting to a lower gearrange if the engine speed is toohigh. You have a brief period oftime to slow the vehicle. If vehiclespeed is not reduced within the timeallowed, the lower gear range shiftwill not be completed. You mustfurther slow the vehicle, then pressthe − (Minus) button to the desiredlower gear range.

Automatic Engine Grade brakingis not available when the ERS isactive. It is available in D (Drive) forboth normal and Tow/Haul mode.While using the ERS, cruise controland the tow/haul mode can be used.See Tow/Haul Mode following.

Page 300: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (28,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-28 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul Mode_ (Tow/Haul): The vehicle mayhave a Tow/Haul mode.

The button is located on theinstrument panel under the climatecontrols.

Push the button to activate thesystem. Push it again to deactivatethe system. You can use this featureto assist when towing or hauling aheavy load.

When Tow/Haul is activated theTow/Haul symbol will come onthe instrument panel cluster.See “Tow/Haul Mode” under DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9‑47 for more information.

Automatic Engine GradeBraking

Automatic Engine Grade Brakingassists when driving on a downhillgrade. It maintains vehicle speedby automatically implementinga shift schedule that uses theengine and the transmission toslow the vehicle. The system willautomatically command downshiftsto reduce vehicle speed, until thebrake pedal is no longer beingpressed.

While in the Electronic RangeSelect (ERS) mode, grade brakingis deactivated, allowing the driverto select a range and limiting thehighest gear available. Gradebraking is available for normaldriving and in Tow/Haul mode.

See Automatic Transmission onpage 9‑25.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.

When using a compact sparetire on an AWD vehicle, thesystem automatically detects thecompact spare and disables AWD.To restore AWD operation andprevent excessive wear on thesystem, replace the compactspare with a full-size tire as soonas possible. See Compact SpareTire on page 10‑82 for moreinformation.

Page 301: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (29,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-29

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has the AntilockBrake System (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the engine is started and thevehicle begins to drive away, ABSchecks itself. A momentary motor orclicking noise might be heard whilethis test is going on, and it mighteven be noticed that the brakepedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Lighton page 5‑21.

If driving safely on a wet road andit becomes necessary to slam onthe brakes and continue brakingto avoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses that the wheelsare slowing down. If one of thewheels is about to stop rolling,the computer will separately workthe brakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpthe driver steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does notchange the time needed to geta foot up to the brake pedal oralways decrease stopping distance.

If you get too close to the vehiclein front of you, there will not beenough time to apply the brakesif that vehicle suddenly slows orstops. Always leave enough roomup ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You might hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate, but this isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Page 302: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (30,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-30 Driving and Operating

Parking Brake

To set the parking brake, hold theregular brake pedal down, thenpush the parking brake pedal down.

If the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will come on.See Brake System Warning Light onpage 5‑20.

Notice: Driving with the parkingbrake on can overheat the brakesystem and cause prematurewear or damage to brake systemparts. Make sure that the parkingbrake is fully released and thebrake warning light is off beforedriving.

To release the parking brake, holdthe regular brake pedal down, thenpush down momentarily on theparking brake pedal until you feelthe pedal release. Slowly pull yourfoot up off the park brake pedal.If the parking brake is not releasedwhen you begin to drive, the brakesystem warning light will be on anda chime will sound warning you thatthe parking brake is still on.

If you are towing a trailer andare parking on a hill, see DrivingCharacteristics and Towing Tips onpage 9‑47.

Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist thedriver in stopping or decreasingvehicle speed in emergencydriving conditions. This featureuses the stability system hydraulicbrake control module to supplementthe power brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle.The stability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this timeis normal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedalas the driving situation dictates.The brake assist feature willautomatically disengage whenthe brake pedal is released orbrake pedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Page 303: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (31,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-31

Ride Control Systems

StabiliTrak® SystemThe vehicle has the StabiliTraksystem which combines antilockbrake, traction and stability controlsystems and helps the drivermaintain directional control of thevehicle in most driving conditions.

When you first start the vehicleand begin to drive away, thesystem performs several diagnosticchecks to ensure there are noproblems. The system may beheard or felt while it is working.This is normal and does notmean there is a problem with thevehicle. The system should initializebefore the vehicle reaches 32 km/h(20 mph). In some cases, it maytake approximately 3.2 km (2 miles)of driving before the systeminitializes.

If the system fails to turn on oractivate, one of the followingmessages will be displayed on the

Driver Information Center (DIC):SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL,SERVICE STABILITRAK, theStabiliTrak light will come onand stay and four chimes areheard. If these conditions areobserved, turn the vehicle off, wait15 seconds, and then turn it backon again to reset the system. If anyof these messages still appear onthe Driver Information Center (DIC),the vehicle should be taken in forservice. For more information onthe DIC messages, see DriverInformation Center (DIC) (With DICButtons) on page 5‑25 or DriverInformation Center (DIC) (WithoutDIC Buttons) on page 5‑30.

The StabiliTrak light will flash on theinstrument panel cluster when thesystem is both on and activated.

The system may be heard or feltwhile it is working; this is normal.

The traction control button is locatedon the instrument panel.

The traction control part ofStabiliTrak can be turned off bypressing and releasing the tractioncontrol button.

Traction control can be turnedon by pressing and releasing thetraction control button and theappropriate TRACTION CONTROLON message will be displayed, if notautomatically shut off for any otherreason.

Page 304: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (32,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-32 Driving and Operating

When the traction control systemis turned off, the appropriateTRACTION CONTROL OFFmessage will be displayed onthe DIC. The vehicle will stillhave brake-traction control whentraction control is off, but will notbe able to use the engine speedmanagement system. See “TractionControl Operation” following formore information.

When the traction control systemhas been turned off, system noisesmay be heard and felt as a result ofthe brake-traction control working.

It is recommended to leave thesystem on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn the system off if the vehicleis stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow,and you want to “rock” the vehicleto attempt to free it. It may also benecessary to turn off the systemwhen driving in extreme off-roadconditions where high wheel spinis required. See If the Vehicle isStuck on page 9‑11.

Traction Control Operation

The traction control system is partof the StabiliTrak system. Tractioncontrol limits wheel spin by reducingengine power to the wheels (enginespeed management) and byapplying the brakes as necessary.

The traction control system isenabled automatically when thevehicle is started. It will activateand the StabiliTrak light will flashif it senses that any of the wheelsare spinning or beginning to losetraction while driving. If tractioncontrol is turned off, only thebrake-traction control portionof traction control will work.The engine speed managementwill be disabled. In this mode,engine power is not reducedautomatically and the drivenwheels can spin more freely.This can cause the brake-tractioncontrol to activate constantly.

Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axleis allowed to spin excessivelywhile the StabiliTrak®, ABS, brakewarning lights, and any relevantDIC messages are displayed, thetransfer case could be damaged.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Reduceengine power and do not spinthe wheel(s) excessively whilethese lights and messages aredisplayed.

The traction control system mayactivate on dry or rough roadsor under conditions such asheavy acceleration while turning orabrupt upshifts/downshifts of thetransmission. When this happens,a reduction in acceleration may benoticed, or a noise or vibration maybe heard. This is normal.

Page 305: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (33,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-33

If cruise control is being used whenthe system activates, the StabiliTraklight will flash and cruise control willautomatically disengage. Cruisecontrol may be reengaged whenroad conditions allow. See CruiseControl on page 9‑33.

StabiliTrak may also turn offautomatically if it determines thata problem exists with the system.If the problem does not clear itselfafter restarting the vehicle, see yourdealer for service.

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

When the brakes are applied, thecruise control is disengaged.

{ WARNING

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. So, do not usethe cruise control on windingroads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

The cruise control buttons arelocated on left side of the steeringwheel.

T (On/Off): Press to turn cruisecontrol on and off. The indicatorcomes on when cruise control is on.

+ RES (Resume/Accelerate):Press briefly to make the vehicleresume to a previously set speed,or press and hold to accelerate.

SET– : Press to set the speed andactivate cruise control or to makethe vehicle decelerate.

Page 306: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (34,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-34 Driving and Operating

[ (Cancel): Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not inuse, it could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep thecruise control switch off when cruiseis not being used.

The cruise control light on theinstrument panel cluster comes onafter the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed.

1. Press theI button to turn thecruise control system on.

2. Get up to the speed desired.

3. Press and release the SET–button located on the steeringwheel.

4. Take your foot off theaccelerator.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied, the cruise control isdisengaged without erasing theset speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed is 40 km/h(25 mph) or greater, press the+RES button on the steering wheel.The vehicle returns to the previouslyset speed and stays there.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated,. Press and hold the +RES button

on the steering wheel until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press the+RES button briefly. Each timethis is done, the vehicle goesabout 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated,. Press and hold the SET– button

on the steering wheel until thelower speed desired is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in small amounts,press the SET– button briefly.Each time this is done, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal,the vehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise controlwill work on hills depends uponthe vehicle speed, load, andthe steepness of the hills.

Page 307: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (35,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-35

When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintainthe vehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brakeor shift to a lower gear to keep thevehicle speed down. When thebrakes are applied the cruisecontrol is disengaged.

Ending Cruise Control

There are three ways to end cruisecontrol:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press the [ button.

. To turn off the cruise control,pressT on the steering wheel.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory by pressingtheT button or if the ignition isturned off.

Object DetectionSystems

Ultrasonic Parking AssistFor vehicles with the UltrasonicRear Parking Assist (URPA) system,it operates at speeds less than8 km/h (5 mph), and assists thedriver with parking and avoidingobjects while in R (Reverse).The sensors on the rear bumper areused to detect the distance to anobject up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind thevehicle, and at least 25.4 cm (10 in)off the ground.

{ WARNING

The Ultrasonic Rear ParkingAssist (URPA) system does notreplace driver vision. It cannotdetect:

. Objects that are below thebumper, underneath thevehicle, or too close or farfrom the vehicle.

. Children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or pets.

If you do not use proper carebefore and while backing, vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Even with URPA, alwayscheck behind the vehicle beforebacking up. While backing, besure to look for objects and checkthe vehicle's mirrors.

Page 308: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (36,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-36 Driving and Operating

How the System Works

URPA comes on automaticallywhen the shift lever is moved intoR (Reverse). A single tone soundsto indicate the system is working.

URPA operates only at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

An obstacle is indicated by audiblebeeps. The interval between thebeeps becomes shorter as thevehicle gets closer to the obstacle.When the distance is less than30 cm (12 in) the beeps arecontinuous.

To be detected, objects must be atleast 25.4 cm (10 in) off the groundand below liftgate level. Objectsmust also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) fromthe rear bumper. This distance maybe less during warmer or humidweather.

The system can be disabled throughthe Driver Information Center (DIC).See “Park Assist” under VehiclePersonalization (With DIC Buttons)on page 5‑47 for more information.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

If the URPA system does notactivate due to a temporarycondition, the message PARKASSIST OFF or PARK ASSTBLOCKED SEE OWNERSMANUAL will be displayedon the DIC.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If thismessage occurs, take the vehicleto your dealer to repair the system.

PARK ASSIST OFF: This messageoccurs if the driver disables thesystem.

PARK ASST BLOCKED SEEOWNERS MANUAL: Thismessage can occur under thefollowing conditions:. The ultrasonic sensors are not

clean. Keep the vehicle's rearbumper free of mud, dirt, snow,ice and slush. For cleaninginstructions, see Exterior Careon page 10‑90.

. The park assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not alwaysbe seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message maynot clear until the frost or icehas melted.

. A trailer was attached to thevehicle, or a bicycle or anobject was hanging out of theliftgate during the last drivecycle. Once the attached objectis removed, URPA will returnto normal operation.

. A tow bar is attached to thevehicle.

. The vehicle's bumper isdamaged. Take the vehicle toyour dealer to repair the system.

. Other conditions may affectsystem performance, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck.

Page 309: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (37,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-37

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)The vehicle may have a Rear VisionCamera system. Read this entiresection before using it.

{ WARNING

The Rear Vision Camera (RVC)system does not replace drivervision. RVC does not:

. Detect objects that areoutside the camera's fieldof view, below the bumper,or underneath the vehicle.

. Detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, or pets.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Do not back the vehicle by onlylooking at the RVC screen, or usethe screen during longer, higherspeed backing maneuvers orwhere there could be cross-traffic.Your judged distances using thescreen will differ from actualdistances.

If you do not use proper carebefore backing up, you couldhit a vehicle, child, pedestrian,bicyclist, or pet, resulting invehicle damage, injury, or death.Even though the vehicle hasthe RVC system, always checkcarefully before backing up bychecking behind and around thevehicle.

Vehicles Without NavigationSystem

The rear vision camera system isdesigned to help the driver whenbacking up by displaying a viewof the area behind the vehicle.When the key is in the ON/RUNposition and the driver shifts thevehicle into R (Reverse), the videoimage automatically appears onthe inside rear view mirror. Oncethe driver shifts out of R (Reverse),the video image automaticallydisappears from the inside rearview mirror.

Page 310: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (38,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-38 Driving and Operating

Turning the Rear Vision CameraSystem Off or On

To turn off the rear vision camerasystem, press and holdz, locatedon the inside rearview mirror, untilthe left indicator light turns off.The rear vision camera displayis now disabled.

To turn the rear vision camerasystem on again, press andholdz until the left indicator lightilluminates. The rear vision camerasystem display is now enabled andthe display will appear in the mirrornormally.

Vehicles With NavigationSystem

The rear vision camera system isdesigned to help the driver whenbacking up by displaying a viewof the area behind the vehicle.When the driver shifts the vehicleinto R (Reverse), the video imageautomatically appears on thenavigation screen. Once the drivershifts out of R (Reverse), thenavigation screen will go back tothe last screen that had beendisplayed, after a delay.

Turning the Rear Vision CameraSystem On or Off

To turn the rear vision camerasystem on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. Press the MENU button to enterthe configure menu options,then press the MENU hard keyto select Display or touch theDisplay screen button.

3. Select the Rear Camera Optionsscreen button. The Rear CameraOptions screen displays.

4. Select the Video screen button.When the Video screen buttonis highlighted the RVC systemis on.

Page 311: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (39,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-39

The delay that is received aftershifting out of R (Reverse) isapproximately 10 seconds.The delay can be cancelled byperforming one of the following:. Pressing a hard key on the

navigation system.. Shifting in to P (Park).. Reach a vehicle speed of

5 mph (8 km/h).

There is a message on the rearvision camera screen that states“Check Surroundings for Safety”.

Adjusting the Brightness andContrast of the Screen

To adjust the brightness andcontrast of the screen, press theMENU button while the rear visioncamera image is on the display.Any adjustments made will onlyaffect the rear vision camera screen.

] (Brightness) : Touch the+ (plus) or – (minus) screenbuttons to increase or decreasethe brightness of the screen.

_ (Contrast) : Touch the + (plus)or – (minus) screen buttons toincrease or decrease the contrastof the screen.

Symbols

The navigation system may havea feature that lets the driver viewsymbols on the navigation screenwhile using the rear vision camera.The Ultrasonic Rear Park Assist(URPA) system must not bedisabled to use the caution symbols.If URPA has been disabled andthe symbols have been turned on,the Rear Parking Assist SymbolsUnavailable error message maydisplay. See Ultrasonic ParkingAssist on page 9‑35.

The symbols appear when an objecthas been detected by the URPAsystem. The symbol may cover theobject when viewing the navigationscreen.

To turn the symbols on or off:

1. Make sure that URPA has notbeen disabled.

2. Shift into P (Park).

3. Press the MENU hard keyto enter the configure menuoptions, then press the MENUhard key repeatedly until Displayis selected or touch the Displayscreen button.

4. Select the Rear Camera Optionsscreen button. The Rear CameraOptions screen will display.

5. Touch the Symbols screenbutton. The screen button willbe highlighted when on.

Page 312: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (40,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-40 Driving and Operating

Rear Vision Camera ErrorMessages

Service Rear Vision CameraSystem: This message can displaywhen the system is not receivinginformation it requires from othervehicle systems.

If any other problem occurs or if aproblem persists, see your dealer.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The camera is located above thelicense plate.

The area displayed by the camerais limited and does not displayobjects that are close to eithercorner or under the bumper.The area displayed can varydepending on vehicle orientationor road conditions. The distanceof the image that appears on thescreen differs from the actualdistance.

The following illustration showsthe field of view that the cameraprovides.

A. View displayed by the camera.

B. Corner of the rear bumper.

Page 313: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (41,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-41

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The rear vision camera systemmight not work properly or displaya clear image if:. The RVC is turned off.

See “Turning the Rear CameraSystem On or Off” earlier in thissection.

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlights is shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is inan accident, the position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to havethe camera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

. There are extreme temperaturechanges.

The rear vision camera systemdisplay in the rearview mirrormay turn off or not appear asexpected due to one of the followingconditions. If this occurs the leftindicator light on the mirror willflash.. A slow flash may indicate a

loss of video signal, or no videosignal present during the reversecycle.

. A fast flash may indicate thatthe display has been on forthe maximum allowable timeduring a reverse cycle, or thedisplay has reached an OverTemperature limit.

The fast flash conditionsare used to protect the videodevice from high temperatureconditions. Once conditionsreturn to normal the device willreset and the green indicatorwill stop flashing.

During any of these fault conditions,the display will be blank and theindicator will continue to flash aslong as the vehicle is in R (Reverse)or until the conditions return tonormal.

Pressing and holdingz when theleft indicator light is flashing will turnoff the video display along with theleft indicator light.

Page 314: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (42,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-42 Driving and Operating

FuelUse of the recommended fuelis an important part of the propermaintenance of this vehicle. To helpkeep the engine clean and maintainoptimum vehicle performance, werecommend the use of gasolineadvertised as TOP TIER DetergentGasoline.

Look for the TOP TIER label on thefuel pump to ensure gasoline meetsenhanced detergency standardsdeveloped by auto companies. A listof marketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be found atwww.toptiergas.com.

Recommended FuelUse regular unleaded gasoline witha posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. If the octane rating is lessthan 87, an audible knocking noise,commonly referred to as sparkknock, might be heard when driving.If this occurs, use a gasoline ratedat 87 octane or higher as soonas possible. If heavy knocking isheard when using gasoline ratedat 87 octane or higher, the engineneeds service.

Gasoline Specifications(U.S. and Canada Only)At a minimum, gasoline shouldmeet ASTM specificationD 4814 in the United Statesor CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 inCanada. Some gasolines containan octane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). We recommendagainst the use of gasolinescontaining MMT. See Fuel Additiveson page 9‑43 for additionalinformation.

Page 315: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (43,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-43

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards,it is designed to operate on fuelsthat meet California specifications.See the underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance mightbe affected. The malfunctionindicator lamp could turn on and thevehicle might fail a smog‐check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑18. If this occurs, return toyour authorized dealer for diagnosis.If it is determined that the conditionis caused by the type of fuel used,repairs might not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesNever use leaded gasoline or anyother fuel not recommended in theprevious text on fuel. Costly repairscaused by use of improper fuelwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

To check the fuel availability, askan auto club, or contact a major oilcompany that does business in thecountry where you will be driving.

Fuel AdditivesTo provide cleaner air, all gasolinesin the United States are nowrequired to contain additives thathelp prevent engine and fuel systemdeposits from forming, allowing theemission control system to workproperly. In most cases, nothingshould have to be added to thefuel. However, some gasolinescontain only the minimum amountof additive required to meet U.S.

Environmental Protection Agencyregulations. To help keep fuelinjectors and intake valves cleanand avoid problems due to dirtyinjectors or valves, look for gasolinethat is advertised as TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline. Look for theTOP TIER label on the fuel pumpto ensure gasoline meets enhanceddetergency standards developedby the auto companies. A list ofmarketers providing TOP TIERDetergent Gasoline can be foundat www.toptiergas.com.

For customers who do not useTOP TIER Detergent Gasolineregularly, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment PLUS, addedto the fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help clean depositsfrom fuel injectors and intakevalves. GM Fuel System TreatmentPLUS is the only gasoline additiverecommended by General Motors.It is available at your dealer.

Page 316: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (44,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-44 Driving and Operating

Gasolines containing oxygenates,such as ethers and ethanol,and reformulated gasolinesmight be available in your area.We recommend that you use thesegasolines, if they comply with thespecifications described earlier.However, E85 (85% ethanol) andother fuels containing more than10% ethanol must not be used invehicles that were not designedfor those fuels.

Notice: This vehicle was notdesigned for fuel that containsmethanol. Do not use fuelcontaining methanol. It cancorrode metal parts in the fuelsystem and also damage plasticand rubber parts. That damagewould not be covered under thevehicle warranty.

Some gasolines that arenot reformulated for lowemissions can contain anoctane-enhancing additivecalled methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl (MMT);ask the attendant where you buygasoline whether the fuel containsMMT. We recommend againstthe use of such gasolines. Fuelscontaining MMT can reducespark plug life and affect emissioncontrol system performance.The malfunction indicator lampmight turn on. If this occurs,return to your dealer for service.

Filling the Tank

{ WARNING

Fuel vapor burns violently and afuel fire can cause bad injuries.To help avoid injuries to you andothers, read and follow all theinstructions on the fuel pumpisland. Turn off the engine whenrefueling. Do not smoke nearfuel or when refueling the vehicle.Do not use cellular phones. Keepsparks, flames, and smokingmaterials away from fuel. Do notleave the fuel pump unattendedwhen refueling the vehicle. This isagainst the law in some places.Do not re-enter the vehicle whilepumping fuel. Keep children awayfrom the fuel pump; never letchildren pump fuel.

Page 317: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (45,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-45

The tethered fuel cap is locatedbehind a hinged fuel door on thedriver side of the vehicle.

To open the fuel door, push therearward center edge in and releaseand it will open.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise. The fuelcap has a spring in it; if the cap isreleased too soon, it will spring backto the right.

While refueling, hang the tetheredfuel cap from the hook on thefuel door.

{ WARNING

Fuel can spray out on youif you open the fuel cap tooquickly. If you spill fuel and thensomething ignites it, you couldbe badly burned. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearly full,and is more likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowly and waitfor any hiss noise to stop. Thenunscrew the cap all the way.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do nottop off or overfill the tank and waita few seconds after you havefinished pumping before removingthe nozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible.See Exterior Care on page 10‑90.

When replacing the fuel cap,turn it clockwise until it clicks.Make sure the cap is fully installed.The diagnostic system candetermine if the fuel cap has beenleft off or improperly installed.

This would allow fuel toevaporate into the atmosphere.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp onpage 5‑18.

{ WARNING

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuelby shutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Notice: If a new fuel cap isneeded, be sure to get the righttype of cap from your dealer.The wrong type of fuel cap mightnot fit properly, might cause themalfunction indicator lamp tolight, and could damage thefuel tank and emissions system.See Malfunction Indicator Lampon page 5‑18.

Page 318: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (46,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-46 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ WARNING

Never fill a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite the fuelvapor. You can be badly burnedand the vehicle damaged if thisoccurs. To help avoid injury toyou and others:

. Dispense fuel only intoapproved containers.

. Do not fill a container whileit is inside a vehicle, in avehicle's trunk, pickup bed,or on any surface other thanthe ground.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Bring the fill nozzle in contactwith the inside of the fillopening before operating thenozzle. Contact should bemaintained until the filling iscomplete.

. Do not smoke whilepumping fuel.

. Do not use a cellular phonewhile pumping fuel.

Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment thathas been designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer.

See the following trailer towinginformation in this section:. For information on driving

while towing a trailer, see“Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips.”

. For maximum vehicle and trailerweights, see “Trailer Towing.”

. For information on equipmentto tow a trailer, see “TowingEquipment.”

Page 319: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (47,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-47

For information on towing a disabledvehicle, see Towing the Vehicle onpage 10‑87. For information ontowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing onpage 10‑87.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

{ WARNING

The driver can lose control whenpulling a trailer if the correctequipment is not used or thevehicle is not driven properly.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not work

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

well— or even at all. The driverand passengers could beseriously injured. The vehicle mayalso be damaged; the resultingrepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Pull a traileronly if all the steps in this sectionhave been followed. Ask yourdealer for advice and informationabout towing a trailer with thevehicle.

The vehicle can tow a trailer whenequipped with the proper trailertowing equipment. For traileringcapacity, see Trailer Towing onpage 9‑52. Trailering changes

handling, acceleration, braking,durability and fuel economy.With the added weight, the engine,transmission, wheel assemblies andtires are forced to work harder andunder greater loads. The trailer alsoadds wind resistance, increasingthe pulling requirements. For safetrailering, correctly use the propertrailering equipment.

The following information hasimportant trailering tips and rulesfor your safety and that of yourpassengers. Read this sectioncarefully before pulling a trailer.

Page 320: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (48,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-48 Driving and Operating

Pulling a Trailer

Here are some important points:. There are many laws, including

speed limit restrictions that applyto trailering. Check for legalrequirements.

. Consider using sway control.See Towing Equipment onpage 9‑54.

. Do not tow a trailer at all duringthe first 800 km (500 miles)the new vehicle is driven.The engine, axle or otherparts could be damaged.

. During the first 800 km(500 miles) that a trailer istowed, do not drive over 80 km/h(50 mph) and do not make startsat full throttle. This reduces wearon the vehicle.

. The vehicle can tow inD (Drive). Use a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too often.See “Tow/Haul Mode” later inthis section.

. Obey speed limit restrictionswhen towing a trailer.

. The vehicle is designedprimarily as a passenger andload carrying vehicle. If a traileris towed, the vehicle will requiremore frequent maintenance dueto the additional load.

Driving with a Trailer

Towing a trailer requires experience.Get familiar with handling andbraking with the added trailerweight. The vehicle is now longerand not as responsive as thevehicle is by itself.

Check all trailer hitch partsand attachments, safety chains,electrical connectors, lamps, tiresand mirror adjustments. If the trailerhas electric brakes, start the vehicleand trailer moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes are working.

During the trip, check regularly to besure that the load is secure, and thelamps and trailer brakes are workingproperly.

Page 321: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (49,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-49

Towing with a Stability ControlSystem

When towing, the sound of thestability control system might beheard. The system is reacting to thevehicle movement caused by thetrailer, which mainly occurs duringcornering. This is normal whentowing heavier trailers.

Tow/Haul Mode

Tow/Haul assists when pulling aheavy trailer or a large or heavyload. The purpose of the Tow/Haulmode is to:. Reduce the frequency and

improve the predictability oftransmission shifts.

. Provide the same solid shift feelas when the vehicle is unloaded.

. Improve control of vehicle speedwhile requiring less throttle pedalactivity.

. Increase the charging systemvoltage to assist in recharginga battery installed in a trailer.

Press this button located on theconsole to turn on and turn off theTow/Haul mode. See Tow/HaulMode on page 9‑28.

The Tow/Haul light on theinstrument panel comes on toindicate that Tow/Haul modehas been selected.

Tow/Haul may be turned off bypressing the button again, atwhich time the indicator light onthe instrument panel will turn off.The vehicle will automatically turnoff Tow/Haul every time it is started.

Tow/Haul is designed to be mosteffective when the vehicle andtrailer combined weight is at least75 percent of the vehicle's GrossCombined Weight Rating (GCWR).See Trailer Towing on page 9‑52.Tow/Haul is most useful whenpulling a heavy trailer or a largeor heavy load under the followingdriving conditions:. Travelling through rolling terrain.. Travelling in stop and go traffic.. Travelling in busy parking lots

where improved low speedcontrol of the vehicle is desired.

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haulwhen lightly loaded or with no trailerwill not cause damage but there isno benefit. Such a selection whenunloaded may result in unpleasantengine and transmission drivingcharacteristics and reduced fueleconomy.

Page 322: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (50,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-50 Driving and Operating

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid situationsthat require heavy braking andsudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Because therig is longer, it is necessary to gofarther beyond the passed vehiclebefore returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that handto the left. To move the trailer tothe right, move your hand to theright. Always back up slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Notice: Making very sharp turnswhile trailering could cause thetrailer to come in contact withthe vehicle. The vehicle couldbe damaged. Avoid making verysharp turns while trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal so thetrailer will not strike soft shoulders,curbs, road signs, trees or otherobjects. Use the turn signal well inadvance and avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers.

Turn Signals When Towing aTrailer

The turn signal indicators on theinstrument panel flash wheneversignaling a turn or lane change.Properly hooked up, the trailerlamps also flash, telling otherdrivers the vehicle is turning,changing lanes or stopping.

When towing a trailer, the arrows onthe instrument panel flash for turnseven if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Check occasionally tobe sure the trailer bulbs are stillworking.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to alower gear before starting downa long or steep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down,the brakes might have to be usedso much that they would get hot andno longer work well. See “AutomaticEngine Grade Braking” within Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑28.

The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).Use a lower gear if the transmissionshifts too often.

Page 323: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (51,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-51

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, engine coolantwill boil at a lower temperature thanat normal altitudes. If the engine isturned off immediately after towingat high altitude on steep uphillgrades, the vehicle may showsigns similar to engine overheating.To avoid this, let the engine runwhile parked, preferably on levelground, with the transmission inP (Park) for a few minutes beforeturning the engine off. If theoverheat warning comes on, seeEngine Overheating on page 10‑19.

On a long uphill grade, shift downand reduce the vehicle speed toaround 88 km/h (55 mph) to reducethe possibility of the engine and thetransmission overheating.

Parking on Hills

{ WARNING

Parking the vehicle on a hillwith the trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb if facingdownhill or into traffic if facinguphill.

2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the brake pedaluntil the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedalwhile you:. Start the engine.. Shift into a gear.. Release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Page 324: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (52,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-52 Driving and Operating

Maintenance When TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. See thismanual's Maintenance Scheduleor Index for more information.Things that are especially importantin trailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system andbrake system. Inspect these beforeand during the trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Engine Cooling When TrailerTowing

The cooling system may temporarilyoverheat during severe operatingconditions. See Engine Overheatingon page 10‑19.

Trailer TowingThree important considerationshave to do with weight:. The weight of the trailer. The weight of the trailer tongue. The total weight on the vehicle's

tires

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

Speed, altitude, road grades,outside temperature, specialequipment, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carrymust be considered. See “Weightof the Trailer Tongue” later in thissection for more information.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is inthe tow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment.The weight of additional optionalequipment, passengers and cargo inthe tow vehicle must be subtractedfrom the maximum trailer weight.

Use the following chart to determinehow much the vehicle can weigh,based upon the vehicle model andoptions.

Page 325: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (53,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-53

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR

Front‐Wheel Drive 2,000 lbs (907 kg) 7,500 lbs (3 402 kg)

Front‐Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 5,200 lbs (2 359 kg) 10,250 lbs (4 649 kg)

All‐Wheel Drive 2,000 lbs (907 kg) 7,700 lbs (3 493 kg)

All‐Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 5,200 lbs (2 359 kg) 10,450 lbs (4 740 kg)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle andtrailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not beexceeded.

Ask your dealer for ourtrailering information or advice.See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5or Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑6 for moreinformation.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (A) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includesthe curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo carried in it, and thepeople who will be riding in thevehicle. If there are a lot of options,

equipment, passengers or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the tongue load must be addedto the GVW because the vehiclewill be carrying that weight, too.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑12.

Page 326: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (54,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-54 Driving and Operating

If a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch is beingused, the trailer tongue (A) shouldweigh 10‐15 percent of the totalloaded trailer weight (B).

After loading the trailer, weighthe trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Trailering may be limited by thevehicle's ability to carry tongueweight. Tongue weight cannotcause the vehicle to exceed the

GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating) or the RGAWR (Rear GrossAxle Weight Rating). The effect ofadditional weight may reduce thetrailering capacity more than thetotal of the additional weight.

It is important that the vehicledoes not exceed any of itsratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR,Maximum Trailer Rating or TongueWeight. The only way to be sure it isnot exceeding any of these ratingsis to weigh the vehicle and trailer.

Total Weight on the Vehicle'sTires

Inflate the vehicle's tires to theupper limit for cold tires. Thesenumbers can be found on theCertification label or see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑12 for moreinformation. Do not go over theGVW limit for the vehicle, or theGAWR, including the weight of thetrailer tongue. If using a weightdistributing hitch, do not go over therear axle limit before applying theweight distribution spring bars.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

It is important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by and rough roads area few reasons why the right hitch isneeded.. The rear bumper on the vehicle

is not intended for hitches.Do not attach rental hitchesor other bumper-type hitchesto it. Use only a frame-mountedhitch that does not attach to thebumper.

. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If thereare, then be sure to seal theholes when the hitch is removed.If the holes are not sealed,dirt, water, and deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from the exhaustmay get into the vehicle. SeeEngine Exhaust on page 9‑24.

Page 327: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (55,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Driving and Operating 9-55

Weight-Distributing Hitches andWeight Carrying Hitches

A. Body-to-Ground Distance

B. Front of Vehicle

When using a weight-distributinghitch, the hitch must be adjusted sothat the distance (A) remains thesame both before and after couplingthe trailer to the tow vehicle.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongueof the trailer to help prevent thetongue from contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Always leave just enough slack sothe rig can turn. Never allow safetychains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs morethan 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs tohave its own brake system thatis adequate for the weight of thetrailer. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not try to tap into thevehicle's hydraulic brake system.If you do, both brake systems willnot work well, or at all.

Trailer Wiring Harness

Basic Trailer Wiring

The trailer wiring harness, with aseven-pin connector, is located atthe rear of the vehicle and is tiedto the vehicle's frame. The harnessconnector can be plugged into aseven-pin universal heavy-dutytrailer connector available throughyour dealer.

The seven-wire harness containsthe following trailer circuits:. Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal. Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn

Signal. Brown: Taillamps. Black: Ground. Light Green: Back-up Lamps. Red/Black: Battery Feed. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake*

Page 328: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (56,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

9-56 Driving and Operating

*The fuse for this circuit is installedin the underhood electrical center,but the wires are not connected.They should be connected by yourdealer or a qualified service center.

If the back-up lamp circuit is notfunctional, contact your dealer.

If a remote (non-vehicle) battery isbeing charged, press the Tow/Haulmode switch located on the centerconsole near the climate controls.This will boost the vehicle systemvoltage and properly charge thebattery. If the trailer is too lightfor Tow/Haul mode, turn on theheadlamps (Non‐HID only) as asecond way to boost the vehiclesystem and charge the battery.

Electric Trailer Brake ControlWiring Provisions

These wiring provisions for anelectric trailer brake controllerare included with the vehicle aspart of the trailer wiring package.The instrument panel containsblunt cut wires behind the steeringcolumn for the electric trailer brakecontroller. The harness containsthe following wires:. Red/Black: Power Supply. White: Brake Switch Signal. Gray: Illumination. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal. Black: Ground

The electric trailer brake controllershould be installed by your dealeror a qualified service center.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipmentNotice: Do not add anythingelectrical to the vehicle unlessyou check with your dealer first.Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle and thedamage would not be coveredby the vehicle's warranty. Someadd-on electrical equipment cankeep other components fromworking as they should.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑45 and AddingEquipment to the Airbag-EquippedVehicle on page 3‑46.

Page 329: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-1

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . 10-3

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6

Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-19Overheated EngineProtectionOperating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-22Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . 10-27Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28

Wiper BladeReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Windshield Replacement . . . 10-29

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-31Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Electrical SystemOverload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-39Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

Page 330: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-2 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71Secondary Latch System . . . 10-80Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . 10-82

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83

TowingTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-87Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98

General InformationFor service and parts needs,visit your dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

Page 331: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including thisone, contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non‐dealer accessoriesto the vehicle can affect vehicleperformance and safety, includingsuch things as airbags, braking,stability, ride and handling,emissions systems, aerodynamics,durability, and electronic systemslike antilock brakes, traction control,and stability control. Some of theseaccessories could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Page 332: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-4 Vehicle Care

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from the installation or useof non‐GM certified parts, includingcontrol module modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. Your GMdealer can accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessories.When you go to your GM dealerand ask for GM Accessories,you will know that GM-trainedand supported service technicianswill perform the work using genuineGM Accessories.

Also, see Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑46.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ WARNING

You can be injured and thevehicle could be damaged if youtry to do service work on a vehiclewithout knowing enough about it.

. Be sure you have sufficientknowledge, experience,the proper replacementparts, and tools beforeattempting any vehiclemaintenance task.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Be sure to use the propernuts, bolts, and otherfasteners. Metric andEnglish fasteners can beeasily confused. If the wrongfasteners are used, partscan later break or fall off.You could be hurt.

If doing some of your ownservice work, use the properservice manual. It tells you muchmore about how to service thevehicle than this manual can.

Page 333: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-5

To order the proper service manual,see Service Publications OrderingInformation on page 13‑15.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle onpage 3‑45.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the dateof any service work performed.See Maintenance Records onpage 11‑10.

HoodTo open the hood, do the following:

1. Pull the hood release handlewith this symbol on it. It islocated under the instrumentpanel on the driver's side ofthe vehicle.

2. At the front of the vehicle, pullup on the center of the hood,and push the secondary hoodrelease to the right.

3. After you have partiallylifted the hood, gas strutswill automatically take overto lift and hold the hood inthe fully open position.

Before closing the hood, be sure allfiller caps are on properly.

Pull the hood down to close.Lower the hood until the liftingpressure of the strut is reduced.Then allow the hood to fall and latchinto place under its own weight.Check to make sure the hood isclosed. If the hood does not fullylatch, gently push the hood downat the front and center of the hooduntil it is completely latched.

Page 334: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview

Page 335: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Radiator Pressure Cap.See Cooling System onpage 10‑15.

B. Engine Coolant RecoveryCap. See Cooling System onpage 10‑15.

C. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.See Jump Starting onpage 10‑83.

D. Engine Compartment FuseBlock on page 10‑33.

E. Remote Positive (+) Terminal.See Jump Starting onpage 10‑83.

F. Power Steering Reservoir andCap (under engine cover).See Power Steering Fluid onpage 10‑22.

G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “Whento Add Engine Oil” underEngine Oil on page 10‑8.

H. Engine Cover on page 10‑7.

I. Engine Oil Dipstick.See “Checking Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

J. Automatic Transmission FluidDipstick. See “Checking theFluid Level” under AutomaticTransmission Fluid onpage 10‑13.

K. Brake Master CylinderReservoir. See “Brake Fluid”under Brakes on page 10‑24.

L. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter onpage 10‑13.

M. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See “Adding WasherFluid” under Washer Fluid onpage 10‑23.

Engine Cover

A. Oil Fill Cap

B. Engine Cover

To remove:

1. Remove the oil fill cap (A).

2. Raise the engine cover (B) torelease from the retainers.

3. Lift and remove the enginecover.

4. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 toreinstall engine cover.

Page 336: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life,careful attention must be paidto engine oil. Following thesesimple, but important steps willhelp protect your investment:. Always use engine oil approved

to the proper specification andof the proper viscosity grade.See “Selecting the Right EngineOil” in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See EngineOil Life System on page 10‑11.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check theengine oil level at each fuel fill.In order to get an accurate reading,the vehicle must be on level ground.The engine oil dipstick handleis a yellow loop. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for the location ofthe engine oil dipstick.

Obtaining an accurate oil levelreading is essential:

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

2. Pull out the dipstick and cleanit with a paper towel or cloth,then push it back in all the way.Remove it again, keeping thetip down, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommendedoil and then recheck the level.See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications onpage 12‑2.

Page 337: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-9

Notice: Do not add too muchoil. Oil levels above or belowthe acceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find thatyou have an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the enginecould be damaged. You shoulddrain out the excess oil or limitdriving of the vehicle and seek aservice professional to removethe excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade:

Specification

Use and ask for engine oils withthe dexos™ certification mark.Oils meeting the requirements ofthe vehicle should have the dexoscertification mark on the container.This certification mark indicates thatthe oil has been approved to thedexos specification.

This vehicle was filled at the factorywith dexos‐approved engine oil.

Notice: Use only engine oilthat is approved to the dexosspecification or an equivalentengine oil of the appropriateviscosity grade. Engineoils approved to the dexosspecification will show thedexos symbol on the container.Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are unsure whether theoil is approved to the dexosspecification, ask your serviceprovider.

Use of Substitute Engine Oils ifdexos is unavailable: In the eventthat dexos‐approved engine oil isnot available at an oil change orfor maintaining proper oil level,you may use substitute engine oildisplaying the API Starburst symboland of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade.

Page 338: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-10 Vehicle Care

Use of oils that do not meet thedexos specification, however, mayresult in reduced performance undercertain circumstances.

Viscosity Grade

SAE 5W-30 is the best viscositygrade for the vehicle. Do notuse other viscosity oils such asSAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29°C(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oilshould be used. An oil of thisviscosity grade will provideeasier cold starting for the engineat extremely low temperatures.When selecting an oil of theappropriate viscosity grade,be sure to always select an oil thatmeets the required specification,dexos. See “Specification” earlierin this section for more information.

Page 339: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-11

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil.The recommended oils with thedexos specification and displayingthe dexos certification mark are allthat is needed for good performanceand engine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all theoil from the filter before disposal.Never dispose of oil by putting itin the trash or pouring it on theground, into sewers, or into streamsor bodies of water. Recycle it bytaking it to a place that collectsused oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon engine revolutions and enginetemperature, and not on mileage.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably.For the oil life system to workproperly, the system must be resetevery time the oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished,it indicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 600 miles (1 000 km).

Page 340: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-12 Vehicle Care

It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will performthis work and reset the system.It is also important to check theoil regularly over the course ofan oil drain interval and keep itat the proper level.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 3,000 miles (5 000 km)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

If the vehicle does not have DriverInformation Center (DIC) buttons:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,with the engine off. The vehiclemust be in P (Park) to accessthis display. Press the tripodometer reset stem until OILLIFE REMAINING displays.

2. Press and hold the trip odometerreset stem until OIL LIFEREMAINING shows “100%.”Three chimes sound and theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage goes off.

3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message comes backon when the vehicle is started,the engine oil life system hasnot been reset. Repeat theprocedure.

If the vehicle has Driver InformationCenter (DIC) buttons:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,with the engine off.

2. Press the vehicle informationbutton until OIL LIFEREMAINING displays.

3. Press and hold the set/resetbutton until “100%” is displayed.Three chimes sound and theCHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage goes off.

4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not been reset. Repeatthe procedure.

Page 341: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-13

Automatic TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to checkthe transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is theonly reason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to thedealer and have it repaired assoon as possible.

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Scheduled Maintenance onpage 11‑2, and be sure to usethe transmission fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑7.

Notice: Use of the incorrectautomatic transmission fluidmay damage the vehicle, and thedamages may not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Always usethe automatic transmission fluidlisted in Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11‑7.

The transmission fluid will notreach the end of the dipstick unlessthe transmission is at operatingtemperature. If you need to checkthe transmission fluid level, pleasetake the vehicle to your dealer.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Inspect the air cleaner/filter atthe scheduled maintenanceintervals and replace it at the firstoil change after each 80 000 km(50,000 mi) interval. See ScheduledMaintenance on page 11‑2 for moreinformation. If driving in dusty/dirtyconditions, inspect the filter at eachengine oil change.

See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of theengine air cleaner/filter.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

To inspect the air cleaner/filter,remove the filter from the vehicleand lightly shake the filter (awayfrom vehicle) to release loose dustand dirt. If the filter remains coveredwith dirt, a new filter is required.

To inspect or replace the engine aircleaner/filter, do the following:

1. Remove the engine cover.See Engine Cover on page 10‑7.

A. Ventilation Tube

B. Sensor

Page 342: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-14 Vehicle Care

2. Disconnect the cover fitting fromthe ventilation tube (A).

3. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the sensor (B).

A. Clamp

B. Screws

C. Housing Cover

D. Filter

E. Base

4. Loosen the outlet ductclamp (A).

5. Loosen the six housingcover (C) screws (B).

6. Remove the housing cover (C)with outlet duct.

7. Remove the filter (D) and anyloose debris that may be foundin the base (E).

8. Inspect or replace the filter (D).

9. Reverse Steps 2 through 6 toreinstall the housing coverand reconnect the electricalconnector to the sensor.

10. Reinstall the engine cover.See Engine Cover onpage 10‑7.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause youor others to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air;it helps to stop flames if theengine backfires. Use cautionwhen working on the engineand do not drive with the aircleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filter isoff, dirt can easily get into theengine, which could damage it.Always have the air cleaner/filterin place when you are driving.

Page 343: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-15

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

A. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank

B. Radiator Pressure Cap

C. Engine Cooling Fans(Out of View)

{ WARNING

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start upeven when the engine is notrunning and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ WARNING

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if thereis a leak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Notice: Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can cause prematureengine, heater core, or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the enginecoolant could require changingsooner, at 50 000 km (30,000mi)or 24months, whichever occursfirst. Any repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use DEX-COOL(silicate-free) coolant in thevehicle.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicleis filled with DEX-COOL® enginecoolant. The coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating onpage 10‑19.

Page 344: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-16 Vehicle Care

What to Use

{ WARNING

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system isset for the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could gettoo hot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you orothers could be burned.Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. If using this mixture,nothing else needs to be added.This mixture:. Gives freezing protection down

to −37°C (−34°F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection upto 129°C (265°F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Notice: If an improper coolantmixture is used, the engine couldoverheat and be badly damaged.The repair cost would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Too much water in the mixturecan freeze and crack the engine,radiator, heater core, and otherparts.

Notice: If extra inhibitorsand/or additives are used inthe vehicle's cooling system,the vehicle could be damaged.Use only the proper mixture ofthe engine coolant listed in thismanual for the cooling system.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑7 for moreinformation.

Never dispose of engine coolantby putting it in the trash, pouringit on the ground, or into sewers,streams, or bodies of water.Have the coolant changed by anauthorized service center, familiarwith legal requirements regardingused coolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

Page 345: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-17

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant recovery tank. If thecoolant inside the coolant recoverytank is boiling, do not do anythingelse until it cools down. If coolant isvisible but the coolant level is not ator above the FULL COLD mark, adda 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant recovery tank, but be surethe cooling system is cool beforethis is done. See Cooling System onpage 10‑15 for more information.

The coolant recovery tank cap hasthis symbol on it.

When the engine is cold, the coolantlevel should be at or above theFULL COLD line marked on therecovery tank.

When the engine is hot, thelevel could be higher than theFULL COLD line. If the coolant isbelow the FULL COLD line whenthe engine is hot, there could be aleak in the cooling system.

If the coolant is low, add the coolantor take the vehicle to a dealer forservice.

How to Add Coolant to theRecovery Tank

{ WARNING

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

Notice: This vehicle has aspecific coolant fill procedure.Failure to follow this procedurecould cause the engine tooverheat and be severelydamaged.

If coolant is needed, add the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture at thecoolant recovery tank.

Page 346: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-18 Vehicle Care

How to Add Coolant to theRadiator

{ WARNING

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start upeven when the engine is notrunning and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ WARNING

Steam and scalding liquidsfrom a hot cooling system canblow out and burn you badly.They are under pressure, and ifyou turn the surge tank pressurecap— even a little— they cancome out at high speed. Neverturn the cap when the coolingsystem, including the surge tank

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

pressure cap, is hot. Wait for thecooling system and surge tankpressure cap to cool if you everhave to turn the pressure cap.

If coolant is needed, add the propermixture directly to the radiator, butbe sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

1. Detach fasteners and liftoff the panel that covers theradiator cap.

2. Remove the radiator pressurecap when the cooling system,including the upper radiatorhose, is no longer hot.Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise about onefull turn.

If a hiss is heard, wait for thatto stop. A hiss means there isstill some pressure left in thesystem.

3. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

4. Fill the radiator to the base ofthe filler neck with the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture.

Page 347: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-19

5. Fill the coolant recovery tank tothe FULL COLD mark.

6. Reinstall the cap on the coolantrecovery tank but leave theradiator pressure cap off.

7. Start the engine and let it rununtil the upper radiator hosefeels warm. Any time duringthis procedure, watch out forthe engine cooling fans.

8. If the coolant level inside theradiator filler neck is low, addmore of the proper DEX-COOLcoolant mixture through the fillerneck until the level is back up tothe base of the filler neck.

9. Replace the pressure cap.Be sure to secure it tightly.At any time during thisprocedure if coolant beginsto flow out of the filler neck,reinstall the pressure cap.

Notice: If the pressure cap is nottightly installed, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has several indicatorsto warn of engine overheating.

There is an engine coolanttemperature gauge on theinstrument panel cluster.See Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge on page 5‑14.

The vehicle may also displayan ENGINE OVERHEATEDIDLE ENGINE and ENGINEOVERHEATED STOP ENGINEmessage in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Engine CoolingSystem Messages on page 5‑39.

You may decide not to lift the hoodwhen this warning appears, butinstead get service help right away.See Roadside Assistance Program(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Assistance Program(Mexico) on page 13‑10.

Page 348: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-20 Vehicle Care

If you do decide to lift the hood,make sure the vehicle is parkedon a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fans are running. If theengine is overheating, both fansshould be running. If they are not,do not continue to run the engineand have the vehicle serviced.

Notice: Engine damage fromrunning the engine withoutcoolant is not covered by thewarranty.

Notice: If the engine catches firewhile driving with no coolant, thevehicle can be badly damaged.The costly repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Overheated EngineProtection Operating Mode onpage 10‑22 for information ondriving to a safe place in anemergency.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ WARNING

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see orhear steam coming from it.Turn it off and get everyoneaway from the vehicle until itcools down. Wait until there isno sign of steam or coolantbefore you open the hood.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

If you keep driving when thevehicles engine is overheated,the liquids in it can catch fire.You or others could be badlyburned. Stop the engine if itoverheats, and get out of thevehicle until the engine is cool.

See Overheated EngineProtection Operating Mode onpage 10‑22 for information ondriving to a safe place in anemergency.

Page 349: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (21,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-21

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:. Climbs a long hill on a hot day. Stops after high-speed driving. Idles for long periods in traffic. Tows a trailer

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highesttemperature and to the highestfan speed. Open the windows asnecessary.

3. If in a traffic jam, shift toN (Neutral), otherwise, shiftto the highest gear whiledriving—D (Drive) or L (Low).

If the temperature overheat gaugeis no longer in the overheat zoneor an overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.

Continue to drive the vehicle slowfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the car in frontof you. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normally.

If the warning continues, pullover, stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idlethe engine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down. Also, see “OverheatedEngine Protection Operating Mode”next in this section.

Page 350: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (22,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-22 Vehicle Care

Overheated EngineProtectionOperating ModeThis emergency operating mode letsthe vehicle be driven to a safe placein an emergency situation. If anoverheated engine condition exists,an overheat protection mode whichalternates firing groups of cylindershelps prevent engine damage. Inthis mode, there is a significant lossin power and engine performance.The temperature gauge indicates anoverheat condition exists. Drivingextended distances and/or towinga trailer in the overheat protectionmode should be avoided.

Notice: After driving in theoverheated engine protectionoperating mode, to avoid enginedamage, allow the engine to coolbefore attempting any repair.The engine oil will be severelydegraded. Repair the cause ofcoolant loss, change the oiland reset the oil life system.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.

Power Steering Fluid

The power steering fluid reservoir islocated under the engine cover onthe passenger side of the vehicle.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for reservoir location.

When to Check Power SteeringFluid

It is not necessary to regularlycheck power steering fluid unlessyou suspect there is a leak in thesystem or you hear an unusualnoise. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

How to Check Power SteeringFluid

To check the power steering fluid:

1. Turn the key off and let theengine compartment cool down.

2. Remove the engine cover.See Engine Cover on page 10‑7.

3. Wipe the cap and the top of thereservoir clean.

4. Unscrew the cap and wipe thedipstick with a clean rag.

5. Replace the cap and completelytighten it.

6. Remove the cap again and lookat the fluid level on the dipstick.

The fluid level should besomewhere between MAX andMIN line on the dipstick in roomtemperature. If the fluid is on orbelow MIN line, you should addfluid close to MAX Line.

Page 351: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (23,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-23

What to Use

To determine what kind of fluid touse, see Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑7. Alwaysuse the proper fluid.

Notice: Use of the incorrect fluidmay damage the vehicle and thedamages may not be covered bythe vehicle's warranty. Alwaysuse the correct fluid listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑7.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When adding windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If the vehicle will be operatingin an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluidthat has sufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

When the windshield washer fluidreservoir is low, a WASHER FLUIDLOW ADD FLUID message will bedisplayed on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See Washer FluidMessages on page 5‑46 for moreinformation.

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluiduntil the tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for reservoir location.

Notice:. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer's instructionsfor adding water.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solutionto freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and otherparts of the washer system.Also, water does not cleanas well as washer fluid.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, whichcould damage the tankif it is completely full.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in the windshieldwasher. It can damage thewindshield washer systemand paint.

Page 352: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (24,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-24 Vehicle Care

BrakesThis vehicle has disc brakes.Disc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or beheard all the time the vehicle ismoving, except when applyingthe brake pedal firmly.

{ WARNING

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Notice: Continuing to drive withworn-out brake pads could resultin costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal whenthe brakes are first applied orlightly applied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts inthe proper sequence to torquespecifications in Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2.

Brake linings should always bereplaced as complete axle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be asign that brake service might berequired.

Brake Adjustment

Every time the brakes are applied,with or without the vehicle moving,the brakes adjust for wear.

Replacing Brake System Parts

The braking system on a vehicle iscomplex. Its many parts have to beof top quality and work well togetherif the vehicle is to have really goodbraking. The vehicle was designedand tested with top-quality brakeparts. When parts of the brakingsystem are replaced, be sure to getnew, approved replacement parts.If this is not done, the brakes mightnot work properly. For example,installing disc brake pads that arewrong for the vehicle, can changethe balance between the front andrear brakes — for the worse. Thebraking performance expected canchange in many other ways if thewrong replacement brake parts areinstalled.

Page 353: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (25,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-25

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap.See Engine Compartment Overviewon page 10‑6 for the location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons whythe brake fluid level in the reservoirmight go down:. The brake fluid level goes down

because of normal brake liningwear. When new linings areinstalled, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system can also causea low fluid level. Have the brakehydraulic system fixed, since aleak means that sooner or laterthe brakes will not work well.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the liningsare worn, there will be too muchfluid when new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove brake fluid,as necessary, only when work isdone on the brake hydraulic system.

{ WARNING

If too much brake fluid is added,it can spill on the engine andburn, if the engine is hot enough.You or others could be burned,and the vehicle could bedamaged. Add brake fluid onlywhen work is done on the brakehydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight on page 5‑20.

Page 354: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (26,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-26 Vehicle Care

What to Add

Use only new DOT 3 brakefluid from a sealed container.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑7.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the areaaround the cap before removing it.This helps keep dirt from enteringthe reservoir.

{ WARNING

With the wrong kind of fluid inthe brake hydraulic system,the brakes might not work well.This could cause a crash. Alwaysuse the proper brake fluid.

Notice:. Using the wrong fluidcan badly damage brakehydraulic system parts.For example, just a fewdrops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in thebrake hydraulic system candamage brake hydraulicsystem parts so badly thatthey will have to be replaced.Do not let someone put inthe wrong kind of fluid.

. If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces,the paint finish can bedamaged. Be careful notto spill brake fluid on thevehicle. If you do, wash itoff immediately.

BatteryRefer to the replacement numberon the original battery label when anew battery is needed.

{ DANGER

Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of Californiato cause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Page 355: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (27,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-27

Vehicle Storage

{ WARNING

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting onpage 10‑83 for tips on workingaround a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel DriveIt is not necessary to check theall–wheel drive lubricant levels.A fluid leak is the only reason forfluid loss. If a leak occurs, take thevehicle to the dealer as soon aspossible.

Starter Switch Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.See Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Page 356: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (28,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-28 Vehicle Care

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It shouldbe parked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parkingbrake. See Parking Brake onpage 9‑30.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckWhile parked, and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF in each shift leverposition.. The ignition should turn to

LOCK/OFF only when theshift lever is in P (Park).

. The ignition key should comeout only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ WARNING

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake,set the parking brake.. To check the parking brake's

holding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

Page 357: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (29,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-29

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shiftto P (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindshield wiper blades shouldbe inspected for wear or cracking.See Scheduled Maintenance onpage 11‑2 for more information.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. To replace the wiperblade assembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiper armaway from the windshield.

2. Press the button in the middle ofthe wiper arm connector and pullthe wiper blade away from thearm connector.

3. Install the new wiper blade andmake sure the wiper blade locksinto place.

For the proper size and type seeMaintenance Replacement Parts onpage 11‑9.

Backglass Wiper Blade

To replace the backglass wiperblade:

1. Pull the wiper blade assemblyaway from the backglass.

The backglass wiper blade willnot lock in a vertical positionso care should be used whenpulling it away from the vehicle.

2. Rotate the wiper bladeassembly, hold the wiper arm inposition, and push the bladeaway from the wiper arm.

3. Replace the wiper blade.

4. Return the wiper arm and bladeassembly to the rest position onthe glass.

Windshield ReplacementIf the vehicle is equipped with theHead‐Up display (HUD) systemand the windshield needs to bereplaced, get one that is designedfor HUD or the HUD image maylook out of focus.

Page 358: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (30,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-30 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset atthe factory and should need nofurther adjustment.

However, if your vehicle is damagedin a crash, the headlamp aim maybe affected. Aim adjustment tothe low-beam headlamps may benecessary if oncoming drivers flashtheir high-beam headlamps at you(for vertical aim).

If the headlamps need to bere-aimed, it is recommended thatyou take the vehicle to your dealerfor service.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see Replacement Bulbs onpage 10‑31.

For any bulb‐changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ WARNING

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ WARNING

The low beam high intensitydischarge lighting systemoperates at a very high voltage.If you try to service any of thesystem components, you couldbe seriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

The up‐level vehicle has HIDheadlamps. After an HID headlampbulb has been replaced, the beammight be a slightly different shadethan it was originally. This is normal.

Page 359: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (31,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-31

License Plate LampTo replace one of these bulbs:

1. Remove the two screws holdingeach of the license plate lampsto the liftgate trim.

2. Turn and pull the license platelamp forward through the lift gatetrim opening.

3. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and pull thebulb straight out of the socket.

4. Install the new bulb.

5. Reverse steps 1 through 3 toreinstall the license plate lamp.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

License Plate Lamp 194LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ WARNING

Exposure to high voltagecan cause shock, burns, andeven death. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

Page 360: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (32,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-32 Vehicle Care

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical loadis too heavy, the circuit breakeropens and closes, protecting thecircuit until the current load returnsto normal or the problem is fixed.This greatly reduces the chance ofcircuit overload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:. Headlamp Wiring. Windshield Wiper Motor. Power Windows and Other

Power Accessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the roadand a fuse needs to be replaced,the same amperage fuse can be

borrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Havethe headlamp wiring checked rightaway if the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before usingthe windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snowor ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in your vehicleare protected from short circuitsby a combination of fuses, circuitbreakers and fusible thermal links.This greatly reduces the chance offires caused by electrical problems.

Look at the silver-colored bandinside the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperagecan be temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon asyou can.

Page 361: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (33,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-33

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThe underhood fuse block is locatedin the engine compartment, on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover for access to thefuse/relay block.

Notice: Spilling liquid on anyelectrical component on thevehicle may damage it. Alwayskeep the covers on any electricalcomponent.

To remove fuses, hold the end of the fuse between your thumb and indexfinger and pull straight out.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

A/C CLUTCHAir ConditioningClutch

ABS MTRAntilock BrakingSystem (ABS)Motor

Page 362: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (34,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-34 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

AFS Adaptive ForwardLighting System

AIRBAG Airbag System

AUX POWER Auxiliary Power

AUXVAC PUMP

AuxiliaryVacuum Pump

AWDAll-Wheel-DriveSystem

BATT 1 Battery 1

BATT 2 Battery 2

BATT 3 Battery 3

CIGARLIGHTER

Cigar Lighter

ECMEngine ControlModule

ECM 1Engine ControlModule 1

EMISSION 1 Emission 1

EMISSION 2 Emission 2

EVEN COILS Even Injector Coils

Fuses Usage

FAN 1 Cooling Fan 1

FAN 2 Cooling Fan 2

FOG LAMP Fog Lamps

FSCMFuel SystemControl Module

HORN Horn

HTD MIRHeated OutsideRearview Mirror

HVAC BLWR

Heating,Ventilation andAir ConditioningBlower

LT HI BEAMLeft High-BeamHeadlamp

LT LO BEAMLeft Low‐BeamHeadlamp

LT PRK Left Parking Lamp

LT TRLRSTOP/TRN

Trailer LeftStoplamp andTurn Signal

ODD COILS Odd Injector Coils

Fuses Usage

PCM IGN Powertrain ControlModule Ignition

PWR L/GATE Power Liftgate

PWROUTLET Power Outlet

REARCAMERA

Rear Camera

RR APORear AccessoryPower Outlet

RR DEFOG Rear Defogger

RR HVACRear ClimateControl System

RT HI BEAMRight High‐BeamHeadlamp

RT LO BEAMRight Low‐BeamHeadlamp

RT PRKRightParking Lamp

RT TRLRSTOP/TRN

Trailer RightStoplamp andTurn Signal

Page 363: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (35,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-35

Fuses Usage

RVC SNSR Regulated VoltageControl Sensor

S/ROOF/SUNSHADE

Sunroof

SERVICE Service Repair

SPARE Spare

Stop Lamps(China Only)

Stop Lamps(China Only)

STRTR Starter

TCMTransmissionControl Module

TRANS Transmission

TRLRBCK/UP

Trailer Back‐upLamps

TRLR BRK Trailer Brake

TRLRPRK LAMP

Trailer ParkingLamps

TRLR PWR Trailer Power

WPR/WSWWindshieldWiper/Washer

Relays Usage

A/CCMPRSRCLTCH

Air ConditioningCompressor Clutch

AUXVAC PUMP

AuxiliaryVacuum Pump

CRNK Switched Power

FAN 1 Cooling Fan 1

FAN 2 Cooling Fan 2

FAN 3 Cooling Fan 3

FOG LAMP Fog Lamps

HI BEAMHigh‐BeamHeadlamps

HID/LO BEAM

High IntensityDischarge (HID)Low‐BeamHeadlamps

HORN Horn

IGN Ignition Main

LT TRLRSTOP/TRN

Trailer LeftStoplamp andTurn Signal Lamp

Relays Usage

PRK LAMP Park Lamp

PWR/TRN Powertrain

RR DEFOGRear WindowDefogger

RT TRLRSTOP/TRN

Trailer RightStoplamp andTurn Signal Lamp

Stop Lamps(China Only)

Stop Lamps(China Only)

TRLRBCK/UP

Trailer Back-upLamps

WPR Windshield Wiper

WPR HIWindshield WiperHigh Speed

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse blockis located under the instrumentpanel on the passenger side of thevehicle. Pull down on the cover toaccess the fuse block.

Page 364: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (36,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-36 Vehicle Care

Fuse Side

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

AIRBAG Airbag

AMP Amplifier

BCK/UP/STOP

Back‐upLamp/Stoplamp

BCMBody ControlModule

CNSTR/VENT

Canister Vent

CTSY Courtesy

DR/LCK Door Locks

DRLDaytime RunningLamps

DRL 2

GMC HID Only(If Equipped)/Rear FogLamps-China Only

DSPLY Display

FRT/WSWFront WindshieldWasher

HTD/COOL SEAT

Heated/Cooling Seats

Fuses Usage

HVACHeating,Ventilation andAir Conditioning

INADV/PWR/LED

InadvertentPower LED

INFOTMNT Infotainment

LT/TRN/SIGDriver Side TurnSignal

MSMMemory SeatModule

PDMPower Mirrors,Liftgate Release

PWR MODE Power Mode

PWR/MIR Power Mirrors

RDO Radio

REAR WPR Rear Wiper

RT/TRN/SIGPassenger SideTurn Signal

SPARE Spare

STR/WHL/ILLUM

Steering WheelIllumination

Page 365: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (37,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-37

Relay Side

Relays Usage

LT/PWR/SEAT

Driver Side PowerSeat Relay

RT/PWR/SEAT

Passenger SidePower Seat Relay

PWR/WNDWPower WindowsRelay

PWR/COLUMN

Power SteeringColumn Relay

L/GATE Liftgate Relay

LCK Power Lock Relay

REAR/WSWRear WindowWasher Relay

UNLCKPower UnlockRelay

Relays Usage

DRL2Daytime RunningLamps 2 Relay(If Equipped)

LT/UNLCKDriver Side UnlockRelay

DRLDaytime RunningLamps Relay(If Equipped)

SPARE Spare

FRT/WSWFront WindshieldWasher Relay

Page 366: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (38,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-38 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made bya leading tire manufacturer.See the warranty manualfor information regardingthe tire warranty and whereto get service. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ WARNING

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too much flexing.There could be a blowout anda serious crash. See VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑12.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Underinflated tires pose thesame danger as overloadedtires. The resulting crashcould cause serious injury.Check all tires frequently tomaintain the recommendedpressure. Tire pressureshould be checked whenthe tires are cold.

. Overinflated tires are morelikely to be cut, punctured,or broken by a suddenimpact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keep tires atthe recommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires can causea crash. If the tread is badlyworn, replace them.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

. Replace any tires that havebeen damaged by impactswith potholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Only thedealer or an authorized tireservice center should repair,replace, dismount, and mountthe tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 55 km/h (35 mph)on slippery surfaces suchas snow, mud, ice, etc.Excessive spinning maycause the tires to explode.

Page 367: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (39,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-39

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about atire is molded into its sidewall.The examples below show atypical passenger vehicle tireand a compact spare tiresidewall.

Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example

(A) Tire Size: The tire size isa combination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,

aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(B) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meetor exceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(C) DOT (Departmentof Transportation):The Department ofTransportation (DOT) codeindicates that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of TransportationMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.

(D) Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN): The lettersand numbers following the DOT(Department of Transportation)code are the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN). The TIN showsthe manufacturer and plantcode, tire size, and date the tirewas manufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(E) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(F) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG): Tiremanufacturers are requiredto grade tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10‑57.

Page 368: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (40,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-40 Vehicle Care

(G) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure neededto support that load.

Compact Spare Tire Example

(A) Tire Ply Material: The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(B) Temporary Use Only:The compact spare tire ortemporary use tire has a treadlife of approximately 5 000 km(3,000 mi) and should not bedriven at speeds over 105 km/h(65 mph). The compact sparetire is for emergency use whena regular road tire has lost airand gone flat. If the vehiclehas a compact spare tire,see Compact Spare Tire onpage 10‑82 and If a Tire GoesFlat on page 10‑61.

(C) Tire Identification Number(TIN): The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code is theTire Identification Number (TIN).

The TIN shows themanufacturer and plantcode, tire size, and date thetire was manufactured. The TINis molded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(D) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit: Maximum loadthat can be carried and themaximum pressure neededto support that load.

(E) Tire Inflation: Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflatedto 420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see Tire Pressure onpage 10‑45.

Page 369: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (41,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-41

(F) Tire Size: A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(G) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification): Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meetor exceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an exampleof a typical passenger vehicletire size.

(A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire:The United States version ofa metric tire sizing system.The letter P as the firstcharacter in the tire sizemeans a passenger vehicletire engineered to standardsset by the U.S. Tire and RimAssociation.

(B) Tire Width: The three‐digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digitnumber that indicates the tireheight‐to‐width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem C of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(D) Construction Code:A letter code is used to indicatethe type of ply construction inthe tire. The letter R meansradial ply construction; theletter D means diagonal orbias ply construction; and theletter B means belted‐bias plyconstruction.

Page 370: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (42,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-42 Vehicle Care

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(F) Service Description: Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure: The amountof air inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inchof the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in psi (pounds persquare inch) or kPa (kilopascal).

Accessory Weight: Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examplesof optional accessories are,automatic transmission, powersteering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt: A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the plies are laidat alternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerlineof the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressureon page 10‑45.

Curb Weight: The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment includingthe maximum capacity of fuel,oil, and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

Page 371: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (43,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-43

DOT Markings: A codemolded into the sidewall ofa tire signifying that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑12.

GAWR FRT: Gross AxleWeight Rating for the front axle.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑12.

GAWR RR: Gross AxleWeight Rating for the rear axle.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑12.

Intended Outboard Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index: An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure:The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating:The load rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight: The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight:The number of occupants avehicle is designed to seatmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs).See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑12.

Occupant Distribution:Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall:The side of an asymmetrical tirethat has a particular side thatfaces outward when mountedon a vehicle. The side of thetire that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Page 372: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (44,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-44 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:A tire used on passenger carsand some light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure: Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure asshown on the tire placard.See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑45 and VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑12.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: Analphanumeric code assignedto a tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tirethat comes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators:Narrow bands, sometimescalled wear bars, that showacross the tread of a tire whenonly 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of treadremains. See When It Is Timefor New Tires on page 10‑53.

UTQGS (Uniform TireQuality Grading Standards):A tire information system thatprovides consumers withratings for a tire's traction,temperature, and treadwear.Ratings are determinedby tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.See Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 10‑57.

Page 373: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (45,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-45

Vehicle Capacity Weight:The number of designatedseating positions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑12.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A labelpermanently attached toa vehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and theoriginal equipment tire sizeand recommended inflationpressure. See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑12.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amountof air pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Neither tireunderinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, ortires that do not haveenough air, can result in:. Tire overloading andover-heating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tiresthat have too much air, canresult in:. Unusual wear.. Poor handling.. Rough ride.. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information labelis attached to the vehicle.This label shows the vehicle'soriginal equipment tires and thecorrect inflation pressures forthe tires when they are cold.The recommended cold tireinflation pressure, shown on thelabel, is the minimum amount ofair pressure needed to supportthe vehicle's maximum loadcarrying capacity.

Page 374: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (46,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-46 Vehicle Care

For additional informationregarding how much weightthe vehicle can carry, and anexample of the Tire and LoadingInformation label, see VehicleLoad Limits on page 9‑12.How you load the vehicle affectsvehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget to check thecompact spare tire, if the vehiclehas one. The compact spareshould be at 420 kPa (60 psi).For additional informationregarding the compact sparetire, see Compact Spare Tire onpage 10‑82.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.You cannot tell if the tires areproperly inflated simply bylooking at them. Radial tires maylook properly inflated even whenthey are underinflated. Checkthe tire's inflation pressure whenthe tires are cold. Cold meansthe vehicle has been sitting forat least three hours or drivenno more than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.

If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until you reach therecommended amount.

If you overfill the tire, release airby pushing on the metal stemin the center of the tire valve.Re‐check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Be sure to put the valve capsback on the valve stems.They help prevent leaks bykeeping out dirt and moisture.

Page 375: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (47,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-47

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings toa receiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare(if provided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire

pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantlyunder‐inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving ona significantly under‐inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under‐inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency andtire tread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS isnot a substitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correcttire pressure, even if under‐inflationhas not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start‐ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicatoris illuminated, the system maynot be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation on page 10‑48 foradditional information.

Page 376: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (48,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-48 Vehicle Care

Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) andIndustry Canada

See Radio Frequency Statement onpage 13‑20 for informationregarding Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission(FCC) rules and Industry CanadaStandards RSS-210/220/310.

Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warnthe driver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly, if the vehiclehas one. The TPMS sensorsmonitor the air pressure in thetires and transmits the tire pressurereadings to a receiver located inthe vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the tire loadinginformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑12.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tiresare inflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tirepressure levels can be viewed.

For additional information anddetails about the DIC operationand displays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (With DIC Buttons) onpage 5‑25 or Driver InformationCenter (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons)on page 5‑30 and Tire Messages onpage 5‑44.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven.This could be an early indicator thatthe air pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑12, for an exampleof the Tire and Loading Informationlabel and its location. Also see TirePressure on page 10‑45.

Page 377: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (49,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-49

The TPMS can warn about alow tire pressure condition butit does not replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspectionon page 10‑51, Tire Rotation onpage 10‑52 and Tires onpage 10‑38.

Notice: Tire sealant materialsare not all the same.A non-approved tire sealantcould damage the TPMS sensors.TPMS sensor damage caused byusing an incorrect tire sealantis not covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always use onlythe GM-approved tire sealantavailable through your dealeror included in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10‑63 forinformation regarding the inflatorkit materials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the low tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stayson for the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:. One of the road tires has been

replaced with the spare tire.The spare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done ornot completed successfullyafter rotating the tires.The malfunction light and theDIC message should go offafter successfully completingthe sensor matching process.See "TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section

. One or more TPMS sensorsare missing or damaged.The malfunction light andthe DIC message should gooff when the TPMS sensorsare installed and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealerfor service.

Page 378: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (50,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-50 Vehicle Care

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires on page 10‑54.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message comes onand stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. The TPMS sensormatching process should also beperformed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and the DIC message shouldgo off at the next ignition cycle.The sensors are matched to thetire/wheel positions, using a TPMSrelearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger sidefront tire, passenger side rear tire,and driver side rear. See yourdealer for service or to purchasea relearn tool.

There are two minutes to matchthe first tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match allfour tire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN withthe engine off.

3. Press the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter's LOCKand UNLOCK buttons at thesame time for approximatelyfive seconds. The horn soundstwice to signal the receiveris in relearn mode and TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

Page 379: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (51,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-51

4. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

5. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the buttonto activate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

6. Proceed to the passengerside front tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 5.

7. Proceed to the passengerside rear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 5.

8. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 5. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

10. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionGM recommends that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or

more places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cordor fabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Page 380: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (52,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-52 Vehicle Care

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 miles).See Scheduled Maintenance onpage 11‑2.

The purpose of a regular tirerotation is to achieve a uniformwear for all tires on the vehicle.This will ensure that the vehiclecontinues to perform most likeit did when the tires were new.The first rotation is the mostimportant. See ScheduledMaintenance on page 11‑2.

Any time you notice unusualwear, rotate the tires as soonas possible and check wheelalignment. Also check fordamaged tires or wheels.See When It Is Time for NewTires on page 10‑53 and WheelReplacement on page 10‑59.

When rotating the vehicle's tires,always use the correct rotationpattern shown here.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it inthe tire rotation.

After the tires have beenrotated, adjust the front and rearinflation pressures as shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑45 and Vehicle LoadLimits on page 9‑12.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation onpage 10‑48.

Make certain that all wheelnuts are properly tightened.See “Wheel Nut Torque” underCapacities and Specifications onpage 12‑2.

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle.In an emergency, use a cloth ora paper towel to do this; but besure to use a scraper or wirebrush later, if needed, to get allthe rust or dirt off. See If a TireGoes Flat on page 10‑61.

Page 381: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (53,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-53

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

Make sure the spare tire, ifthe vehicle has one, is storedsecurely. Push, pull, and thentry to rotate or turn the tire.If it moves, tighten the cable.See Tire Changing onpage 10‑71.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one wayto tell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear when

the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection on page 10‑51 and TireRotation on page 10‑52 for moreinformation.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies for the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple conditionsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. Tires will typicallyneed to be replaced due to wearbefore they may need to bereplaced due to age. Consult the tiremanufacturer for more informationon when tires should be replaced.

Page 382: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (54,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-54 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle.Park a vehicle that will be storedfor at least a month in a cool, dry,clean area away from direct sunlightto slow aging. This area should befree of grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended periodcan cause flat spots on the tiresthat may result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tiresor raise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle.The original equipment tiresinstalled on the vehicle,when it was new, weredesigned to meet GeneralMotors Tire PerformanceCriteria Specification (TPCSpec) system rating. If youneed replacement tires, GMstrongly recommends that youget tires with the same TPCSpec rating. This way, thevehicle will continue to havetires that are designed to givethe same performance andvehicle safety, during normaluse, as the original tires.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over adozen critical specifications thatimpact the overall performanceof the vehicle, including brakesystem performance, ride andhandling, traction control,and tire pressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all‐season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by an MSfor mud and snow. See TireSidewall Labeling on page 10‑39for additional information.

Page 383: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (55,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-55

GM recommends replacingtires in sets of four. This isbecause uniform tread depthon all tires will help keep thevehicle performing most like itdid when the tires were new.Replacing less than a full setof tires can affect the brakingand handling performance ofthe vehicle. See Tire Inspectionon page 10‑51 and Tire Rotationon page 10‑52 for informationon proper tire rotation.

{ WARNING

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attempting tomount or dismount a tire couldcause injury or death. Only yourdealer or authorized tire servicecenter should mount or dismountthe tires.

{ WARNING

Mixing tires could cause youto lose control while driving.If you mix tires of differentsizes, brands, or types(radial and bias-belted tires),the vehicle may not handleproperly, and you could havea crash. Using tires of differentsizes, brands, or types mayalso cause damage to thevehicle. Be sure to use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels. It is allright to drive with the compactspare temporarily, as it wasdeveloped for use on thevehicle. See Compact SpareTire on page 10‑82.

{ WARNING

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If you must replace the vehicle'stires with those that do nothave a TPC Spec number,make sure they are the samesize, load range, speed rating,and construction type (radialand bias‐belted tires) as thevehicle's original tires.

Page 384: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (56,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-56 Vehicle Care

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow‐pressure warning ifnon‐TPC Spec rated tiresare installed on the vehicle.Non‐TPC Spec rated tires maygive a low‐pressure warningthat is higher or lower than theproper warning level you wouldget with TPC Spec rated tires.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem on page 10‑47.

The vehicle's original equipmenttires are listed on the Tire andLoading Information label.See Vehicle Load Limits onpage 9‑12 for more informationabout the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its locationon the vehicle.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, and electronic stabilitycontrol, the performance of thesesystems can also be affected.

{ WARNING

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftires not recommended for those

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

wheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed bya GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires onpage 10‑54 and Accessoriesand Modifications on page 10‑3for additional information.

Page 385: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (57,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-57

Uniform Tire QualityGradingQuality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

The following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tiresby treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance.This applies only to vehiclessold in the United States.The grades are molded on thesidewalls of most passengercar tires. The Uniform Tire

Quality Grading (UTQG)system does not apply to deeptread, winter-type snow tires,space-saver, or temporary usespare tires, tires with nominalrim diameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passengercars and light trucks may varywith respect to these grades,they must also conform tofederal safety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In AdditionTo These Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating basedon the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlledconditions on a specifiedgovernment test course.For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and ahalf (1½) times as well onthe government course as atire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations indriving habits, service practicesand differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Page 386: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (58,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-58 Vehicle Care

Traction – AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop onwet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditionson specified governmenttest surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is basedon straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature – A, B, C

The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can causethe material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure.The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all

passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tireis established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Page 387: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (59,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-59

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels werealigned and balanced at thefactory to provide the longest tirelife and best overall performance.Adjustments to wheel alignment andtire balancing will not be necessaryon a regular basis. However, checkthe alignment if there is unusual tirewear or if the vehicle is pulling toone side or the other. If the vehiclevibrates when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels mightneed to be rebalanced. See yourdealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if anyof these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should havethe same load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as theone it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts,wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ WARNING

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handlingof the vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Notice: The wrong wheel canalso cause problems withbearing life, brake cooling,speedometer or odometercalibration, headlamp aim,bumper height, vehicle groundclearance, and tire or tire chainclearance to the body andchassis.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑61 for more information.

Page 388: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (60,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-60 Vehicle Care

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WARNING

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ WARNING

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension or other vehicle parts.The area damaged by the tirechains could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and you orothers may be injured in a crash.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for use on thevehicle and tire size combinationand road conditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions.To help avoid damage to thevehicle, drive slowly, readjustor remove the device if it iscontacting the vehicle, and do notspin the vehicle's wheels. If youdo find traction devices that willfit, install them on the front tires.

Page 389: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (61,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-61

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blowout,especially if the tires are maintainedproperly. See Tires. If air goes out ofa tire, it is much more likely to leakout slowly. But if there is ever ablowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your footoff the accelerator pedal and gripthe steering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

AA rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correctionas used in a skid. Stop pressingthe accelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gentlybrake to a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may causea blowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soonas possible.

{ WARNING

Lifting a vehicle and gettingunder it to do maintenance orrepairs is dangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑3.

Page 390: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (62,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-62 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle canslip off the jack and roll overor fall causing injury or death.Find a level place to change thetire. To help prevent the vehiclefrom moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put an automatictransmission shift lever inP (Park), or shift a manualtransmission to 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks onboth sides of the tire at theopposite corner of the tirebeing changed.

This vehicle may come with a jackand spare tire or a tire sealantand compressor kit. To use thejacking equipment to changea spare tire safely, follow theinstructions below. Then see TireChanging on page 10‑71. To usethe tire sealant and compressor kit,see Tire Sealant and CompressorKit on page 10‑63.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (B),use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placementof wheel blocks (A).

A. Wheel Block

B. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Page 391: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (63,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-63

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ WARNING

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains Carbon Monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed areathat has no fresh air ventilation.For more information, see EngineExhaust on page 9‑24.

{ WARNING

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and youor others could be injured.Be sure to read and follow thetire sealant and compressor kitinstructions and inflate the tireto its recommended pressure.Do not exceed the recommendedpressure.

{ WARNING

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit inits original location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire, tire changing equipment,and on some vehicles there may notbe a place to store a tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in thetread area of the tire. It can also beused to inflate an underinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑8 or Roadside AssistanceProgram (Mexico) on page 13‑10.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

Page 392: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (64,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-64 Vehicle Care

The kit includes: A. Selector Switch(Sealant/Air or Air Only)

B. On/Off Button

C. Pressure Gauge

D. Pressure Deflation Button(If equipped)

E. Tire Sealant Canister

F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

G. Air Only Hose (Black)

H. Power Plug

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister.The sealant canister should bereplaced before its expiration date.

Replacement sealant canistersare available at your local dealer.See “Removal and Installation ofthe Sealant Canister” following.

There is only enough sealant toseal one tire. After usage, thesealant canister and sealant/airhose assembly must be replaced.See “Removal and Installation ofthe Sealant Canister” following.

Using the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit toTemporarily Seal andInflate a Punctured Tire

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.

Page 393: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (65,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-65

When using the tire sealantand compressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑3.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑61 for other importantsafety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑70.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F)and the power plug (H).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F)onto the tire valve stem. Turn itclockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (H) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

Page 394: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (66,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-66 Vehicle Care

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Turn the selector switch (A)counterclockwise to theSealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off button (B)to turn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (C) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushes thesealant into the tire. Once thesealant is completely dispersedinto the tire, the pressure willquickly drop and start to riseagain as the tire inflates withair only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (C). The recommendedinflation pressure can befound on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑45.

The pressure gauge (C) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Notice: If the recommendedpressure cannot be reachedafter approximately 25 minutes,the vehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate the

tire. Remove the power plugfrom the accessory poweroutlet and unscrew the inflatinghose from the tire valve. SeeRoadside Assistance Program(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Assistance Program(Mexico) on page 13‑10.

11. Press the on/off button (B)to turn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed andwill continue to leak air untilthe vehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire;therefore, Steps 12 through 18must be done immediately afterStep 11.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressorkit as it could be warm afterusage.

Page 395: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (67,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-67

12. Unplug the power plug (H) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

14. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/airhose (F), and the powerplug (H) back in their originallocation.

16. If the flat tire was able toinflate to the recommendedinflation pressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (E) and placeit in a highly visible location.The label is a reminder not toexceed 90 km/h (55 mph) untilthe damaged tire is repaired orreplaced.

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure.Refer to Steps 1 through 11under “Using the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire(Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and thetire sealant cannot seal thetire. See Roadside AssistanceProgram (U.S. and Canada) onpage 13‑8 or RoadsideAssistance Program (Mexico)on page 13‑10.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

Page 396: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (68,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-68 Vehicle Care

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (E) and sealant/airhose (F) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

22. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

23. After temporarily sealinga tire using the tire sealantand compressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerwithin a 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tire repairedor replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire(Not Punctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tire with air only and not sealant:

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 6‑3.

See If a Tire Goes Flat onpage 10‑61 for other importantsafety warnings.

1. Remove the tire sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TireSealant and Compressor Kit onpage 10‑70.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (G)and the power plug (H).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the groundso the hose will reach it.

4. Remove the tire valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (G) ontothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until it is tight.

Page 397: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (69,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-69

6. Plug the power plug (H) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets on page 5‑9.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarettelighter, use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while using theair compressor.

8. Turn the selector switch (A)clockwise to the Air Onlyposition.

9. Press the on/off (B) button toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

10. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (C). The recommendedinflation pressure can befound on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure on page 10‑45.

The pressure gauge (C) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading.The compressor may be turnedon/off until the correct pressureis reached.

If you inflate the tire higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjustthe excess pressure bypressing the pressure deflationbutton (D), if equipped, untilthe proper pressure reading isreached. This option is onlyfunctional when using the aironly hose (G).

11. Press the on/off button (B)to turn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressorkit as it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (H) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Disconnect the air onlyhose (G) from the tirevalve stem by turning itcounterclockwise, and replacethe tire valve stem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (G)and the power plug (H) andcord back in their originallocations.

Page 398: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (70,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-70 Vehicle Care

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant hose.

2. Press the canister releasebutton.

3. Pull up and remove the canister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitThe tire sealant and compressorkit is located in the storagecompartment on the driver side,at the rear of the vehicle.

1. Press down on the latch tab andpull the cover off to access thestorage compartment.

Page 399: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (71,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-71

2. Press the two tabs on the quickrelease buckle to release thetire sealant and compressor kitstrap.

3. Remove the sealant andcompressor kit from its tray.

To store the tire sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.

Tire Changing

Removing Tools

The tools needed to remove thespare tire are located in the storagecompartment on the driver side,at the rear of the vehicle.

1. Open the jack storagecompartment by pulling onthe latch tab, located towardthe rear of the vehicle, andpulling the cover off.

A. Tool Bag

B. Wing Bolt

C. Jack

2. Remove the wing bolt (B) byturning it counterclockwise.

3. Push the jack (C) up out of theholding bracket and remove thetool bag (A).

4. Turn the jack on its side, with thebottom facing toward you.

5. Pull the jack straight out, bottomfirst.

The tools you will be using includethe jack (A) and lug wrench (B).

Page 400: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (72,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-72 Vehicle Care

Removing the Spare Tire

The compact spare tire is locatedunder the vehicle, in front of the rearbumper. See Compact Spare Tireon page 10‑82 for more informationabout the compact spare.

A. Rear Convenience Center

B. Lug Wrench

C. Storage Compartment Cap

D. Hoist Shaft

E. Compact Spare Tire

F. Retainer

1. Open the storage compartmentdoor of the conveniencecenter (A) that is nearest theliftgate and remove the cap (C)on the bottom of the storagecompartment.

2. Open the carpet cutout that islocated through the hole of thestorage compartment (C).

3. Attach the lug wrench (B) intothe hoist shaft (D).

4. Turn the lug wrench (B)counterclockwise to lower thespare tire (E) to the ground.Continue turning the wrenchuntil the spare tire can be pulledout from under the vehicle.

Page 401: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (73,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-73

5. Tilt the retainer (F) and slip itthrough the wheel opening toremove the spare tire (E) fromthe cable.

6. Turn the wrench (B) clockwiseto raise the cable back up afterremoving the spare tire.

Do not store a full‐size or aflat road tire under the vehicle.See “Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools” later in this section.

To continue changing the flat tire,see “Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire” later inthis section.

If the spare tire will not lower, thesecondary latch could be engaged.

Do the following to check the cable:

1. Check under the vehicle to see ifthe cable is visible.

2. If it is not visible, see SecondaryLatch System on page 10‑80.

If it is visible, first try to tightenthe cable by turning the lugwrench clockwise until you heartwo clicks or feel it skip twice.You cannot over‐tighten thecable.

3. Loosen the cable by turning thewrench counterclockwise threeor four turns.

4. If the spare tire has not lowered,tighten the cable all the way andthen loosen it at least two times.

If the spare tire did lower to theground, continue with Step 5under “Removing the SpareTire (Vehicles with the RearConvenience Center)” listedpreviously.

5. If you still cannot lower thespare tire to the ground, seeSecondary Latch System onpage 10‑80.

Page 402: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (74,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-74 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat on page 10‑61 for moreinformation.

2. If the vehicle has a wheel cover,loosen the plastic nut caps withthe wheel wrench. They willnot come off. Then, using theflat end of the wheel wrench,pry along the edge of the coveruntil it comes off. Be careful; theedges may be sharp. Do not tryto remove the cover with yourbare hands.

Store the wheel cover securelyin the rear of the vehicle untilyou have the flat tire repairedor replaced.

If the vehicle has aluminumwheels, remove the wheel nutcaps using the wheel wrench.

3. Loosen the wheel nuts — but donot remove them — using thelug wrench. For wheels with awheel lock key, use the wheellock key between the lock nutand lug wrench. The key issupplied in the front passengerdoor pocket.

Notice: If this vehicle has wheellocks and an impact wrench isused to remove the wheel nuts,the lock nut or wheel lock keycould be damaged. Do not usean impact wrench to remove thewheel nuts if this vehicle haswheel locks.

4. To identify the appropriatejacking location, find thetriangle (A) about 12 inches(30.5 cm) from the front tireor (B) about 10.5 inches (27 cm)from the rear tire.

The triangle is located near eachwheel on the vehicle's exterior.

Page 403: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (75,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-75

Notice: If a jack is used to raisethe vehicle without positioningit correctly, the vehicle couldbe damaged. When raising thevehicle on a jack, avoid contactwith the rear axle control arms.

5. Attach the lug wrench to thejack, and turn the wrenchclockwise to raise the jackhead 3 inches (7.6 cm).

6. Do not raise the vehicle yet. Putthe compact spare tire near you.

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when itis jacked up is dangerous. If thevehicle slips off the jack, youcould be badly injured or killed.Never get under a vehicle whenit is supported only by a jack.

{ WARNING

Raising the vehicle with thejack improperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicledamage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

7. Raise the vehicle by turning thelug wrench clockwise in the jack.Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so that there isenough room for the spare tireto fit under the wheel well.

8. Remove all the wheel nuts andthe flat tire.

9. Remove the plastic spare tireheat shield by pulling the rubberlatch. Store the plastic spare tireheat shield. See “Storing a Flator Spare Tire and Tools” later inthis section for more information.

Page 404: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (76,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-76 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle.In an emergency, use a cloth ora paper towel to do this; but besure to use a scraper or wirebrush later, if needed, to get allthe rust or dirt off. See If a TireGoes Flat on page 10‑61.

{ WARNING

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

10. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

11. Place the spare tire on thewheel mounting surface.

12. Put the nuts on by hand byturning them clockwise untilthe wheel is held against themounting surface. Make surethe rounded end is toward thewheel.

13. Lower the vehicle by attachingthe lug wrench to the jackand turning the wrenchcounterclockwise. Lowerthe jack completely.

{ WARNING

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrench

(Continued)

WARNING (Continued)

to the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer whenusing accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications on page 12‑2for original equipment wheelnut torque specifications.

Notice: Improperly tightenedwheel nuts can lead to brakepulsation and rotor damage.To avoid expensive brake repairs,evenly tighten the wheel nutsin the proper sequence and tothe proper torque specification.See Capacities and Specificationson page 12‑2 for the wheel nuttorque specification.

Page 405: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (77,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-77

14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmlyin a crisscross sequence, asshown.

Notice: Wheel covers will not fiton the vehicle's compact spare.If you try to put a wheel cover onthe compact spare, the cover orthe spare could be damaged.

Storing the Spare Tire

{ WARNING

The underbody-mounted sparetire needs to be stored withthe valve stem pointing down.If the spare tire is stored withthe valve stem pointing upwards,the secondary latch will not workproperly and the spare tire couldloosen and suddenly fall from thevehicle. If this happened whenthe vehicle was being driven, thetire might contact a person oranother vehicle, causing injuryand damage to itself. Be sure theunderbody-mounted spare tireis stored with the valve stempointing down.

{ WARNING

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all thesein the proper place.

To store the spare tire:

1. Lay the compact spare tire nearthe rear of the vehicle with thevalve stem down.

2. Reinstall the plastic spare tireheat shield on the compactspare tire.

Page 406: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (78,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-78 Vehicle Care

3. Slide the cable retainer throughthe center of the wheel and startto raise the compact spare tire.

Make sure the retainer is fullyseated across the underside ofthe wheel.

4. When the compact spare tire isalmost in the stored position,turn the tire so the valve istoward the rear of the vehicle.

This position helps whenchecking the air pressurein the compact spare tire.

5. Raise the tire fully againstthe underside of the vehicle.Continue turning the lug wrenchuntil you feel more than twoclicks. This indicates that thecompact spare tire is secure andthe cable is tight. The spare tirehoist cannot be overtightened.

6. Make sure the tire is storedsecurely. Push, pull (A), and thentry to turn (B) the tire. If the tiremoves, use the lug wrench totighten the cable.

Storing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the cable package fromthe jack storage area.

2. Remove the small center cap bytapping the back of the cap withthe extension of the shaft, if thevehicle has aluminum wheels.

3. Put the flat tire in the rearstorage area with the valve stempointing toward the rear of thevehicle.

4. Pull the cable (A) through thedoor striker (E), the center of thewheel (D), and the plastic sparetire heat shield (C), as shown.

Page 407: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (79,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-79

5. Hook the cable onto the outsideportion of the liftgate hinges (B).

6. Hook the other end of the cableonto the outside portion of theliftgate hinge on the other sideof the vehicle.

7. Pull on the cable to make sure itis secure.

8. Make sure the metal tube iscentered at the striker. Pushthe tube toward the front ofthe vehicle.

9. Close the liftgate and make sureit is latched properly.

Storing the Tools

A. Tool Bag

B. Wing Bolt

C. Jack

Put back all tools as theywere stored in the jack storagecompartment and put thecompartment cover back on.

1. Ensure that the bottom of thejack is facing toward you.

2. Turn the jack (C) on its sideand place down on the holdingbracket.

Page 408: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (80,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-80 Vehicle Care

3. Reinstall the wing bolt (B) byturning clockwise.

4. To replace the cover, line up thetab at the front of the cover withthe notch in the cover opening.Push the cover in place andmake sure that the rear clips arein the slots and push the coverclosed.

Store the center cap or the plasticbolt‐on wheel covers until a fullsize tire is put back on the vehicle.When you replace the compactspare with a full‐size tire, reinstallthe bolt‐on wheel covers or thecenter cap. Hand‐tighten themover the wheel nuts, using thelug wrench.

Secondary Latch SystemThis vehicle has an underbodymounted tire hoist assembly thathas a secondary latch system.It is designed to stop the compactspare tire from suddenly falling offthe vehicle if the cable holding thespare tire is damaged. For thesecondary latch to work, the tiremust be stowed with the valve stempointing down. See Tire Changingon page 10‑71 for instructions onstoring the spare tire correctly.

{ WARNING

Before beginning this procedureread all the instructions. Failureto read and follow the instructionscould damage the hoist assemblyand you and others could gethurt. Read and follow theinstructions listed next.

To release the spare tire from thesecondary latch:

{ WARNING

Someone standing too closeduring the procedure could beinjured by the jack. If the sparetire does not slide off the jackcompletely, make sure no one isbehind you or on either side ofyou as you pull the jack out fromunder the spare.

1. If the cable is not visible, startthis procedure at Step 3.

Page 409: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (81,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-81

All‐Wheel‐Drive Vehicle shown

2. Turn the lug wrenchcounterclockwise untilapproximately 6 inches(15 cm) of cable is exposed.

3. Attach the lug wrench to thejack and raise the jack at least10 turns.

4. Place the jack under the vehicle,ahead of the rear bumper.Position the center lift point ofthe jack under the center of thespare tire.

5. Turn the lug wrench clockwiseto raise the jack until it lifts thesecondary latch spring.

6. Keep raising the jack until thespare tire stops moving upwardand is held firmly in place.This lets you know that thesecondary latch has releasedand the spare tire is balancingon the jack.

7. Lower the jack by turning thelug wrench counterclockwise.Keep lowering the jack until thespare tire slides off the jack.

8. Disconnect the lug wrench fromthe jack and carefully removethe jack. Use one hand to pushagainst the spare tire whilefirmly pulling the jack out fromunder the spare tire with theother hand.

9. Tilt the retainer and slip itthrough the wheel openingwhen the spare tire has beencompletely lowered.

10. Turn the lug wrench clockwiseto raise the cable back up if thecable is hanging.

Page 410: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (82,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-82 Vehicle Care

Have the hoist shaft assemblyinspected as soon as you can.You will not be able to store a sparetire using the hoist assembly until ithas been repaired or replaced.

Compact Spare Tire

{ WARNING

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a timecould result in loss of brakingand handling. This could leadto a crash and you or otherscould be injured. Use only onecompact spare tire at a time.

The compact spare tire, if thevehicle has one, was fully inflatedwhen the vehicle was new, however,it can lose air after a time. Checkthe inflation pressure regularly.It should be 60 psi (420 kPa).

After installing the compactspare on the vehicle, stop assoon as possible and make surethe spare tire is correctly inflated.The compact spare is made toperform well at speeds up to65 mph (105 km/h) for distances upto 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so youcan finish your trip and have thefull-size tire repaired or replacedat your convenience. Of course,it is best to replace the spare witha full-size tire as soon as possible.The spare tire will last longer and bein good shape in case it is neededagain.

Notice: When the compactspare is installed, do not takethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash with guide rails. Thecompact spare can get caught onthe rails which can damage thetire, wheel and other parts of thevehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

And do not mix the compact sparetire or wheel with other wheels ortires. They will not fit. Keep thespare tire and its wheel together.

The All-Wheel Drive (AWD) systemwill be automatically disabledwhen you use the compact spare.To restore the AWD and preventexcessive wear on the clutch inyour AWD, replace the compactspare tire with a full-size tire assoon as possible.

Notice: Tire chains will not fit thecompact spare. Using them candamage the vehicle and candamage the chains too. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.

Page 411: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (83,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-83

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery onpage 10‑26.

If the vehicle's battery has rundown, you may want to use anothervehicle and some jumper cables tostart your vehicle. Be sure to usethe following steps to do it safely.

{ WARNING

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Notice: Ignoring these stepscould result in costly damageto the vehicle that would not becovered by the warranty.

Trying to start the vehicle bypushing or pulling it will notwork, and it could damage thevehicle.

1. Check the other vehicle. It musthave a 12‐volt battery with anegative ground system.

Notice: Only use a vehiclethat has a 12-volt system witha negative ground for jumpstarting. If the other vehicle doesnot have a 12-volt system with anegative ground, both vehiclescan be damaged.

2. Get the vehicles close enoughso the jumper cables can reach,but be sure the vehicles arenot touching each other. If theyare, it could cause a groundconnection you do not want.You would not be able to startyour vehicle, and the badgrounding could damagethe electrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of thevehicles rolling, set the parkingbrake firmly on both vehiclesinvolved in the jump startprocedure. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) ora manual transmission inNeutral before setting theparking brake. If one of thevehicles is a four-wheel-drivevehicle, be sure the transfercase is not in Neutral.

Page 412: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (84,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-84 Vehicle Care

Notice: If the radio or otheraccessories are left on duringthe jump starting procedure, theycould be damaged. The repairswould not be covered by thewarranty. Always turn off theradio and other accessorieswhen jump starting the vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on bothvehicles. Unplug unnecessaryaccessories plugged into thecigarette lighter or the accessorypower outlets. Turn off the radioand all lamps that are notneeded. This will avoid sparksand help save both batteries.And it could save the radio!

4. Open the hoods and locate thepositive (+) and negative (−)terminal locations on theother vehicle. Your vehiclehas a remote positive (+) anda remote negative (−) jumpstarting terminal. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 10‑6 for more informationon the terminal locations.

{ WARNING

Using a match near a batterycan cause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you needmore light.

Be sure the batteries haveenough water. You do not needto add water to the ACDelco®

battery (or batteries) installed inyour new vehicle. But if a batteryhas filler caps, be sure the rightamount of fluid is there. If it is low,add water to take care of thatfirst. If you do not, explosivegas could be present.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ WARNING

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Check that the jumper cablesdo not have loose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock. The vehicles couldbe damaged too.

Before you connect the cables,here are some basic things youshould know. Positive (+) will goto positive (+) or to a remotepositive (+) terminal if the vehiclehas one. Negative (−) will go to aheavy, unpainted metal enginepart or to a remote negative (−)terminal if the vehicle has one.

Page 413: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (85,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-85

Do not connect positive (+) tonegative (−) or you will get ashort that would damage thebattery and maybe other partstoo. And do not connect thenegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal on thedead battery because thiscan cause sparks.

6. Connect the red positive (+)cable to the positive (+) terminalof the dead battery.

Use a remote positive (+)terminal if the vehicle has one.

7. Do not let the other endtouch metal. Connect it tothe positive (+) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotepositive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

8. Now connect the blacknegative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal of thegood battery. Use a remotenegative (−) terminal if thevehicle has one.

Do not let the other end touchanything until the next step.The other end of the negative (−)cable does not go to the deadbattery. It goes to a heavy,unpainted metal engine part,or to a remote negative (−)terminal on the vehicle withthe dead battery.

9. Connect the other end of thenegative (−) cable at least18 inches (45 cm) away fromthe dead battery, but not nearengine parts that move.

The electrical connection is justas good there, and the chanceof sparks getting back to thebattery is much less.

Your vehicle has a remotenegative (−) terminal for thispurpose.

Page 414: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (86,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-86 Vehicle Care

10. Now start the vehicle withthe good battery and run theengine for a while.

11. Try to start the vehicle thathad the dead battery. If it willnot start after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Notice: If the jumper cablesare connected or removed inthe wrong order, electricalshorting may occur and damagethe vehicle. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Always connect andremove the jumper cables in thecorrect order, making sure thatthe cables do not touch eachother or other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal EnginePart or Remote Negative (−)Terminal

B. Good Battery or RemotePositive (+) and RemoteNegative (−) Terminals

C. Dead Battery or RemotePositive (+) Terminal

To disconnect the jumper cablesfrom both vehicles, do the following:

1. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) cable from thevehicle that had the deadbattery.

2. Disconnect the blacknegative (−) cable from thevehicle with the good battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the vehicle with thegood battery.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+)cable from the other vehicle.

Page 415: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (87,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-87

Towing

Towing the VehicleNotice: To avoid damage,the disabled vehicle should betowed with all four wheels offthe ground. Care must be takenwith vehicles that have lowground clearance and/or specialequipment. Always flatbed on acar carrier.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.See Roadside Assistance Program(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Assistance Program(Mexico) on page 13‑10.

To tow the vehicle behind anothervehicle for recreational purposes,such as behind a motor home, see“Recreational Vehicle Towing” in thissection.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towingmeans towing the vehicle behindanother vehicle – such as behinda motorhome. The two mostcommon types of recreationalvehicle towing are known as dinghytowing and dolly towing. Dinghytowing is towing the vehicle withall four wheels on the ground.Dolly towing is towing the vehiclewith two wheels on the ground andtwo wheels up on a device knownas a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:. What is the towing capacity

of the towing vehicle?Be sure to read the towvehicle manufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betravelled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, makesure the vehicle is preparedto be towed.

Page 416: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (88,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-88 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing

If the vehicle is front-wheel‐drive, itcan be dinghy towed from the front.These vehicles may also be towedby putting the front wheels on adolly. See “Dolly Towing” later inthis section.

If the vehicle is all‐wheel‐drive, itcan be dinghy towed from the front.These vehicles can also be towedby placing them on a platformtrailer with all four wheels off of theground. These vehicles cannot betowed using a dolly.

For vehicles being dinghy towed,the vehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components. Re-installthe fuse to start the vehicle.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith all four wheels on the ground:

1. Position the vehicle to betowed, shift the transmission toP (Park), and turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF.

2. Secure the vehicle to the towingvehicle.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Turn the ignition toACC/ACCESSORY.

5. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

6. To prevent the battery fromdraining while the vehicle isbeing towed, remove the 15 ampECM fuse and the 50 ampBATT1 fuse from the underhoodfuse block and store in asafe location. See EngineCompartment Fuse Block onpage 10‑33.

7. Release the parking brake.

Notice: If the vehicle istowed without performingeach of the steps listed under“Dinghy Towing,” the automatictransmission could be damaged.Be sure to follow all steps of thedinghy towing procedure prior toand after towing the vehicle.

Notice: If 105 km/h (65mph)is exceeded while towing thevehicle, it could be damaged.Never exceed 105 km/h (65mph)while towing the vehicle.

Page 417: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (89,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-89

Once the destination is reached:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Reinstall the fuses in theunderhood fuse block.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park), turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF and remove thekey from the ignition.

4. Disconnect the vehicle from thetowing vehicle.

Notice: Do not tow a vehiclewith the front drive wheels onthe ground if one of the front tiresis a compact spare tire. Towingwith two different tire sizes on thefront of the vehicle can causesevere damage to thetransmission.

Dolly Towing(All-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles)

All-wheel‐drive vehicles must notbe towed with two wheels on theground. To properly tow thesevehicles, they should be placed ona platform trailer with all four wheelsoff of the ground or dinghy towedfrom the front.

Dolly Towing(Front-Wheel‐DriveVehicles Only)

To tow a front-wheel‐drive vehiclefrom the front with two wheels onthe ground:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

3. Set the parking brake.

4. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

Page 418: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (90,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-90 Vehicle Care

5. Remove the key from theignition.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Towing the Vehicle Fromthe Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle fromthe rear could damage it. Also,repairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Never havethe vehicle towed from the rear.

Do not tow the vehicle from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Cleaning ExteriorLamps/Lenses

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps and lenses.Follow instructions under “Washingthe Vehicle” later in this section.

Finish Care

Occasional waxing or mild polishingof the vehicle by hand may benecessary to remove residue fromthe paint finish. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from yourdealer.

Page 419: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (91,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-91

If the vehicle has a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoatgives more depth and gloss to thecolored basecoat. Always usewaxes and polishes that arenon-abrasive and made for abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish.

Notice: Machine compoundingor aggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

Foreign materials such as calciumchloride and other salts, ice meltingagents, road oil and tar, tree sap,bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safefor painted surfaces to removeforeign matter.

Exterior painted surfaces aresubject to aging, weather, andchemical fallout that can take theirtoll over a period of years. To keepthe paint finish looking new, keepthe vehicle garaged or coveredwhenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalParts

Bright metal parts should becleaned regularly to keep theirluster. Wash with water or usechrome polish on chrome orstainless steel trim, if necessary.

Use special care with aluminumtrim. To avoid damaging protectivetrim, never use auto or chromepolish, steam, or caustic soapto clean aluminum. A coatingof wax, rubbed to high polish,is recommended for all brightmetal parts.

Page 420: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (92,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-92 Vehicle Care

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,keep it clean by washing it often.

Do not wash the vehicle indirect sunlight and use a carwashing soap.

Notice: Do not use cleaningagents that are petroleum basedor that contain acid or abrasives,as they can damage the paint,metal, or plastic on the vehicle.Approved cleaning productscan be obtained from yourdealer. Follow all manufacturerdirections regarding correctproduct usage, necessary safetyprecautions, and appropriatedisposal of any vehicle careproduct. Certain cleaners containchemicals that can damage theemblems or nameplates on thevehicle. Check the cleaningproduct label. If it states that it

should not be used on plasticparts, do not use it on the vehicleor damage may occur and itwould not be covered by thewarranty.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to removeall cleaning agents completely.If they are allowed to dry on thesurface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towelto avoid surface scratches andwater spotting.

High pressure car washes couldcause water to enter the vehicle.Avoid using high pressure washescloser than 30 cm (12 in) to thesurface of the vehicle. Use ofpower washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) canresult in damage or removalof paint and decals.

Notice: Conveyor systems onsome automatic car washes coulddamage the vehicle. There maynot be enough clearance for theundercarriage. Check with the carwash manager before using theautomatic car wash.

Weatherstrips

Silicone grease on weatherstrips willmake them last longer, seal better,and not stick or squeak. Applysilicone grease with a clean cloth.During very cold, damp weatherfrequent application may berequired. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11‑7.

Page 421: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (93,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-93

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

The vehicle may have eitheraluminum or chrome-plated wheels.

Keep the wheels clean using asoft, clean cloth with mild soap andwater. Rinse with clean water. Afterrinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft,clean towel. A wax may then beapplied.

Notice: Chrome wheels andother chrome trim may bedamaged if the vehicle is notwashed after driving on roadsthat have been sprayed withmagnesium, calcium or sodiumchloride. These chlorides areused on roads for conditionssuch as ice and dust. Alwayswash the chrome with soap andwater after exposure.

Notice: Do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes,cleaners, brushes, or cleanersthat contain acid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels, becausethe surface could be damaged.

The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Use onlyapproved cleaners on aluminumor chrome-plated wheels.

Notice: Never drive a vehicle thathas aluminum or chrome-platedwheels through an automatic carwash that uses silicone carbidetire cleaning brushes, as thiscould cause damage. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Notice: Driving the vehiclethrough an automatic car washthat has silicone carbide tirecleaning brushes, could damagethe aluminum or chrome-platedwheels. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Never drive a vehicle that hasaluminum or chrome-platedwheels through an automaticcar wash that uses siliconecarbide tire cleaning brushes.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean the rubber blades usinga lint‐free cloth or paper towelsoaked with windshield washerfluid or a mild detergent. Washthe windshield thoroughly whencleaning the blades. Bugs, roadgrime, sap, and a buildup of vehiclewash/wax treatments may causewiper streaking. Replace the wiperblades if they are worn or damaged.

Wipers can be damaged by:. Extreme dusty conditions. Sand and salt. Heat and sun. Snow and ice, without proper

removal

Page 422: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (94,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-94 Vehicle Care

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Notice: Using petroleum-basedtire dressing products on thevehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applyinga tire dressing, always wipe offany overspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Any stone chips, fractures, or deepscratches in the finish should berepaired right away. Bare metal willcorrode quickly and may developinto major repair expense.

Minor chips and scratches can berepaired with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer. Largerareas of finish damage can becorrected in your dealer's bodyand paint shop.

Underbody Maintenance

Chemicals used for ice and snowremoval and dust control can collecton the underbody. If these are notremoved, corrosion and rust candevelop on the underbody partssuch as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,and exhaust system even thoughthey have corrosion protection.

At least every spring, flush thesematerials from the underbodywith plain water. Clean any areaswhere mud and debris can collect.Dirt packed in close areas of theframe should be loosened beforebeing flushed. Your dealer or anunderbody car washing systemcan do this.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Some weather and atmosphericconditions can create a chemicalfallout. Airborne pollutants can fallupon and attack painted surfaceson the vehicle. This damage cantake two forms: blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface.

Page 423: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (95,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-95

Interior CareThe interior will continue to lookits best if it is cleaned often.Dust and dirt can accumulate onthe upholstery and cause damageto the carpet, fabric, leather, andplastic surfaces. Stains should beremoved quickly as extreme heatcould cause them to set rapidly.

Lighter colored interiors mayrequire more frequent cleaning.Newspapers and garments thatcan transfer color to homefurnishings can also transfercolor to the interior.

Remove dust from small buttonsand knobs with a small brush withsoft bristles.

Your dealer has products forcleaning the interior. Whencleaning the interior, only usecleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces that are beingcleaned. Permanent damage canresult from using cleaners onsurfaces for which they were not

intended. Apply the cleaner directlyto the cleaning cloth to preventover-spray. Remove any accidentalover-spray from other surfacesimmediately.

Notice: Using abrasive cleanerswhen cleaning glass surfaces onthe vehicle, could scratch theglass and/or cause damage tothe rear window defogger. Whencleaning the glass on the vehicle,use only a soft cloth and glasscleaner.

Cleaners can contain solvents thatcan become concentrated in theinterior. Before using cleaners,read and adhere to all safetyinstructions on the label. Whilecleaning the interior, maintainadequate ventilation by openingthe doors and windows.

Do not clean the interior using thefollowing cleaners or techniques:. Never use a knife or any other

sharp object to remove a soilfrom any interior surface.

. Never use a stiff brush. It cancause damage.

. Never apply heavy pressure orrub aggressively with a cleaningcloth. Use of heavy pressure candamage the interior and doesnot improve the effectivenessof soil removal.

. Avoid laundry detergentsor dishwashing soaps withdegreasers. Using too muchsoap will leave a residue thatleaves streaks and attractsdirt. For liquid cleaners, about20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) ofwater is a good guide. Use onlymild, neutral-pH soaps.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery while cleaning.

. Cleaners that contain solventscan damage the interior.

Page 424: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (96,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-96 Vehicle Care

Fabric/Carpet

Use a vacuum cleaner with a softbrush attachment to remove dustand loose dirt. A canister vacuumwith rotating brushes in the nozzlemay only be used on floor carpetand carpeted floor mats. For soils,always try to remove them first withplain water or club soda. Beforecleaning, gently remove as much ofthe soil as possible using one of thefollowing techniques:. For liquids: gently blot the

remaining soil with a papertowel. Allow the soil to absorbinto the paper towel until nomore can be removed.

. For solid dry soils: remove asmuch as possible and thenvacuum.

To clean:

1. Saturate a lint-free, clean whitecloth with water or club soda.

2. Remove excess moisture.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Continue cleaning, usinga clean area of the cloth eachtime it becomes soiled.

4. Continue to gently rub thesoiled area.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution and repeat the cleaningprocess with plain water.

If any of the soil remains, acommercial fabric cleaner or spotlifter may be necessary. Test asmall hidden area for colorfastnessbefore using a commercialupholstery cleaner or spot lifter.If the locally cleaned area givesany impression that a ring formationmay result, clean the entire surface.

A paper towel can be used to blotexcess moisture from the fabric orcarpet after the cleaning process.

Leather

Leather, and lighter colored leatherin particular, will need more frequentcleaning to prevent the buildup ofdust, dirt, and colors transferredfrom other items so that these donot become permanent stains.

To remove dust, a soft clothdampened with water can be used.If a more thorough cleaning isnecessary, a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution canbe used. Your dealer has a GMapproved leather cleaner availablethat provides superior cleaningperformance when used regularlyon finished automotive leathers.Allow the leather to dry naturally.

Page 425: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (97,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-97

Do not use heat, steam, spot liftersor spot removers, or shoe polishon leather. Many commercial leathercleaners and coatings that aresold to preserve and protect leathermay permanently change theappearance and feel of the leatherand are not recommended. Do notuse silicone or wax-based products,or those containing organic solventsto clean the interior because theycan alter the appearance byincreasing the gloss in anon-uniform manner.

Instrument Panel, Vinyl, andOther Plastic Surfaces

To remove dust, a soft clothdampened with water can beused. If a more thorough cleaningis necessary, a clean soft clothdampened with a mild soap solutioncan be used to gently removedust and dirt. Never use spot liftersor removers on plastic surfaces.Many commercial cleaners andcoatings that are sold to preserveand protect soft plastic surfacesmay permanently change theappearance and feel of the interiorand are not recommended. Do notuse silicone or wax-based products,or those containing organic solventsto clean the interior because theycan alter the appearance byincreasing the gloss in anon-uniform manner.

Some commercial products mayincrease gloss on the instrumentpanel. The increase in gloss maycause annoying reflections in thewindshield and even make it difficultto see through the windshield undercertain conditions.

Notice: Air fresheners containsolvents that may cause damageto plastics and painted surfaces.Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions when using airfresheners in the vehicle. If airfreshener comes in contact withpaint or a plastic surface, blotimmediately with a soft cloth.Damage caused by using airfresheners would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Page 426: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (98,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-98 Vehicle Care

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ WARNING

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them.In a crash, they might not be ableto provide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ WARNING

If a floor mat is the wrong sizeor is not properly installed, it caninterfere with the acceleratorpedal and/or brake pedal.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with theaccelerator or brake pedal.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.. The original equipment floor

mats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the accelerator orbrake pedal. Always check thatthe floor mats do not interferewith the pedals.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Page 427: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (99,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Vehicle Care 10-99

Button Retainer

Floor mats with a button-typeretainer.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mat

1. Pull up on the rear of the mat tounlock and remove.

2. Reinstall the floor mat by liningup the floor mat openings overthe carpet retainers andsnapping into position.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured and verify thatit does not interfere with theaccelerator or brake pedal.

Knob Retainer

Floor mats with a knob retainer.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mat

1. Turn the knob until it is alignedwith the slot in the floor matgrommet.

2. Pull up on the floor mat.

3. Center the slot in the floor matgrommet with the knob on thefloor and set into position.

4. Turn the knob until it isperpendicular to the slot in thegrommet to lock the mat inplace.

5. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured and verify thatit does not interfere with theaccelerator or brake pedal.

Page 428: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (100,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

10-100 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES

Page 429: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Scheduled MaintenanceScheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . 11-10

General InformationNotice: Maintenanceintervals, checks, inspections,recommended fluids, andlubricants are necessary tokeep this vehicle in goodworking condition. Damagecaused by failure to followscheduled maintenance mightnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

As the vehicle owner, you areresponsible for the scheduledmaintenance in this section.We recommend having yourdealer perform these services.Proper vehicle maintenance helpsto keep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions forbetter air quality.

Because of all the different wayspeople use vehicles, maintenanceneeds vary. The vehicle might needmore frequent checks and services.Please read the information underScheduled Maintenance. To keepthe vehicle in good condition, seeyour dealer.

The maintenance schedule is forvehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo

within recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limitson page 9‑12.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel.See Recommended Fuel onpage 9‑42.

Page 430: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

11-2 Service and Maintenance

{ WARNING

Performing maintenance workcan be dangerous. Some jobscan cause serious injury. Performmaintenance work only if youhave the required know-how andthe proper tools and equipment.If in doubt, see your dealer tohave a qualified technician dothe work. See Doing Your OwnService Work on page 10‑4.

At your dealer, you can becertain that you will receive thehighest level of service available.Your dealer has specially trainedservice technicians, uses genuinereplacement parts, as well as,up‐to‐date tools and equipmentto ensure fast and accuratediagnostics.

The proper replacement parts,fluids, and lubricants to use arelisted in Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11‑7 andMaintenance Replacement Parts onpage 11‑9. We recommend the useof genuine parts from your dealer.

Rotation of New Tires

To maintain ride, handling, andperformance of the vehicle, it isimportant that the first rotationservice for new tires be performed.Tires should be rotated every12 000 km/7,500 miles. See TireRotation on page 10‑52.

ScheduledMaintenanceWhen the Change Engine OilSoon Message Displays

Change engine oil and filter.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.An Emission Control Service.

When the CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message displays,service is required for the vehicleas soon as possible, within the next1 000 km/600 miles. If driving underthe best conditions, the engine oillife system might not indicate theneed for vehicle service for morethan a year. The engine oil and filtermust be changed at least once ayear and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice technicians who will performthis work and reset the system.

Page 431: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Service and Maintenance 11-3

If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5 000 km/3,000 miles sincethe last service. Reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.See Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑11.

Every Engine Oil Change. Change engine oil and

filter. Reset oil life system.See Engine Oil on page 10‑8and Engine Oil Life System onpage 10‑11. An Emission ControlService.

. Engine coolant level check.See Engine Coolant onpage 10‑15.

. Engine cooling systeminspection. Visual inspectionof hoses, pipes, fittings, andclamps and replacement,if needed.

. Windshield washer fluid levelcheck. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑23.

. Windshield wiper bladeinspection for wear, cracking,or contamination andwindshield and wiper bladecleaning, if contaminated. SeeExterior Care on page 10‑90.Worn or damaged wiper bladereplacement. See Wiper BladeReplacement on page 10‑29.

. Tire inflation pressurescheck. See Tire Pressure onpage 10‑45.

. Tire wear inspection. See TireInspection on page 10‑51.

. Rotate tires if necessary.See Tire Rotation onpage 10‑52.

. Fluids visual leak check(or every 12 months, whicheveroccurs first). A leak in anysystem must be repaired andthe fluid level checked.

. Engine air cleaner filterinspection. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 10‑13.

. Brake system inspection(or every 12 months, whicheveroccurs first).

. Steering and suspensioninspection. Visual inspectionfor damaged, loose, or missingparts or signs of wear.

Page 432: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Body hinges and latches, keylock cylinders, hood latchassemblies, secondary latches,pivots, spring anchor andrelease pawl, hood and doorhinges, rear folding seats,and liftgate hinges lubrication.See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 11‑7.More frequent lubrication maybe required when the vehicleis exposed to a corrosiveenvironment. Applying siliconegrease on weatherstrips with aclean cloth makes them lastlonger, seal better, and notstick or squeak.

. Restraint system componentcheck. See Safety SystemCheck on page 3‑31.

. Fuel system inspection fordamage or leaks.

. Exhaust system and nearby heatshields inspection for loose ordamaged components.

Additional Required Services

Every 12 000 km/7,500Miles. Rotate tires. Tires should

be rotated every 12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire Rotationon page 10‑52.

At Each Fuel Stop. Engine oil level check.

See Engine Oil on page 10‑8.. Engine coolant level check.

See Engine Coolant onpage 10‑15.

. Windshield washer fluid levelcheck. See Washer Fluid onpage 10‑23.

Once a Month. Tire inflation check. See Tire

Pressure on page 10‑45.. Tire wear inspection. See Tire

Inspection on page 10‑51.. Sunroof track and seal

inspection, if equipped.See Sunroof on page 2‑22.

Once a Year. See Starter Switch Check on

page 10‑27.. See Automatic Transmission

Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck on page 10‑28.

. See Ignition Transmission LockCheck on page 10‑28.

. See Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check onpage 10‑28.

Page 433: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Accelerator pedal check fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. If the vehicle has a Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit, checkthe sealant expiration dateprinted on the instruction labelof the kit. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit on page 10‑63.

. Underbody flushing service.

. Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/LiftglassSupport Gas Strut Service:Visually inspect gas strut,if equipped, for signs of wear,cracks, or other damage.Check the hold open abilityof the gas strut. Contact yourdealer if service is required.

First Engine Oil Change AfterEvery 80 000 km/50,000Miles. Engine air cleaner filter

replacement. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 10‑13.

. Automatic transmission fluidchange (severe service)for vehicles mainly drivenin heavy city traffic in hotweather, in hilly or mountainousterrain, when frequently towinga trailer, or used for taxi,police, or delivery service.See Automatic TransmissionFluid on page 10‑13.

. All‐wheel drive only: Transfercase fluid change (severeservice) for vehicles mainlydriven when frequently towinga trailer, or used for taxi, police,or delivery service. During anymaintenance, if a power washeris used to clean mud and dirtfrom the underbody, care shouldbe taken to not directly spraythe transfer case output seals.High pressure water canovercome the seals andcontaminate the transfer casefluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

Page 434: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

11-6 Service and Maintenance

. Evaporative control systeminspection. Check all fuel andvapor lines and hoses for properhook‐up, routing, and condition.Check that the purge valve,if the vehicle has one, worksproperly. Replace as needed.An Emission Control Service.The U.S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency or theCalifornia Air ResourcesBoard has determined thatthe failure to perform thismaintenance item will notnullify the emission warrantyor limit recall liability prior tothe completion of the vehicle'suseful life. We, however,urge that all recommendedmaintenance services beperformed at the indicatedintervals and the maintenancebe recorded.

First Engine Oil Change AfterEvery 160 000 km/100,000Miles. Automatic transmission fluid

change (normal service).See Automatic TransmissionFluid on page 10‑13.

. Spark plug replacement andspark plug wires inspection.An Emission Control Service.

. All‐wheel drive only:Transfer case fluid change(normal service). During anymaintenance, if a power washeris used to clean mud and dirtfrom the underbody, care shouldbe taken to not directly spraythe transfer case output seals.High pressure water canovercome the seals andcontaminate the transfer casefluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and should be replaced.

First Engine Oil Change AfterEvery 240 000 km/150,000Miles. Engine cooling system drain,

flush, and refill (or every fiveyears, whichever occurs first).See Cooling System onpage 10‑15. An EmissionControl Service.

. Engine drive belts inspectionfor fraying, excessive cracks,or obvious damage (or every10 years, whichever occursfirst). Replace, if needed.

Page 435: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil

The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification.Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certificationmark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexoscertification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil onpage 10‑8.

Engine Coolant50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15.

Hydraulic Brake SystemDOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806,in Canada 88862807).

Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent.

Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186).

Page 436: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Carrier Assembly — Differential(Rear Drive Module) and Transfer

Case (Power Transfer Unit)

SAE 75W‐90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677,in Canada 89021678).

Key Lock CylindersMulti-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,in Canada 10953474).

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood and Door Hinges and RearFolding Seat

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,in Canada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).

Page 437: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 15278634 A3083C

Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63

Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 20958479 CF179C

Spark Plugs 12611882 41-107

Wiper Blades

Front Driver – 62.5 cm (24.6 in) 15254805 —

Front Passenger – 53.0 cm (20.8 in) 15254804 —

Rear – 30.0 cm (11.6 in) 15276259 —

Page 438: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Maintenance Record

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed

Page 439: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Maintenance Record (cont'd)

Date OdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed

Page 440: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Record (cont'd)

Date OdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed

Page 441: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windshield fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VINis the engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specificationson page 12‑2 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, on the inside of the glovebox, has the following information:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Model designation.. Paint information.. Production options and special

equipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.

Page 442: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 11‑7 for more information.

Application

Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134aFor the air conditioning system refrigerant chargeamount, see the refrigerant label located under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System 10.8 L 11.4 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 5.2 L 5.5 qt

Fuel Tank 83.3 L 22.0 gal

Transmission Fluid* (Drain and Refill) 5.0 L 5.3 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

*See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑13 for information on checking fluid level.

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Page 443: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

3.6L V6 Engine D Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Page 444: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES

Page 445: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-1

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (Mexico) . . . . . . . . 13-3

Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-5

Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users (U.S.and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-7GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Roadside Assistance Program(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Roadside AssistanceProgram (Mexico) . . . . . . . . . 13-10

Scheduling ServiceAppointments (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11

Courtesy TransportationProgram (U.S. andCanada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11

Collision Damage Repair(U.S. and Canada) . . . . . . . . 13-13

Service PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-15

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-18

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-18OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-19Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-19

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedure(U.S. and Canada)Your satisfaction and goodwillare important to the dealer andto GMC. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by the dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss yourconcern with a member ofdealership management. Normally,concerns can be quickly resolved atthat level. If the matter has alreadybeen reviewed with the sales,service, or parts manager, contactthe owner of the dealership or thegeneral manager.

Page 446: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannotbe resolved by the dealershipwithout further help, in the U.S.,call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada,call General Motors of CanadaCustomer Communication at1-800-263-3777 (English) or1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to giveyour inquiry prompt attention.Have the following informationavailable to give the CustomerAssistance representative:. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top leftof the instrument panel andvisible through the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting GMC, rememberthat your concern will likely beresolved at a dealer's facility.That is why we suggest followingStep One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:Both General Motors and thedealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two,you can file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofilling out a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and your

case will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree withthe decision given in your case,you may reject it and proceed withany other venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB AutoLine Program using the toll-freetelephone number or write themat the following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better BusinessBureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100www.dr.bbb.org/goauto

This program is available inall 50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinueits participation in this program.

Page 447: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners: In the event that youdo not feel your concerns havebeen addressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaLimited wants you to be awareof its participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of Canada Limitedhas committed to binding arbitrationof owner disputes involvingfactory-related vehicle serviceclaims. The program providesfor the review of the facts involvedby an impartial third party arbiter,and may include an informal hearingbefore the arbiter. The programis designed so that the entiredispute settlement process, fromthe time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in approximately 70 days.We believe our impartial programoffers advantages over courts inmost jurisdictions because it isinformal, quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, orcall the General Motors CustomerCommunication Centre,1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer CommunicationCentreGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer SatisfactionProcedure (Mexico)

Did you get the Warranty ExtensionPlan? This plan is recommended byGeneral Motors to supplement thewarranty included with the newvehicle purchase.

See your dealer for details.

Page 448: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-4 Customer Information

Customer AssistanceProcedure

Owner satisfaction and goodwill arevery important to your dealer andGeneral Motors.

Normally, any problem with thetransaction, sale, or usage of thevehicle must be handled by yourdealer sales or service departments.However, we recognize thatdespite the good intentions of allparties involved, sometimes amisunderstanding may occur.

If you have a problem that has notbeen satisfactorily handled throughthe normal means, we suggest thefollowing steps:

STEP ONE

Explain your case to the dealerservice agent, service manager,dealer sales agent, or salesmanager, depending on your case.

Make sure that they haveall necessary information.They are interested in yourcontinual satisfaction.

STEP TWO

If you are not satisfied, pleasecontact the general manager or thedealership owner to ask for theirhelp. If they are not able to resolveyour case, ask them to contact theright people at General Motors forsupport, if needed.

STEP THREE

If your case is not resolved in areasonable amount of time by yourdealer, please call the GeneralMotors Customer AssistanceCenter (CAC) and provide thefollowing information:. Name. Address. Phone number. Model year

. Brand

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Mileage

. Delivery date

. Description of the problem

. Dealership name

. Dealership address

See Customer Assistance Offices(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑5or Customer Assistance Offices(Mexico) on page 13‑6 for moreinformation.

Page 449: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-5

Customer AssistanceOffices (U.S. and Canada)GMC encourages customers to callthe toll-free number for assistance.However, if a customer wishes towrite or e-mail GMC, the lettershould be addressed to:

United States

GMC Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

www.GMC.com

1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)1-800-462-8583 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-462-8782

From Puerto Rico:

1-800-496-9992 (English)1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gmc.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

All Overseas Locations

Please contact the localGeneral Motors Business Unit.

Mexico, Central America andCaribbean Islands/Countries(Except Puerto Rico andU.S. Virgin Islands)

General Motors de Mexico,S. de R.L. de C.V.Customer Assistance CenterAv. Ejercito Nacional #843Col. GranadaC.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.

01-800-466-0801Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0801

Page 450: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-6 Customer Information

Customer AssistanceOffices (Mexico)To contact the Customer AssistanceCenter (CAC), use the phonenumbers listed in this section.Customer assistance is availableMonday through Friday, 08:00 to20:00 hours, and Saturdays from08:00 to 15:00 hours.

All e-mail inquiries to the CustomerAssistance Center (CAC) should besent to: [email protected].

Mexico

From Mexico City

5329-0812

From Other Mexico Locations

01-800-466-0812

United States and Canada

1-866-466-8191

Costa Rica

00-800-052-1005

Guatemala

1-800-999-5252

Panama

00-800-052-0001

Dominican Republic

1-888-751-5301

El Salvador

800-6273

Honduras

800-0122-6101

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)Users (U.S. and Canada)To assist customers who aredeaf, hard of hearing, or speechimpaired and who use TextTelephones (TTYs), GMC has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY usercan communicate with GMC bydialing: 1-800-462-8583. TTY usersin Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Page 451: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-7

Online Owner Center

GMC Owner Center (U.S.)www.gmcownercenter.com

Information and servicescustomized for your specificvehicle — all in one convenientplace.. Digital owner manual, warranty

information, and more.. Storage for online service and

maintenance records.. GMC dealer locator for service

nationwide.. Exclusive privileges and offers.. Recall notices for your specific

vehicle.. OnStar and GM Cardmember

Services Earnings summaries.

Other Helpful Links

GMC — www.gmc.com

GMC Merchandise —www.gmccollection.com

Help Center — www.gmc.com/helpcenter. FAQ (Frequently Asked

Questions). Contact Us

My GM Canada www.gm.ca

My GM Canada is apassword-protected sectionof www.gm.ca where you cansave information on GM vehicles,get personalized offers, anduse handy tools and formswith greater ease.

Here are a few of the valuabletools and services you will haveaccess to:. My Showroom: Find and save

information on vehicles andcurrent offers in your area.

. My Dealers: Save details suchas address and phone numberfor each of your preferred GMdealers.

. My Driveway: Access quicklinks to parts and serviceestimates, check trade-invalues, or schedule a serviceappointment by adding thevehicles you own to yourdriveway profile.

. My Preferences: Manage yourprofile and use tools and formswith greater ease.

To sign up, visit the My GM.casection within www.gm.ca.

Page 452: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-8 Customer Information

GM MobilityReimbursement Program(U.S. and Canada)

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canadaalso has a Mobility Program.Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgram (U.S. andCanada)For U.S.‐purchased vehicles,call 1‐800‐462‐8782; (TextTelephone (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438).

For Canadian‐purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:. Your name, home address, and

home telephone number. Telephone number of your

location. Location of the vehicle. Model, year, color, and license

plate number of the vehicle. Odometer reading, Vehicle

Identification Number (VIN),and delivery date of the vehicle

. Description of the problem

Page 453: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-9

Coverage

Services are provided up to5 years/160 000 km (100,000 miles),whichever comes first.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. GMC and General Motorsof Canada Limited reserve the rightto make any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Assistance programat any time without notification.

GMC and General Motors ofCanada Limited reserve the rightto limit services or payment to anowner or driver if they decide theclaims are made too often, or thesame type of claim is made manytimes.

Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock‐Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlockmay be available if you haveOnStar®. For security reasons,the driver must presentidentification before thisservice is given.

. Emergency Tow From a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest GMC dealer for warrantyservice, or if the vehicle wasin a crash and cannot be driven.Assistance is also given whenthe vehicle is stuck in the sand,mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition and

properly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it isnot covered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Routing Service: Detailedmaps of North America whenrequested either with themost direct route or the mostscenic route. Additional travelinformation is also available.Allow three weeks for delivery.

. Trip Interruption Benefitsand Assistance: If yourtrip is interrupted due toa warranty failure, incidentalexpenses may be reimbursedduring the 5 years/(160 000 km)100,000 miles Powertrainwarranty period. Itemsconsidered are hotel, meals,and rental car.

Page 454: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-10 Customer Information

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting,

or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

. Towing or services for vehiclesdriven on a non-public road orhighway.

Services Specific toCanadian‐Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is approximately $5 Canadian.Diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Routing Service: Limit ofsix requests per year.

. Trip Interruption Benefitsand Assistance: Must beover 250 kilometres fromwhere your trip was startedto qualify. General Motorsof Canada Limited requirespre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copyof the repair orders. Onceauthorization has been received,the Roadside Assistance advisorwill help to make arrangementsand explain how to receivepayment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor maygive permission to get localemergency road service.You will receive payment, up to$100, after sending the originalreceipt to Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty arethe owner responsibility.

Roadside AssistanceProgram (Mexico)Roadside Assistance is available24 hours a day, 365 days ofthe year.

For detailed information aboutRoadside Assistance, pleasesee the brochure provided withyour new vehicle or visit ourwebsite at: www.gmc.com.mx.Navigate the site and click on“Asistencia en el Camino.” E-mailcorrespondence should besent to: [email protected].

To contact Roadside Assistance byphone, use the following numbers:

Mexico

01-800-466-0801

United States

1-866-466-8902

Canada

1-800-268-6800

Page 455: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-11

Scheduling ServiceAppointments(U.S. and Canada)When the vehicle requireswarranty service, contact the dealerand request an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, thedealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it untilit can be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callthe dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If the dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in thework day as possible to allowfor the same day-repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgram (U.S. andCanada)To enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customersupport program for vehicleswith the Bumper-to-Bumper(Base Warranty Coverage periodin Canada), extended powertrain,and/or hybrid‐specific warrantiesin both the U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Warranty and OwnerAssistance Information” furnishedwith each new vehicle providesdetailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generallybe completed while you wait.However, if you are unableto wait, GM helps to minimizeinconvenience by providing severaltransportation options. Dependingon the circumstances, the dealercan offer one of the following:

Shuttle Service

Shuttle service is the preferredmeans of offering CourtesyTransportation. Dealers may provideshuttle service to get you to yourdestination with minimal interruptionof your daily schedule. This includesone‐way or round‐trip shuttle servicewithin reasonable time and distanceparameters of the dealer's area.

Page 456: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-12 Customer Information

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If the vehicle requires overnightwarranty repairs, and publictransportation is used insteadof the dealer's shuttle service,the expense must be supportedby original receipts and can onlybe up to the maximum amountallowed by GM for shuttle service.In addition, for U.S. customers,should you arrange transportationthrough a friend or relative, limitedreimbursement for reasonablefuel expenses may be available.Claim amounts should reflectactual costs and be supported byoriginal receipts. See the dealer forinformation regarding the allowanceamounts for reimbursement of fuelor other transportation costs.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

The dealer may arrange to provideyou with a courtesy rental vehicleor reimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if the vehicle is keptfor an overnight warranty repair.Rental reimbursement will be limitedand must be supported by originalreceipts. This requires that you signand complete a rental agreementand meet state/provincial, local,and rental vehicle providerrequirements. Requirements varyand may include minimum agerequirements, insurance coverage,credit card, etc. You are responsiblefor fuel usage charges and mayalso be responsible for taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Please contact thedealer for specific informationabout availability. All CourtesyTransportation arrangementswill be administered by appropriatedealer personnel.

General Motors reserves theright to unilaterally modify,change, or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time andto resolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the termsand conditions described hereinat its sole discretion.

Page 457: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-13

Collision Damage Repair(U.S. and Canada)If the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged,have the damage repaired bya qualified technician using theproper equipment and qualityreplacement parts. Poorly performedcollision repairs diminish thevehicle resale value, and safetyperformance can be compromisedin subsequent collisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts arenew parts made with the samematerials and construction methodsas the parts with which the vehiclewas originally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipmentparts may also be used for repair.These parts are typically removedfrom vehicles that were total lossesin prior crashes. In most cases,the parts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choiceto maintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the historyof these parts is not known. Suchparts are not covered by the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty, andany related failures are not coveredby that warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.

As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts arenot covered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. The dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate‐of‐the‐art equipment, or beable to recommend a collisionrepair center that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Page 458: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-14 Customer Information

Insuring The Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage.There are significant differencesin the quality of coverage affordedby various insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensationfor damage repairs by usingaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure thatthe vehicle will be repaired withGM original equipment collisionparts. If such insurance coverageis not available from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help.Do not leave the scene of a crashuntil all matters have been takencare of. Move the vehicle only if itsposition puts you in danger, or youare instructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program(U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑8or Roadside Assistance Program(Mexico) on page 13‑10.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and

telephone number.. Driver license number.. Owner name, address, and

telephone number.. Vehicle license plate number.. Vehicle make, model, and

model year.. Vehicle Identification

Number (VIN).. Insurance company and policy

number.. General description of the

damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, seeWhat Will You See After an AirbagInflates? on page 3‑39.

Page 459: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (15,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-15

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towedthere. Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be coveredby the GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company may

initially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insiston Genuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you maybe obligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accepta repair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collisionpolicy repair limits, as you haveno contractual limits with thatcompany. In such cases, you canhave control of the repair and partschoices as long as the cost stayswithin reasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additionaltechnical service informationneeded to knowledgeably serviceGeneral Motors cars and trucks.Each bulletin contains instructionsto assist in the diagnosis andservice of the vehicle.

Page 460: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (16,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-16 Customer Information

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle.The Owner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyBooklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Portfolio: OwnerManual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins andManuals are available for currentand past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visitHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

Prices are subject to changewithout notice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted inU.S. funds. Make checks payablein U.S. funds.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.

Page 461: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (17,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-17

However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you maycall the Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has a safetydefect, notify Transport Canadaimmediately, and notify GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. Callthem at 1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch2780 Sheffield RoadOttawa, Ontario K1B 3V9

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, please notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-GMC-8782(1-800-462-8782), or write:

GMC Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33172Detroit, MI 48232-5172

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre,Mail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Page 462: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (18,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-18 Customer Information

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThis GM vehicle has a number ofsophisticated computers that recordinformation about the vehicle’sperformance and how it is driven.For example, the vehicle usescomputer modules to monitor andcontrol engine and transmissionperformance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deploymentand deploy airbags in a crash, and,if so equipped, to provide antilockbraking to help the driver control thevehicle. These modules may storedata to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle. Some modulesmay also store data about how youoperate the vehicle, such as rate offuel consumption or average speed.These modules may also retain theowner’s personal preferences, suchas radio pre-sets, seat positions,and temperature settings.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle has an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purposeof an EDR is to record, in certaincrash or near crash-like situations,such as an airbag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data thatwill assist in understanding howa vehicle's systems performed.The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics andsafety systems for a short period oftime, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:. How various systems in the

vehicle were operating.. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened.

. How far, if at all, the driver waspressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal.

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

This data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur.

Important: EDR data is recordedby the vehicle only if a non-trivialcrash situation occurs; no data isrecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age,and crash location) is recorded.However, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, could combinethe EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying dataroutinely acquired during acrash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have accessto the vehicle or the EDR.

Page 463: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (19,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

Customer Information 13-19

GM will not access this data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as partof GM's defense of litigationthrough the discovery process; or,as required by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs ormay be made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withan active OnStar system, thatsystem may also record data incrash or near crash‐like situations.The OnStar Terms and Conditionsprovides information on datacollection and use and is availablein the OnStar glove box kit,at www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada), orby pressing theQ button andspeaking to an advisor.

Navigation SystemIf the vehicle has a navigationsystem, use of the system mayresult in the storage of destinations,addresses, telephone numbers, andother trip information. Refer to thenavigation system operating manualfor information on stored data andfor deletion instructions.

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)RFID technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tirepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security, as well as inconnection with conveniencessuch as key fobs for remote doorlocking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inGM vehicles does not use or recordpersonal information or link withany other GM system containingpersonal information.

Page 464: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (20,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

13-20 Customer Information

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomply with Part 15 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC)rules and with Industry CanadaStandards RSS‐210/220/310.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeinterference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to anyof these systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Page 465: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (1,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-1

AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21Add-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38

Passenger SensingSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38

What Will You See Afteran Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . .3-39

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-35

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46

Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-16Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Alarm SystemAnti-Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . 10-27, 9-28AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7AntennaMulti-Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13

Anti-TheftAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-43

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8, 13-10

Audio Controller,Rear (RAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14CD/DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-24, 7-30

Audio SystemRadio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12Rear Seat (RSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2

AutomaticDimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-25Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27Shift Lock ControlFunction Check . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37

Page 466: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (2,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-2 INDEX

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-29Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-20Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-17Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Bulb Replacement (cont.)Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-31Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-43Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-37Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iiiCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Management System . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Tie Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

Cautions, Danger, andWarnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 4-2Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60ChargingSystem Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

CheckEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18IgnitionTransmission Lock . . . . . . . . 10-28

Child RestraintsInfants and YoungChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-57

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-65, 3-67Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53

Page 467: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (3,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-3

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-90Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-95

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 8-1Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-13Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 10-82Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Compressor Kit, TireSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Engine TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-39

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38

Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-6Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-5, 13-6Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-6

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . 13-15

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1, 13-3

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-13Danger, Warnings, andCautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-18Daytime RunningLamps/AutomaticHeadlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . 6-6Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5DoorAjar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . 10-27, 9-28

Page 468: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (4,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-4 INDEX

Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25, 5-30

DrivingCharacteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-8If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 9-11Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

DVDRear Seat EntertainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-39

DVD/CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16

EElectrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56

Electrical SystemEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

Engine (cont.)Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Cooling System Messages . . .5-39Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20Overheated ProtectionOperating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-24Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19

Engine OilLife System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-54Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-18Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Page 469: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (5,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-5

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-3Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71

Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-98FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . 10-13Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Fog LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Front Fog LampsLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-43Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-42Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42Requirements, California . . . . .9-43System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41

Fuel EconomyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22

FusesEngine CompartmentFuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

Fuses and CircuitBreakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-35

GGarage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55

GasolineSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42

GaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Page 470: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (6,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-6 INDEX

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-3Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Head Up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-30Daytime RunningLamps/AutomaticHeadlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-24High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1High Voltage Devices andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 9-8Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-83

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-41Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Page 471: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (7,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-39Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-18Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25LATCH SystemReplacing Parts After aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-64

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

LiftgateCarbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

LightingDelayed Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Delayed Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21

Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-20Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . .5-22

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-23Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24

Lights (cont.)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-15Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24StabiliTrak® Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-22Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Page 472: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (8,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-8 INDEX

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10

Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-2Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-18Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-27Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . .5-43Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-38Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-39Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40

Messages (cont.)Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41Object Detection System . . . . .5-42Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-42Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Automatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Mirrors (cont.)Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-19Park Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47

MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24, 7-30Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

NNavigationVehicle Data Recordingand Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19

Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-17

Page 473: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (9,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-9

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Engine Oil Life System . . . . . .10-11Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-48Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-7OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Operation, InfotainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Overheated EngineProtectionOperating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

PParade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7ParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23

Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18ParkingAssist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-35Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-28

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-23Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-41Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . 10-3

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-50

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-21Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20

Pregnancy, Using SafetyBelts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

PrivacyRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-19

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . .13-11

Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Page 474: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (10,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-10 INDEX

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-19Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-20

RadiosAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Rear AudioController (RAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10, 8-11

Rear Seat Audio (RSA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Rear Seat EntertainmentSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . . . . . . .7-48

Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-37Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-19

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7

Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . 9-42RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-10

Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87

Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2, 2-3

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-48Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts After aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-17General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21

Ride Control SystemsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8, 13-10

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Page 475: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (11,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-11

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Replacing After a Crash . . . . . .3-32Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-30

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . 13-17General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-16

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-2Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-11Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Heated and Ventilated Front . . . 3-9Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-6Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 3-4Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13

Secondary Latch System . . . . . 10-80Securing ChildRestraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65, 3-67

SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

ServiceAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-4Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Maintenance Records . . . . . . .11-10Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1

Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15

Scheduling Appointments . . . .13-11Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23

Page 476: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (12,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-12 INDEX

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13StabiliTrak® Indicator Light . . . . 5-22StabiliTrak® System . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 10-27Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Cargo Management System . . . 4-3

Storage Areas (cont.)Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-70

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivSystemInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-15Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8TiresBuying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-82Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-61Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-48Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-51Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44

Page 477: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (13,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

INDEX i-13

Tires (cont.)Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-47Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70

Secondary Latch System . . . 10-80Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-59When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-22TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . .9-47Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-46Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-87Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-11

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

UUltrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-35Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-57

Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-55Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-59Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55

Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv

VVehicleCanadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iiiControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . .5-46Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-87

Page 478: 2011 GMC Acadia Toledo Owners Manual

Black plate (14,1)GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual - 2011

i-14 INDEX

Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-70

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45Vehicle IdentificationService Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Voltage Devices, andWiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Warning Lights, Gauges,and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11

Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ivCautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .ivHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . . 5-46

WheelsAlignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-59

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-55Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-29WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

Wiring, High VoltageDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31